PB Level 3

Personal
Personal Best
American
English
Personal Best
American
Best
English
Do your personal best with English!

Personal Best is a 6-level General English course for today’s busy adults, Series Editor Jim Scrivener
Level 3
American English
developed with Jim Scrivener, internationally renowned teacher trainer and
presenter. Jim’s focus on PRACTICE as the key to improvement is reflected
throughout the contemporary course package. The course features a video Student’s Book
webshow called Learning Curve and a wealth of extra activities and resources Bess Bradfield with
on the Richmond Learning Platform. Graham Fruen
Practice makes perfect! For students
Level 3
Personal Best puts practice at the heart of ◾ Student’s Book + Workbook
learning and gives you the tools you need ◾ Richmond Learning Platform access
to do your personal best.
For teachers
◾ Teacher’s Book + interleaved Student’s Book
Build your language ◾ Richmond Learning Platform access
◾ Teacher’s Resource Book with photocopiable
The language lessons give equal weight to grammar activities and tests
and vocabulary learning and are supported by ◾ Digital Book for Interactive Whiteboard use
comprehensive Grammar Practice, Vocabulary Practice
◾ Complete assessment package
and Communication Practice sections.
Student’s Book
Build your skills ◾ Practice language and skills
◾ Assign, test and track progress
The skills lessons develop and practice reading,
◾ Download full range of teaching resources
writing, listening and speaking through Text Builder,
◾ Access ready-made print and interactive tests
Conversation Builder, Listening Builder and Skills
features. Each unit builds towards a structured speaking
◾ Create new tests with Richmond Test Manager
or writing task.
Listening and speaking skills are

Learning developed through fully integrated video
Curve
lessons. The Learning Curve webshow hosts
bring you a selection of documentaries,
interviews, and personal video diaries in
every unit.
Common European Framework

A2 B1 B1+ B2 9 789929 783980
www.richmondelt.com/personalbest
American
English
Personal
Best
Student’s Book
Level 3
Series Editor
Jim Scrivener
Authors
Bess Bradfield with
Graham Fruen
CONTENTS
LANGUAGE SKILLS
GRAMMAR PRONUNCIATION VOCABULARY
1 Mind and body ▪▪ should/shouldn’t ▪▪ should/shouldn’t ▪▪ health and Learning

Curve LISTENING WRITING
(for advice and ▪▪ ‘ll contraction medicine ▪▪ a video about how we ▪▪ writing an informal
1A Should I see a doctor? p4 suggestions) ▪▪ verb collocations e-mail
react to stress
1B Modern life is stressful p6 ▪▪ first conditional (do, make, have ▪▪ modifiers
▪▪ listening in detail
and take)
1C How to be happy p8 ▪▪ linking consonants and PERSONAL BEST
▪▪ emotions and
1D I need your advice p10 vowels ▪▪ an informal e-mail
feelings
to a friend asking for
advice
2 Risks and experiences ▪▪ present perfect ▪▪ irregular past ▪▪ phrasal verbs READING Learning
Curve SPEAKING
with ever and participles ▪▪ the natural world ▪▪ an article about Aron ▪▪ taking turns
2A Try something new! p12 never ▪▪ sentence stress Ralston’s survival story ▪▪ agreeing and
2B An amazing story p14 ▪▪ second ▪▪ guessing the meaning
disagreeing
conditional of words from context
2C Into the wild p16
▪▪ linkers to add extra PERSONAL BEST
2D Would you take the risk? p18

information (and, also, ▪▪ having a group
as well, and too) discussion
1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE p20
3 City living ▪▪ present perfect ▪▪ just and yet ▪▪ city features Learning
with yet and ▪▪ for and since ▪▪ transportation ▪▪ a video about ▪▪ writing an essay
3A Life in the city p22 already ▪▪ giving opinions
commuting around the
3B The daily commute ▪▪ present perfect
p24 world
with for and ▪▪ listening for facts and
PERSONAL BEST
3C A life in three cities p26 since ▪▪ an opinion essay
figures
3D I think it’s a great idea! p28 about a problem
▪▪ final /t/ sound
4 Food for thought ▪▪ too, too many, ▪▪ too much sugar ▪▪ food and drink READING Learning
Curve SPEAKING
too much, and ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ adjectives to ▪▪ an article about a ▪▪ sounding polite
4A Sweet, but dangerous p30 (not) enough describe food course offered by a ▪▪ making and
4B Ice cream university p32 ▪▪ have to, not have Gelateria in Bologna
responding to
to, and can't ▪▪ scanning for specific
4C You have to eat your invitations
information
vegetables! p34
▪▪ linkers to contrast PERSONAL BEST
4D First dates p36 information (although, ▪▪ making plans to go

but, however) out with a friend
2
CONTENTS
LANGUAGE SKILLS
GRAMMAR PRONUNCIATION VOCABULARY
5 Money and shopping ▪▪ used to ▪▪ used to/use to ▪▪ money verbs Learning

▪▪ the passive: ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ shopping ▪▪ a video about the ▪▪ writing a formal e-mail
5A He used to be poor p40 simple present importance of ▪▪ noun forms of verbs
5B What a bargain! p42 and past shopping centers
PERSONAL BEST
5C Going, going, gone! p44 ▪▪ identifying attitude and
▪▪ an e-mail complaining
opinion
5D I’d like a refund! p46 about a purchase
▪▪ filler expressions
6 Sports and fitness ▪▪ past perfect ▪▪ ‘d and hadn’t ▪▪ sports and READING Learning
Curve SPEAKING
▪▪ reported ▪▪ weak form of competitions ▪▪ an article about ▪▪ being helpful
6A Winning is everything! p48 speech that ▪▪ parts of the wheelchair rugby ▪▪ making inquiries
6B Rock ’n’ roll on wheels p50 body ▪▪ finding information in
6C He said it had changed a text PERSONAL BEST
▪▪ giving examples ▪▪ asking for information

his life p52
about a service or
6D Could you tell me …? p54 product
7 At home ▪▪ -ing/infinitive ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ household Learning

verb patterns ▪▪ the items ▪▪ A video about what ▪▪ making writing
7A Dream home p58 ▪▪ articles (a/an, ▪▪ housework
we really think of interesting
7B The truth about housework p60 the, no article) ▪▪ words to housework ▪▪ adjective order
7C Technology you can wear p62 describe ▪▪ understanding PERSONAL BEST

materials and and interpreting
7D House exchange p64 clothes ▪▪ writing an interesting
information
description of a house
▪▪ omission of words
8 People and relationships ▪▪ defining relative ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ relationships READING Learning
Curve SPEAKING
clauses ▪▪ word stress ▪▪ relationship ▪▪ an infographic showing ▪▪ responding modestly
8A Bring your parents to work p66 ▪▪ uses of the -ing verbs how much time we ▪▪ saying thanks
8B In our lifetime p68 form and the spend on different
infinitive activities PERSONAL BEST
8C Long-distance love p70
▪▪ interpreting data ▪▪ thanking someone for
8D Thanks a million! p72 ▪▪ expressing approximate a favor
quantities
Grammar practice p76 Vocabulary practice p92 Communication practice p106 Pronunciation p118
Irregular verbs p119 Workbook p121
3
UNIT
1 Mind and body

1
LANGUAGE should/shouldn’t ■ health and medicine
I have a headache.
b
Should I see a doctor?
1A
2
1 Match the speech bubbles with the pictures. I cut my finger.
e c
a 3
c
I’m stressed.
d
4
d
I have the flu.
e
b
5
I have a cough.
a
Go to Vocabulary practice: health and medicine, page 92

2 Look at the title and the pictures in the text. In pairs, try to match the strange health tips with
the problems in exercise 1. Read the text quickly and check.
Five strange health tips that you should know about
I have the flue I cut my finger I have a headache I have a cough I'm stressed
The Internet is full of websites that offer health tips, some serious and some strange.
Here are our top five tips from the web … do they work? You can decide on that!
Do you have a You’re chopping vegetables Do you have regular Are you stressed? You If you have a cough that
temperature or the flu? in the kitchen and you headaches? Then you should call your mom. A won’t go away, then
Then you should put cut your thumb. What should always have an study by the University of you should eat some
some onion in should you do? Put a little apple nearby. Some Wisconsin showed that chocolate. Scientists say
your socks and wear black pepper on the cut, studies have found people who had more that chocolate contains
them at night. You’ll of course! It stops the that the smell of green contact with their mother a chemical that is better
feel much better bleeding and helps the cut apples can help with had lower levels of at stopping coughs than
the next morning. get better. But you should headaches and can stress. So you shouldn’t many cough medicines.
Remember though, only do this for small cuts. also make you feel delay—call her today! So you shouldn’t go to a
you shouldn’t eat the For anything serious, you less anxious. pharmacy—go to a candy
onion afterward! should see a doctor. store.
3 Discuss the questions in pairs.

1 Would you try any of the tips? Why/Why not?
2 Do you know any other strange health tips?
3 Do you ever use the Internet to look for health advice?
4 What are the advantages and disadvantages of using the Internet for this?
4
should/shouldn’t ■ health and medicine LANGUAGE 1A
4 A Look at the question and sentence from the text. Check ( ) the correct meaning.
Are you stressed? You should call your mom.
1 It’s necessary to call your mom if you are stressed.
2 It’s a good idea to call your mom if you are stressed.
3 It’s a bad idea to call your mom if you are stressed.
B Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Check your answers in the text.
Then read the Grammar box.
do go put should (x2) shouldn’t
1 What should you do ? 3 You shouldn't go to a pharmacy.

2 You should put some onion in your socks.
Grammar should/shouldn’t
Ask for advice: What should I do?

Say something is a good idea: You should see a doctor. I think you should get help.
Say something is a bad idea: You shouldn’t trust tips on the Internet. I don't think you should go to work.
Go to Grammar practice: should/shouldn’t, page 76

5 A 1.3 Pronunciation: should/shouldn’t How do you say should and shouldn’t? Listen to the
sentences and check.
1 What should we do? 3 I think you should talk to an expert.
2 Why shouldn’t I speak to him? 4 You shouldn’t believe him.
B 1.3 Underline the stressed words in each sentence. Listen, check, and repeat.
6 A Complete the conversation with should and shouldn’t to give health advice.
Paul I’m really stressed. I can’t sleep. What 1 should I do?

Doctor Well, I don’t think you 2 should work so many hours, and you
3shouldn't go to bed so late. You 4 should try to get more exercise.
That will help you to sleep better.
Paul 5 should I drink less coffee?
Doctor Yes, you 6 should ! And you 7 should drink more water, too.
Paul OK, thank you.
Doctor If that doesn’t help, you 8 should come to see me again.
B 1.4 Listen and check. Repeat the conversation in pairs.
Go to Communication practice: Student A, page 106; Student B, page 111

7 A Discuss these situations in pairs. What advice would you give?
I forgot my My roommate is really messy. The kitchen
friend’s birthday is always dirty after he cooks, and he takes
and now she’s my food from the refrigerator without My boss wants me to go to
really angry asking. I don’t know what to do! a work conference in New
with me. What York. The only problem is
Enrique
do you think I that it’s the same date as my
should do? wedding anniversary. What
Sara should I tell my wife?
Julio
B
Tell the rest of the class your advice. Who had the best ideas?
Personal Best Think of a common health problem and write down five examples of advice. 5
1 SKILLS LISTENING listening in detail ■ linking consonants and vowels ■ verb collocations
1B Modern life is stressful

Learning
Curve 1 Look at the pictures. In pairs, order them from 1 (most stressful) to 5 (least stressful).
a b c d e
interviews presentations exams traffic moving
2 Read the text. Complete the tips with do, make, have, or take.
The best ways to deal with

Over 60% of adults say their lives are too stressful. So if you´re stressed right now, you
should stop for a minute and read our tips—they might be very helpful!
1 First, a deep breath and give yourself time to think.
2 Then a list of everything you have to do.
3 Next, a decision about what you can realistically do today.
4 Remember to a break every two or three hours.
5 You should something that makes you feel happy.
6 Try to a talk with friends and family about the situation.
7 And finally, your best to eat well, exercise, and get at least
eight hours' sleep.
Go to Vocabulary practice: collocations with do, make, have, and take, page 93
3 Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you think your life is stressful? Why/Why not? 3 Do you think the tips are useful? Why/Why not?
2 What things make you feel stressed? 4 Can you think of any other ways to deal with stress?
Skill listening in detail
It is often important to understand what someone says in detail.

• Read the questions carefully and think about the possible answers.
• Listen carefully to everything the speaker says before you answer the question.
• Pay attention to how the things the speaker says relate to each other.
• Be careful in case the speaker changes his/her mind or corrects himself/herself.
4 A 1.6 Read the Skill box. Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve.
Choose the correct options to answer the questions.
1 How does Simon deal with stress?
a He makes a list of jobs. b He walks around. c He talks to his brother.
2 How many people in the U.S. suffer from stress every day?
a 77% of citizens b 400,000 people c only a small number of people
3 What do some scientists say about a small amount of stress?
a It can make us sick. b It makes us feel bored. c It can help us work better.
B 1.6 Compare your answers in pairs. Watch or listen again and check.
6
listening in detail ■ linking consonants and vowels ■ verb collocations LISTENING SKILLS 1B
5 A 1.7 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Match the names of the speakers
with the tips for dealing with stress.
1 running 2 speaking to family 3 doing yoga
Taylor Edward Maurice
B 1.7 Watch or listen again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Taylor helps people who suffer from stress.
2 She thinks complaining about stress can help.
3 Edward’s boss makes him feel stressed at work.
4 He listens to music while he’s running.
5 Maurice had a stressful job.
6 He uses his phone to deal with stress.

1 Do you think life today is more stressful than 50 years ago? Why/Why not?
2 Do you think a little stress can be good for us? Why/Why not?
Listening builder linking consonants and vowels
When a word ends in a consonant sound and the next word begins with a vowel sound, we often link
the words together:
Kate likes to take a break once an hour and walk around.
7 1.8 Read the Listening builder. Look at the sentences from the program and mark where
you think the words link. Listen, check, and repeat.
1 After a long day I take a hot shower. 3 After work, I run about five miles a day.
2 Kate is on the street doing an interview. 4 And we talk on the phone every day.
8 1.9 Listen and complete the conversation.
Edward I don’t think I can more.

Lara What’s wrong, Edward? Tell .
Edward I work to do … and no time!
Lara I can help. Let’s your jobs for today.

1 What do you think the biggest cause of stress is for
most people?
2 What do you think the most stressful stage of
our lives is?
3 Think of three stressful jobs. Are there any advantages
to these jobs?
4 Think of three low-stress jobs. What kind of job would
you prefer? Why?
Personal Best Write your own list of five tips to beat stress. 7
1 LANGUAGE first conditional ■ emotions and feelings
1C How to be happy

1 A How do you think the woman is feeling? Match the adjectives in the box with the pictures.
calm delighted upset cheerful nervous
a b c d e
B
In pairs, think of situations that make people feel these emotions.
An exam can make you feel nervous.
Go to Vocabulary practice: emotions and feelings, page 94

2 A Do you think money makes people happy? Why/Why not?
B
Read the text. Check ( ) the sentence that best summarizes
the main idea.
1 People with a lot of money often feel miserable.
2 If people have less money, they often feel envious of others.
3 Spending money on other people can make you feel good.
CAN MONEY BUY YOU HAPPINESS? to spend it. Some people had to spend the money on
themselves, and others were told to spend it on someone
The Beatles may have been right when they sang "money else. At the end of the experiment, they measured how
can’t buy me love" but, according to a new study, it can happy the people felt again.
buy you happiness—if you spend it in the right way. Many
people think that they’ll be happier if they earn more The results show that if you spend money on other
money. But Dr. Michael Norton from Harvard Business people, you’ll feel happier. And if you only spend money on
School believes that it’s not about how much money you yourself, you won’t feel any different. So the next time you
make, but about how you spend it. want to buy a new TV or some new clothes, ask yourself,
Dr. Norton tried an experiment with people in different "If I buy this, will it make me happier?" According to
countries. At the start of the experiment, he asked Dr. Norton, we should think less about ourselves and
people how happy they were. Then he gave them an more about others because, if we do that, we’ll feel much
envelope with some money and instructions on how better!
3 A Complete the sentence. Check your answers in the text.

If you money on other people, you feel happier.
A B
B
Answer the questions about the two parts of the sentence: A and B. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which part of the sentence is a possible future action? What tense is the verb?
2 Which part of the sentence is the result of that action? What tense is the verb?
3 Can we rewrite the sentence so that part B comes first and part A comes second?
Grammar first conditional
Possible future action: Result of action:

If it rains tomorrow, Laura won’t go to the beach.
If the train doesn’t arrive, I’ll be late for the meeting.
If she fails the exam, will she have to do it again?
Look! We can change the order of the clauses: Laura won’t go to the beach if it rains tomorrow.
Go to Grammar practice: first conditional, page 77

8
first conditional ■ emotions and feelings LANGUAGE 1C
4 A 1.12 Listen to the conversation. Why doesn’t Sam accept the movie ticket? Do you think
this is a good reason?
B Complete Sam’s reason. Listen again and check.
If I 1 to the movies, we 2 a scary movie. And if I

3 a scary movie, I 4 nervous. And if I 5
nervous, I 6 well tonight. And if I 7 well, I 8
late for work. And if I 9 late for work, my boss 10
angry. And if my boss 11 angry, I 12 a pay raise. And
if I 13 a pay raise, I 14 on vacation. And if I
15 on vacation, I 16 miserable. So, no thank you!
5 A 1.13 Pronunciation: ’ll contraction How do you say ’ll? Listen, check, and repeat.
I’ll you’ll he’ll she’ll it’ll we’ll they’ll
B 1.14 Match the two columns to make sentences. In pairs, say the sentences. Pay attention to the ’ll
sound. Listen, check, and repeat.
W
1 I’ll be really envious a she’ll call you later.
2 You’ll miss your flight b if your boss sends you to Jamaica.
3 If you give her your phone number, c she’ll be really upset.
4 If you can fix the computer now, d if you can’t take them to the station.
5 If she fails her exam, e if you don’t leave now.
6 They’ll get a taxi f it’ll be very helpful.

6 A Take the quiz in pairs. Write down your partner’s answers.
B
Go to page 116 and look at the results. Do you agree with them? Why/Why not?
How happy are you?

1 If I wake up very early tomorrow
morning, … 4 If my boss asks to speak to me, …
a I’ll be miserable all day. a I’ll think he/she wants to fire me.
b I’ll try to go back to sleep. b I’ll probably feel very nervous.
c I’ll get up and make a big breakfast. c I’ll be calm and find out what
d I might go running or work out at he/she wants.
the gym. d I’ll think I’m going to get a
2 If my best friend buys a new laptop, … promotion.
a I might feel a little envious. 5 If my parents give me a present that I
don’t really want, …
b I’ll buy an even better one.
a I’ll ask for the receipt and exchange it
c I might look for a new one, too. for something I like.
d I’ll be delighted for him/her. b I’ll thank them, but say I don’t want
3 If I find some money on the street next the present.
week, … c I’ll say thanks, but use it as a present
a I’ll put it in my bank account. for someone else.
b I’ll buy myself some new clothes. d I’ll tell them I love it and try to use it
in some way.
c I’ll give it to the police.
d I’ll donate it to charity.
7 A In pairs, complete the sentences.

1 If I make a lot of money, … 3 I won’t believe it if … 5 If I don’t come to class next week, …
2 If I get a headache later, … 4 I’ll be delighted if … 6 I’ll have a big party if …
B
Tell the class what your partner said.
Personal Best Write twelve first conditional sentences with all the emotions and feelings words from the Vocabulary practice on p. 94. 9
1 SKILLS WRITING writing an informal e-mail ■ modifiers
1D I need your advice

1 In pairs, order the work problems from 1 (most serious)
to 6 (least serious).
lazy colleagues mean boss

boring work too many working hours
low salary long trip to work
2 Look at the picture of Tom, who works at a busy health

club. Guess the answers to the questions in pairs.
1 How is he feeling?
2 What problems does he have at work?
3 Read the e-mail and check your answers to exercise 2.
1 Catching up
2 Hi Duncan,
How’s it going? Hope you’re well. I’m still working at the health club,
3 but I’m not very happy. That’s why I’m writing. I wanted to ask you for
some advice.
One of my colleagues, Sebastian, is really lazy, and he's not very nice
to me, either. Whenever there’s a problem, our manager always blames
4 me! I also think his friends use the gym without paying. What do
you think I should do? If I tell the manager, it might cause even more
problems with Sebastian!
Anyway, I saw an ad for a job at a new gym the other day. If I start work
there, the salary will be lower, but it’s a large chain, so there might be
5 more opportunities in the future. Do you think I should apply? Do you
feel like getting together for coffee some time this week so we can talk
about it? Let me know when you’re free.
6 See you later,
Tom
4 Label the sections of the e-mail with the words in the box.
details ending subject reason for writing greeting request for response
Skill writing an informal e-mail
We write informal e-mails to people we know well, such as friends, family, and colleagues.
• Structure the e-mail with a subject, greeting, reason for writing, details, request for a
response, and an ending.
• Use contractions like I’m, he’s, and don’t.
• Use informal words and phrases like Hi, How’s it going?, and anyway.
5 Read the Skill box. Find the informal words and phrases in the e-mail for phrases 1–6.
1 Hello 3 On another subject … 5 Please tell me
2 How are you? 4 Would you like to … 6 Goodbye
10
writing an informal e-mail ■ modifiers WRITING SKILLS 1D
1 Do you ever have problems similar to Tom’s? 3 What should Tom do about Sebastian?
2 Who do you talk to about problems at work? 4 What should Tom do about the job ad?
7 Read Duncan’s reply. Do you agree with him? Why/Why not?
RE: Catching up
Hi Tom,
Good to hear from you! I’m OK, thanks, but I was very sorry to hear your news about work.
Everyone has colleagues who are a little lazy like Sebastian, but the problem with his friends using
the gym is serious. I think you should speak to him first. Explain that it’s like stealing money from the
company, and if he doesn’t stop, you’ll have to tell the manager. I know she’s not very nice, but it’s
really important to tell her.
You also mentioned applying for another job. I think it’s an extremely good idea. If you get the job,
you can ask for the same salary as you earn now, and you might get a promotion pretty quickly in the
future.
I’d love to get together. I’ll be in town next Thursday evening. Let me know where and when you want
to meet.
All the best,
Duncan
8 A Look at the modifiers in bold in Duncan’s e-mail and complete the rules.
1 Modifiers make adjectives and adverbs stronger / weaker / both stronger and weaker.
2 Modifiers come before / after adjectives and adverbs.
B
Put the words in bold in the correct places in the diagram.
1 extremely 2 3 fairly 5 3 not at all
3 4 6
Text builder modifiers
We use modifiers to make adjectives and adverbs stronger or weaker:

Be careful, the soup is extremely hot.
She was driving very fast when the accident happened.
I’m a little nervous about the exam next week.
Look! We usually use a little with negative adjectives:
She’s a little upset today NOT She’s a little cheerful today.
9 Read the Text builder. Complete the sentences with a modifier and an adjective. Compare your
answers in pairs.
1 Most of my friends are … 3 Today, I’m feeling … 5 The weather is …
2 Learning English is … 4 My job is … 6 Eating out is …
10 A PREPARE

Choose one of the problems.
• Your parents want you to study medicine, but you don’t want to. You would prefer to study music.
• You want to get in shape, but you only have a few hours a week free and don’t have very much money.
• Your boss gives you too much work. You are worried that if you refuse to do it, you might lose your job.
B PRACTICE Write an e-mail to a friend asking for advice about the problem.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange e-mails with a partner. Underline five things that you think are very good.
Personal Best Write a reply to your partner’s e-mail. Try to use different modifiers. 11
UNIT
2 Risks and experiences

LANGUAGE present perfect with ever and never ■ phrasal verbs
2A Try something new!

1 Look at the pictures. Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Which activities are the most difficult, in your opinion?
2 Which activities would you like to try? Why/Why not?
3 What stopped you from doing these activities in the past?
learn to play an instrument
read a book in a foreign do an extreme sport

ride your bike to work
climb a mountain language
2 Read the text. Which activities from exercise 1 has Matt Cutts done?
Have you ever wanted to try something new? Perhaps you’ve wanted to take up a new
hobby or learn a new skill. What stopped you? Not enough time? The fear of failure?
Was it difficult to change your routine?
Matt Cutts is an American software doing it for just 30 days doesn’t seem so hard. At the
engineer. A few years ago, he was end of the month, you can stop … or who knows?
bored with his life. That’s when he decided to You might decide to go on with your new activity. For
try the 30-day challenge. The idea is simple. You think example, Matt gave up TV and did other things like
of something you haven’t done before, but you’ve reading books, instead. After 30 days, the first thing
always wanted to do, and you try it for 30 days. he did was turn on the TV. However, he found that
He started with small challenges, such as walking he watched less TV than before because he enjoyed
more, riding his bike to work, and giving up sugar for doing the other things, too.
a month. Gradually, his challenges became bigger Matt says that the challenges have made his life
and more difficult. Now, Matt has written a novel, much more interesting. He’s also become more
he’s taught himself to play the ukulele, and he’s even confident. So, what about you? Is there something
climbed Mount Kilimanjaro! you’ve always wanted to do? What are you waiting
Trying something new can be kind of terrifying, but for? Try it for 30 days!
3 Answer the questions in pairs.

1 Why did Matt start doing 30-day challenges? 3 How have the challenges helped Matt?
2 Why is it easier to try something for 30 days? 4 What challenge would you do for 30 days?
4 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Maybe you’ve wanted to take up / over / in a new hobby or learn a new skill.
2 You might decide to go over / in / on with your new activity.
3 Matt gave under / up / above TV and did other things like reading books, instead.
4 After 30 days, the first thing he did was turn on / in / around the TV.
Go to Vocabulary practice: phrasal verbs, page 93.
12
present perfect with ever and never ■ phrasal verbs LANGUAGE 1A
5 A Complete the sentences about Matt from the text. Check your answers in the text.
1 A few years ago, he bored with his life. 2 Matt has a novel.
B
Answer the questions about sentences 1 and 2 in exercise 5A.
1 Which sentence is about an event at a particular time in the past?
What is the tense? simple past / present perfect
2 Which sentence is about a general experience in Matt’s life?
What is the tense? simple past / present perfect
3 How do we form the present perfect tense? the verb + past participle
6 Underline a present perfect question and an example of the present perfect negative in the text.
Grammar present perfect with ever and never
Experiences in your life:

Have you ever eaten Japanese food? I’ve been to Australia, but I’ve never seen a kangaroo.
She hasn’t seen the new Star Wars movie.
Look! We use the simple past to talk about when an event happened and to give more details:
I’ve been to the U.S. I went to California in 2015. It was great!
Go to Grammar practice: present perfect with ever and never, page 78

7 2.4 Pronunciation: irregular past participles Listen and repeat the words. Pay attention to
the /ən/ sound in the -en endings.
broken chosen driven eaten fallen forgotten given spoken taken written
8 A 2.5 Practice saying the questions. Listen, check, and repeat.

1 Have you ever written a poem? 4 Have you ever broken your arm or leg?
2 Have you ever eaten Japanese food? 5 Have you ever forgotten an important birthday?
3 Have you ever driven a fast car? 6 Have you ever fallen asleep in class or at work?
B
Ask and answer the questions in pairs. If you answer Yes, I have, give more information in the
simple past.
A Have you ever written a poem? B Yes, I have. I had to write a poem when I was at school.

9 A 2.6 Complete the text with the present perfect form of the verbs in the box. Listen and check.
study give up write win work be
Did you know …? She 2 with Britney Spears.

She 3 two scientific papers that
Natalie Portman is a world-famous actress. 4
published.
You probably know that she 1 an
Oscar, but here are some facts you might She 5 Japanese, German, and Arabic.
not know. She 6 watching TV.
B 2.6 Listen again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Natalie was the main character in a musical when she was 10 years old.
2 She studied psychology at Harvard University.
3 She started learning languages when she was a child.
4 She never watches any TV shows.
10 A Write down some of your experiences that not many people know about.
B
In pairs, talk about your experiences and give more information.
Personal Best Write ten sentences about yourself using the phrasal verbs in the Vocabulary practice. 13
2 SKILLS READING guessing the meaning of words from context ■ linkers to add extra information
2B An amazing story

1 Look at the pictures on page 15. Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 Have you seen the movie 127 Hours?
2 If you have seen it, what is it about? If you haven’t, can you guess what happens in it?
3 Have you ever tried rock climbing?
4 What problems could you have doing this activity?
2 Read the safety advice and guess which three mistakes Aron made. Read the text quickly and
check your answers.
1 Always tell someone where you are going to climb.

BLUE JOHN
2 Only climb here if you are an experienced climber.
C ANYON:
3 Pack at least three liters of water and lots of food.
SAFETY
4 Take a knife and a first-aid kit for emergencies.
ADVICE
5 Always take a cell phone to call for help.
3 Read the text again. Order the events from 1–8.

a He wrote a book. e A rock fell and trapped his hand.
b A helicopter rescued him. f He started climbing in the canyon.
c He cut off his hand. g In a dream, he saw a little boy.
d He ran out of food and water. h He had a son named Leo.
Skill guessing the meaning of words from context
You can sometimes guess the meaning of a word you don’t know without using a dictionary.
• Look at the words before and after it to identify what type of word it is (noun, adjective, verb, adverb, etc.).
• Read the whole sentence carefully and guess what the word means.
4 A Read the Skill box. Look at words 1−8 in the text and identify what type of words they are: noun,
adjective, verb, or adverb. Can you guess what they mean?
1 remote 5 dawn
2 stuck 6 wound
3 loudly 7 eventually
4 realized 8 hurried
B
Match definitions a−h with words 1−8 to check if you guessed correctly.
a a large cut or injury e with lots of sound
b far away f after some time
c the first light of the day g understood a fact
d moved quickly h unable to move
Text builder linkers to add extra information
We use the linkers and, also, as well, and too to add extra information:
• and comes between two phrases: It’s a very beautiful place, and it’s very remote.
• also comes before the main verb: He also gives talks about his adventure.
• as well and too come at the end of a phrase: … he was alone, as well. … he pushed with his feet, too.
5 Read the Text builder. Discuss the questions in pairs and add extra information with the linkers.
A I think Aron was stupid because he didn’t take a phone.
B Yes, but he was brave, as well.
1 How would you describe Aron? 3 What advice do you think he gives in his talks?
2 What would you do in Aron’s situation? 4 What would you pack on a trip to the desert?
14
guessing the meaning of words from context ■ linkers to add extra information READING SKILLS 2B
Aron Ralston is an experienced climber, but one day in 2003, he forgot a

few basic rules, and a day in the desert turned into a nightmare that lasted
nearly a week. That particular day, he went rock climbing in Blue John
Canyon in Utah, U.S. It’s a very beautiful place and it’s very 1remote, a
long drive from the nearest town. The problems began when he didn’t tell
anyone where he was going, so nobody knew he was there.
A few hours later, he was climbing in the his future son. He woke up at 5dawn the
canyon when suddenly a big rock fell and following morning and he knew what he
trapped his right hand against the canyon had to do. The only way to escape was to
wall. Trying not to panic, he pulled with cut off his hand.
his left arm and pushed with his feet, too, First, he broke his arm, and then he used a
but he couldn’t move the rock even one small knife to remove his hand. It took an
centimeter. He was 2stuck and alone, as hour and was extremely painful. He used
well. a small first-aid kit on the 6wound, but he
He had left his phone in his car, so he was losing a lot of blood. He managed to
couldn’t call for help. He tried shouting climb down the canyon and walked slowly
3loudly, but there was nobody to toward his car. 7Eventually, he met a Dutch
hear him. In his bag, there was a small family who gave him food and 8hurried to
bottle of water, two burritos and some find help. Soon after, a helicopter arrived
chocolate—enough food for a short to rescue him.
walk. Waiting for help day after day, he Aron wrote a book about his experience,
ate his food and drank the water slowly, and director Danny Boyle made the
but no help came. He 4realized he was story into a movie. Seven years after the
probably going to die and recorded video accident, Aron had a son named Leo,
messages for his family on a camera. and today he still goes climbing. He also
After five days, all of his food and water gives talks about his adventure to help
were gone. That night, he had a strange other people.
dream and saw a small boy who was
Personal Best Find more words in the text that you don’t know and guess their meaning. Check your answers in a dictionary. 15
2 LANGUAGE second conditional ■ the natural world
2C Into the wild

1 Read the text and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Would you like to have Gemma’s job? 3 Do you think you could survive in the wild?
2 What are the best and worst things about it? 4 Which photo do you prefer? Why?
Gemma Tang is a professional photographer and survival

specialist. She grew up in Guangzhou, China, but has spent years
traveling around the world, taking amazing photos of wildlife
and spectacular landscapes. She is currently living in Cuzco, Peru
where she runs survival courses in the Amazon rainforest. A new
exhibit of her photos just opened in London. Here are two of the
best.
2
4
1 3
2 Match the words in the box with parts of the landscapes.

cliff waves peak sunset waterfall rocks
1 2 3 4 5 6
Go to Vocabulary practice: the natural world, page 95

3 A 2.8 In pairs, do the survival quiz. Listen to Gemma and check your answers.
B
Look at page 116 and read the results. Do you agree? Why/Why not?
SURVIVAL QUIZ 3 If I were swimming in the ocean and saw a shark

1 If I were in the mountains and saw a bear outside its cave, … in the water, …
a I’d run away as fast as possible. a I’d scream and swim in the opposite direction.
b I’d climb the nearest tree. b I’d move towards the shark and kick it in the nose.
c I’d take a photo. What an opportunity! c I’d try to swim quickly and quietly away.
2 If I were on a hike in the rainforest and ran out of food, … 4 If I were hiking and needed to drink some water, …
a I’d eat a small animal, like a tarantula. a I’d drink the water from a river or lake.
b I’d find some plants and eat them. b I’d find a stream to get water.
c I wouldn’t eat anything. c I wouldn’t drink any water.
4 2.8 Listen again and answer the questions.

1 Why should you climb up high in a tree?
2 What do tarantulas taste like?
3 What percentage of sharks don’t attack humans?
4 What can river water contain?
16
second conditional ■ the natural world LANGUAGE 2C
5 A 6.9 Match the two parts to make sentences from the audio. Listen and check.
1 If you ran, a I wouldn’t take a photo.
2 If I were in this situation, b would you look for a stream?
3 If you needed water, c the bear would follow you.
B
Answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which tense do we use after if?
2 Which auxiliary verb do we use with the base form in the second part of the sentence?
3 Are these situations impossible or unlikely?
4 What do you notice about the past tense of be in sentence 2?
Grammar second conditional
Impossible or very unlikely situations:

If I saw a bear in the mountains, I’d run.
If he ran out of food in the rainforest, he wouldn’t eat anything.
What would you do if you saw a shark in the ocean?
Look! We can use were instead of was in the second conditional:
I wouldn’t drink the river water if I were you.
Go to Grammar practice: second conditional, page 79

6 A 2.11 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences from conversations 1-3.
Underline the stressed words.
1 If I saw a bear, I’d run.
2 If you ate a poisonous one, it would make you sick.
3 I wouldn’t eat a spider if it were the last food on earth.
4 I wouldn’t survive five minutes in the wild!
B
Practice saying the sentences in pairs.
7 In pairs, look at the situations and make sentences about what you would and wouldn’t do.
Pay attention to the sentence stress.
If I found a wallet on the street, I wouldn’t spend the money. I’d try to find the owner.
1 If I found a wallet on the 2 If I accidentally hit a 3 If I was invited to a

street, … parked car with my car, … costume party, …

a give it to the police a leave my phone number a make an excuse and not go
b spend the money b drive away b make an amazing costume
c try to find the owner c wait for the owner to return c wear a silly hat

What would you do if …
1 you didn’t have to work? 5 your boss offered you a job in New York?
2 a salesperson gave you too much change? 6 your parents forgot your birthday?
3 you saw a colleague stealing from work? 7 you couldn’t use the Internet for a week?
4 you found a spider in the bathtub? 8 you met a famous person in the supermarket?
Personal Best Write a paragraph about what you would do if you won a competition to go anywhere in the world. 17
2 SKILLS SPEAKING agreeing and disagreeing ■ taking turns
2D Would you take the risk?

Learning
Curve 1 A Are you a risk-taker? In pairs, ask and answer the questions to find out.
B
Look at the results on page 116. Do you agree? Why/Why not?
1 make reservations a few days before you go

on vacation to get a better price?
2 buy something you love with a credit card
even if you didn’t have the money?
3 try an unusual foreign food or drink?
4 go to a party the night before an exam?
5 ride a motorcycle on a busy street?
6 do a parachute jump if you had the chance?
2 2.12 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Match the phrases in the box with the people.
has tried parachuting works as a chef went to college with Jack left a job to travel and work
Simon Jack Alyssa Kate
3 2.12 Read the statements below. Who says each one: Simon or Kate? Watch or listen again
and check.
1 We should see the world when we’re young.
2 You should never leave a job without having another one.
3 There aren’t that many jobs for vets at the zoo.
4 I can go for days without my cell phone.
Conversation builder agreeing and disagreeing

Agreeing: Disagreeing:
Exactly! You’re right. I don’t think so. Oh, come on!
I suppose so. True. I don’t know. I’m not sure about that.
Absolutely!
4 A Read the Conversation builder. Which expressions did Simon and Kate use to agree/disagree?
B 2.13 Put the phrases in the correct columns from the Conversation builder. Listen, check, and repeat.
agree/disagree strongly agree/disagree agree/disagree with doubts
18
agreeing and disagreeing ■ taking turns SPEAKING SKILLS 2D
5 A Look at sentences 1−6. Check ( ) the box to show how much you agree or disagree.
agree disagree
agree not sure disagree
strongly strongly
1 English is a difficult language to learn.
2 We should all give up watching TV.
3 People use cell phones too much.
4 True love only exists in fairy tales.
5 Music was better 20 years ago.
6 Money doesn’t make you happy.
B
In pairs, read the sentences to each other and agree or disagree using the phrases from the
Conversation builder. Explain your reasons.
6 2.14 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. What is Jack’s news?
7 2.14 Choose the correct options to answer the questions. Watch or listen again to check.
1 What does Jack think about Alyssa’s plan to travel to Africa?
a It’s a good idea. b It could be dangerous. c It will be difficult without Wi-Fi.
2 What does Jack say about being on social media?
a It’s not expensive. b It’s risky. c It will be good for his business.
3 What does Simon say about cooking?
a He’s bad at it. b He’s good at it. c He can only cook eggs.
4 What do Kate and Simon offer to do?

a help Jack cook b pay for the dessert c help Jack to make a video
Skill taking turns
When people talk in groups, they take turns.

• Wait until someone has finished their point before you start speaking.
• If you start speaking at the same time, stop and apologize.
• If someone isn’t speaking much, encourage them to join in.
8 A 2.15 Read the Skill box. Listen and repeat the phrases when
you hear the beep.
1 Sorry, go on. 3 Sorry, you were saying?
2 Don’t you think, Jack? 4 What about you, Simon?
B
Why do the speakers use phrases 1–4?
9 2.16 Listen and check ( ) the conversation in which the speaker

waits the right amount of time before speaking.
Conversation 1 Conversation 2 Conversation 3
Go to Communication practice: All students, page 116
10 A PREPARE Choose one of the statements and decide if you agree or disagree. Think of arguments
and examples to support your opinion.
1 If you want a good job, you need to speak English. 3 There is a perfect partner for everyone.
2 Friends are more important than families. 4 Sugar is dangerous for our health.
B PRACTICE In groups of three, take turns talking about the statements you chose. Encourage
other students to give their opinions and be polite.
C PERSONAL BEST Whose arguments did you agree with the most? Why?
Personal Best
Challenge! Write a conversation where two people disagree about something strongly. 19
1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE
Grammar 3 Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs
in parentheses.

1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. .
1 I'd get together with her if I more time.
a had
b 'll have
c have
2 Be careful! You risks.
a won't take
b shouldn't take
c wouldn't take
3 If it's cold tomorrow, I a jacket.
a 'd take
Have you ever 1 (drop) a piece of toast and
b 'll take
wondered why it always seems to land with the buttered
c take
side on the floor? Or, when you leave the house in the
4 If the bus , I'll walk to work. morning, have you ever 2 (think), "If I
a doesn't arrive 3 (take) an umbrella, it 4 (not rain),
b didn't arrive but if I 5 (not take) one, it 6 (rain)?"
c won't arrive These are examples of Murphy's Law, the law that says,
"If something can go wrong, it will." We've all
5 A: I have an interview today. How do I look? 7 (have) experiences like this, but what
B: I wear those shoes. 8 we (should / do) about it?
a don't think you should
Well, maybe we 9 (not should / worry) too
b think you should to much. Professor Richard Dawkins, at the University of
c shouldn't think you Oxford, doesn't think Murphy's Law is really true. He
6 Have you to Mexico? says that certain things happen all the time, but we only
a ever been notice them when they cause us problems. Imagine if
b ever go you 10 (be) outside filming a video and a noisy
plane 11 (fly) by, you 12 (think) it was
c went ever
Murphy's Law. However, planes fly by all the time. It's
7 What if you saw an accident? only when they cause us a problem that we notice them!
a did you do
So next time something goes wrong, don't blame
b will you do Murphy; think positively and try to remember the other
c would you do times that things went well.
8 I Turkish food.
a never have eaten
b have never eaten
c have eaten never
Vocabulary
2 Use the words in parentheses to write sentences that 1 Match the words in the box with the definitions.
mean the same as the first sentence.
ache give up take a break make an excuse
1 I haven't eaten sushi in my life.
lonely miserable run out of roots valley
I sushi. (never) have a talk
2 I don't have my phone, so I can't call him.
If my phone, I him. (had / call) 1 low land between mountains
3 It's a bad idea to go to the party. 2 to finish, use, or sell all of something
I you to the party. (think / should) 3 to talk together in a friendly way
4 I think you should look for a new job. 4 to rest for a moment before starting again
If you, I for a new job. (were / look) 5 very unhappy
5 They might lose the game. Mario will be upset if that 6 to stop
happens. 7 a pain somewhere in your body
If the game, Mario happy. (lose / be) 8 sad because you are alone
6 Where's Julio? Is he in Paris for the meeting? 9 the parts of a tree that are underground
Where's Julio? to Paris for the meeting? (has / go) 10 to explain why something bad happened
20
REVIEW and PRACTICE 1 and 2
2 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.

1 When will you find your results?
Personal Best
a out b about c of
on son 2A
2 I my best, and that's all I can do. Less 1A Les
a did b made c was
3 He's very today. He's not worried at all. Write three Write a
a calm b guilty c upset examples of question with
advice to stay ever, and a
4 I'll bus schedules on the Internet. sentence with
healthy.
a fill out b take care of c look up never.
5 She broke my laptop. She feels really .
a guilty b envious c jealous
on
6 I a big argument with my parents. Less 1A Les
son 2A
a had b did c made
3 Circle the word that is different. Explain your answer. Name five Name five
1 backache earache sore throat nosebleed reasons to see phrasal verbs.
a doctor.
2 cliff sunset lightning thunderstorm
3 flu cold cough stressed
4 calm upset confident cheerful
on
5 a mistake a talk a good time an argument on
Less 1B Less 2B
6 lake cave river stream
7 lonely guilty miserable delighted Name Write a
8 a break an effort a chance your time four verb sentence using
collocations also, and another
4 Complete the conversation with the words in the box. with make. using as well.
waves wildlife hurt made cut take

down have rainforest rocks
on
Less 1C on
Less 2C
Matt Hi, Kerry. Did you 1 a good time on
vacation? Name five Name five
Kerry Not really. In fact, it was a disaster. feelings or natural features
Matt Oh no! What happened? emotions. you could see
Kerry Well, I tried surfing for the first time, but the in a rainforest.
2 were too big!
Matt Did you have an accident?
Kerry Yes, I hit some 3 that were under the
son 1C son 2C
water and I 4 my leg. Les Les
Matt Oh dear! Does it still 5 now?
Kerry Yes, it does. And another day, I went on a boat Write a Write a
trip in the 6 to see the animals sentence using sentence
the first beginning If I
that live there, but the boat broke 7 , conditional. were …
and we had to wait for hours for another one to
rescue us.
Matt Did you see any 8 ?
on
Kerry Just mosquitoes!
son 1D Less 2D
Matt Oh no. That's too bad! Les
Kerry I think I 9 a mistake. Next year, I'm Give two
going to stay home and not 10 any Describe three expressions
chances. things using to agree with
adjectives and someone, and
modifiers. two to
disagree.
21
UNIT
3 City living
LANGUAGE present perfect with yet and already ■ city features
Life in the city

3A
1 Do you live in a city, a town, or a village?
2 Do you like where you live? 1
3 What are the good and bad things about it?
2 A Look at the picture. Which city is it?

6
B
Match the words in the box with the things 5
in the city.
4
sidewalk traffic lights bridge 3
bike lane crosswalk bench 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
Go to Vocabulary practice: city features, page 96

3 A Read the text. Who is more positive about the city: Alex or Megan?
B
Read the text again and match the headings in the box with the paragraphs.
Cost of living Job opportunities The weather The people Transportation Entertainment
San Francisco is one of the fastest growing cities in the U.S.

Today, we speak to two people who recently moved here
and find out their first impressions of living in the city.
Alex, 25, is an IT 1
Megan, 27, has moved 4

professional. to San Francisco from
There are so many tech companies here; San Francisco is expensive and you
He just moved to San her hometown
it’s really exciting. I’ve joined a networking need a good salary to live here. I’ve
Francisco from in Idaho to study
group to meet people from the industry, rented a room in a shared house, but
London. engineering.
and I’ve already been to a couple of events. after I’ve paid the rent, it doesn’t leave
Have I found a job yet? No … but I’m sure me with much money for other things.
I will soon! At least I have my visa!
5
2 All my friends told me that the
In my apartment building, there are people summers wouldn’t be as hot as back
of all nationalities, as well as from other home. It hasn’t been too cold yet, but
places in the U.S. I haven’t met all my it can get really foggy, especially when
neighbors yet, but I love living in a city you’re near the ocean.
where everyone is different.
6
3 The traffic here is terrible, so forget
Whatever you’re interested in, there’s driving! Cable cars are fun, but public
always something going on. I’ve already transportation can get really crowded, so
been to the theater twice and I've seen I just bought myself a bike. It’s one of the
a baseball game, and I only arrived two best ways to get around the city, and the
weeks ago! bike lanes are great.
22
present perfect with yet and already ■ city features LANGUAGE 3A
4 A Who said sentences 1–3: Alex or Megan?
1 Have I found a job ? 3 I’ve been to the theater twice.
2 It hasn’t been too cold .
B
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Check your answers in the text.
already yet (x2)
5 Answer the questions about the sentences in exercise 4. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which tense is used in the sentences?
2 Which word do we add in questions and negative sentences to talk about something we expected
to happen before now?
3 Which word do we add to sentences to talk about something that happened earlier than we
expected?
Grammar present perfect with yet and already
Something that happened earlier than we expected: He’s already finished his homework.
Something we expected to happen before now: Have you had lunch yet? I haven’t seen the movie yet.
Go to Grammar practice: present perfect with yet and already page 80

6 A 3.3 Pronunciation: just and yet Listen and repeat the words. Pay attention to the /y/ sound
(yet) and the /ǰ/ sound (just).
1 /y/ yet young you usually 2 /ǰ/ just job gym bridge
B 3.4 How do you say the sentences? Listen, check, and repeat.
1 Have you joined a gym yet? 3 I already have a job.
2 She just used a yellow pen. 4 Angela hasn’t arrived yet.

7 3.5 Complete the phone conversation between Alex and his friend Josh. Use the present perfect form
of the verbs in the box and yet or already. Listen and check.
find make meet not see go
Josh Hi Alex, this is Josh. How’s it going in San Francisco?

Alex Great, thanks. I’m really enjoying it.
Josh Have you 1 any friends 2 ?
Alex Yes, I 3 quite a few people. As a matter of fact,
I just had lunch with two guys who work for an Internet company.
Josh Great! And 4 you a job 5 ?
Alex No, not 6 . But I 7 on three interviews.
I’m waiting to hear back from them.
Josh Well, good luck! Oh, what’s Chinatown like?
Alex I 8 it 9 ! I've been too busy, but I might go Josh
this weekend.
8 A Make a list of things you have already done and things you still
have to do this week.
B
In pairs, ask and answer the question Have you … yet?
about your partner’s list. Give more information in your answers. o
Things to d et
A Have you been to the supermarket yet? supermark
– go to the
arents
B Not yet. I’m going shopping tonight, though.
– call my p
her with my
A Have you called your parents yet?
B Yes, I’ve already called them twice this week. – get toget
friends
Personal Best Write about the town or city you live in. 23
3 SKILLS LISTENING listening for facts and figures ■ final /t/ sound ■ transportation
3B The daily commute

Learning
Curve 1 Is traffic a problem in your town/city? How do most people get to work?
2 Look at the pictures in exercise 4. In pairs, use the words in the box to describe them.
traffic jam drive rush hour commuter passenger parking lot
platform take the train parking space public transportatiton
In picture a, people are driving to work, but there’s a really bad traffic jam.
Go to Vocabulary practice: transportation, page 96

3 3.8 Look at exercise 4. Which cities do pictures a–c show? Watch or listen to the first part of
Learning Curve and check.
a b c
Skill listening for facts and figures
We often have to listen for specific information.

• Before you listen, focus on what type of information you need to listen for. For example,
is it a number, a person, a time, a place, etc.?
• Listen for "clues." For example, if the information is an age, you might hear "old" or "years."
• Write the exact word(s) you hear. Then read the sentences to make sure they make sense.
4 A Read the Skill box. Match the types of information in the box with the blanks in the text.
a specific time a verb (x2) a noun an adjective (x2) a period of time (x2) a number (x2)
B 3.8 Watch or listen again and complete the text with the correct words.
The global average commuting time is 1 , but it is much worse in some cities.
a b c
Seven million 8 come

The average travel time is Companies employ "pushers" to into this city every day.
2 5
. passengers onto trains. 24% of people have 9
Rush hour is between 3 They wear 6 gloves as about a parking space in the last
and 9:30 in the morning. a sign of respect to passengers. year.
7
This city has a population of passengers use the Parking lots are so 10
4 people. train system every day. that people can lose their cars.

24
listening for facts and figures ■ final /t/ sound ■ transportation LISTENING SKILLS 3B
5 3.9 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. How do Mike, Sandra, and Lorena get
to work/the university?
Mike Sandra Lorena
6 A Read questions 1−8. What kind of information do you need to answer them?
1 How long does Mike’s commute take in total? a period of time
2 What time does he usually leave the house?
3 What causes him problems on his commute?
4 Which city is Sandra in?
5 How often does she usually travel with Bonnie?
6 How far is it to Sandra’s work?
7 How long does it take Lorena to walk to the university?
8 How much does she spend on public transportation?
B 3.9 Watch or listen again. Answer the questions.

1 How do you get to work/college/class? 4 Do you ever have any problems?
2 How long does it take you? 5 Who do you travel with?
3 What time do you start out? 6 How does the trip make you feel?
8 3.10 Listen to the sentences from the show. When are the /t/ sounds in bold pronounced?
1 What time do you set off? 3 I’m here in front of our building in New York.
2 My biggest problem is pedestrians. 4 Today, I’m just listening to my car radio.
Listening builder final /t/ sound
English speakers don’t often pronounce the /t/ sound at the end of a word when the next
word begins with a consonant. If the next word begins with a vowel sound, they link the
sounds together.
I get off the bus. I ge(t) to talk with my good friend.
There's still a lot of traffic. She doesn’(t) drive.
9 3.11 Read the Listening builder. Listen and complete the sentences.
1 The to get to work is to drive, is impossible.
2 I at 8:00 and me over an hour.
3 The traffic completely, so we and walked.
4 It’s the in the world for commuting, but they buy a car.
5 I taking the subway. I get people come out of
the station.
10 A In pairs, prepare a talk of 1–2 minutes about the transportation system in your city or country.
Use the ideas in the boxes.
the type of transportation the problems

people use the cost and frequency commuters have suggestions for people
of public transportation visiting your city or country
B
Work with another pair. Take turns listening, then ask at least one question.
Personal Best Write a paragraph about the advantages and disadvantages of one type of transportation. 25
3 LANGUAGE present perfect with for and since
3C A life in three cities

1 A Look at the pictures. Try to answer the questions in pairs.
1 Who is the person? 3 What movies has she been in?
2 What is her job? 4 What nationality is she?
B
Read the introduction in the text and check your answers.
A TALE She won an Oscar for her first

movie, 12 Years a Slave, in 2013. Since then, the Kenyan actress Lupita
OF THREE Nyong’o has become a Hollywood superstar and appeared on red carpets
CITIES and magazine covers all over the world. We look at the three cities that
have shaped this talented actress.
MEXICO CITY NAIROBI NEW YORK

Lupita was born in 1983 in Mexico Lupita went to school in Nairobi, and Lupita has lived in Brooklyn, New York,
City, where her father was working at a this is where she first started acting. since 2013, and this is now her home.
university. The family returned to Kenya Her first big performance was at the When she's not working, she spends
when she was just a few months old, age of 14 when she played Juliet her time doing yoga and cooking her
but at the age of 16, Lupita went back in Romeo and Juliet. One of her favorite dishes like enchiladas verdes.
to Mexico for a year to learn Spanish. happiest memories is of climbing the She also loves riding the subway into
She’s spoken Spanish since 1999, mango trees in her grandmother’s Manhattan to go shopping, just like
and has even given TV interviews in village and eating the fruit straight anyone else in New York! The big
Spanish. from the branches! question is: Where next for Lupita?
2 Read the rest of the text. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Lupita has been very famous since 2013.
2 She has had an interest in acting for over ten years.
3 She has spoken Spanish since she was a small child in Mexico.
4 She has lived in New York for most of her life.
3 Look at sentences 1−4 in exercise 2. Choose the correct options to answer

the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Are the situations in the sentences finished? yes / no
2 Which tense are the verbs in? present continuous / present perfect
3 When do we use the word since? for a point in time / for a period of time
4 When do we use the word for? for a point in time / for a period of time
Grammar present perfect with for and since
For situations that started in the past and continue in the present:
I’ve worked as an actress for twenty years. She hasn’t seen me since 2010.
Look! We use for for a period of time and since for a point in time:
I’ve had this car for six months. I’ve had this car since February.
Go to Grammar practice: present perfect with for and since, page 81
26
present perfect with for and since LANGUAGE 3C
4 A 3.13 Pronunciation: for and since Listen and repeat the sentences. Pay attention to the
rhythm. Are for and since stressed or unstressed words?
1 She’s lived in New York since 2013. 2 She hasn’t been to Mexico for a few years.
B 3.14 Underline the stressed words in the sentences. In pairs, practice saying them. Listen,
check, and repeat.
1 I’ve lived in this house for six years. 3 I haven’t seen him for months.
2 She’s known him since 1995. 4 They’ve had the car since March.

5 3.15 Listen to the conversation and answer the questions.
1 Where do you think the people are?
2 How do Laura and Pete know each other?
3 What is Jess’s job?
4 What do Laura and Jess discuss at the end?
5 Do you think connections are important for finding
a good job?
6 A Complete the questions with the simple past or

present perfect form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 Where Laura and Pete ? (meet)
2 How long Jess in L.A.? (be)
3 How long Jess in Toronto? (live)
4 How long Jess scripts for TV and
movies? (write)
5 What she before she was a writer? (do)
6 How long Laura and Pete the idea for
the TV comedy series? (have)
B 3.15 Listen to the conversation again. Ask and answer questions 1−6 in pairs.
7 A Complete the circles with information about you.
the name of an the name of your occupation a hobby

important friend your street (job/student, etc.) you enjoy
an important a place you something you something you

possession want to visit use every day are terrified of
B In pairs, ask and answer the question How long have you …? with an appropriate verb and the
information in the circles. Try to give more information.
A How long have you known Martin?
B I’ve known him since we were in high school together. We were in the same class.
A How long have you had your phone?
B I’ve had it for six months. It was a birthday present from my brother.
Personal Best Think of someone you know well and write a paragraph about his/her life. Try to use the present perfect with for and since. 27
3 SKILLS WRITING writing an essay ■ giving opinions
3D I think it’s a great idea!

1 Look at the pictures in exercise 2. Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 How often do you use your cell phone each day?
2 Do you call people when you are on the street? If so, who?
3 Do you use your phone on public transportation? If so, what for?
4 Do you send messages when you go out with friends? If so, how often?
5 Do you think we use our phones too much? Why/Why not?
2 A Read the title of the essay. What does the verb ban mean?
a make something illegal b make something easier
B Read the essay. Does Kai agree or disagree with the question?
Is it time to ban smartphones in public?

Kai Meng
Smartphones are amazing inventions and help us in lots of different
ways, but I’m worried that we use them too much. Every day, I see
hundreds of people using their phones in the city, and it’s causing
some serious problems.
First, I believe smartphones can be dangerous. When people are
sending messages or listening to music with headphones while
walking down the street, they don’t concentrate on the traffic, and it’s
much easier for them to have an accident.
The second reason is that I think talking on phones in public is
annoying. If you’re on public transportation or in a restaurant, you
don’t want to hear someone else’s conversation. In my opinion,
people should wait to call their friends and colleagues in private,
unless it’s a real emergency.
Finally, banning smartphones in public is a good idea because it
would make people more sociable and encourage them to talk more.
Even when some people get together with their friends, they spend
half the time checking their phones and going on social media. If
they didn’t have their phones, they’d talk to each other more, and
they’d have a much better time.
In conclusion, although there are lots of advantages to smartphones,
I think we should ban them in public. Personally, I think this would
be safer for pedestrians, nicer for passengers on public transportation,
and would help us communicate with each other more.
3 Answer the questions about the essay. Then read the Skill box.
1 How many reasons for banning smartphones does Kai give?
What are they? Which paragraphs are they in?
2 What is the purpose of paragraph 1? to introduce the topic / to summarize all his reasons
3 What is the purpose of the final paragraph? to introduce the topic / to summarize all his reasons
Skill writing an essay
In essays, we discuss a topic and give our point of view.

• Organize your ideas into paragraphs (introduction, reasons, and conclusion).
• Explain the reasons for your opinions in separate paragraphs. Give examples or evidence to
support them.
• Use sequencers, like first, the second reason, finally, and in conclusion to help readers.
28
writing an essay ■ giving opinions WRITING SKILLS 3D
4 Look at the pictures. In pairs, think of some reasons why we shouldn’t ban smartphones in public.
a b c
5 A Match the two columns to make sentences. Did you have similar ideas?
1 We can check e-mails, read documents, a the way we communicate.
2 I believe this is very important b have made our lives better in three different ways.
3 Personally, I love being able to watch c stay in touch with each other.
4 In my opinion, smartphones d for our safety.
5 They make our lives safer, more e us work more efficiently.
6 Second, smartphones make f and organize meetings outside the office.
7 In conclusion, I don’t think we should g lots of fun and keep us entertained.
8 The first reason is that phones help us h movies or play games when I'm on the subway or a bus.
9 The last reason is that they are i ban smartphones in public.
10 Modern technology has changed j efficient, and even more fun.
B
Which sentences can be found in:
the introduction? paragraph 3? the conclusion?
paragraph 2? paragraph 4?
6 A In pairs, use the sentences in 5A to help you write an essay against banning smartphones
in public.
B
Which essay is more convincing: Kai’s or the one you wrote in exercise 6A? Do you think we should
or shouldn’t ban smartphones in public?
7 Read the essay in exercise 2 again. Underline any phrases Kai uses to give his opinion.
Text builder giving opinions
We use a variety of phrases to give our opinions:

I (don’t) think/believe (that) … I’m worried/delighted (that) … … is a good/bad idea.
In my opinion/view, … Personally, … I would(n’t) say (that) …
8 Read the Text builder. In pairs, give your opinions about ideas 1–5. Explain your ideas.
1 I think / don’t think public transportation should be free for everyone because …
2 Children playing computer games is a good / bad idea because …
3 In my opinion, learning English is / isn’t very difficult because …
4 Personally, I watch / don’t watch too much TV because …
5 I would / wouldn’t say that we eat less healthily than our parents because …
9 A PREPARE Choose an essay title and decide if you agree or disagree with it. Give three reasons with
examples and evidence to support them.
• Should universities be free for everyone? • Should people who live in cities be allowed to have pets?
• Do we need to ban fast-food restaurants? • Do we need stores now that we can buy everything online?
B PRACTICE Write an essay giving your opinion. Use the Skill box and Text builder to help you.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange essays with another student and correct any mistakes. Is his/her essay
convincing? How could he/she improve it?
Personal Best Write an essay with the opposite point of view from the one in exercise 9. 29
UNIT
4 Food for thought

LANGUAGE too, too many, too much, and (not) enough ■ food and drink
4A Sweet, but dangerous

1 Put the words in the box in the correct columns. Can you add two more words to each column?
beef cabbage peach salmon strawberry shrimp lamb eggplant
fruit vegetables meat fish and seafood
Go to Vocabulary practice: food and drink, page 97

1 What did you have for breakfast? 4 What would you cook for a romantic dinner?
2 What did you have for dinner last night? 5 Are you allergic to any food?
3 What food do you eat if you want a snack? 6 Do you think you have a healthy diet? Why/Why not?
3 Look at the picture of the breakfast. Do you think it’s healthy? How much added sugar do you think
it contains? Read the text and check.
Most of us know that too much

sugar isn’t good for us. We know Damon says that food
that we shouldn’t eat a lot of companies are not honest
chocolate or drink too many enough about the amount of
soft drinks. But how much do sugar they add to their products.
we really know about the other Their marketing makes us believe
kinds of food we eat? we’re eating and drinking
well, when we really aren't.
The World Health Organization
recommends a daily limit of 25 g.
(about six teaspoons) of sugar.
That means there’s enough
Australian moviemaker, Damon sugar in three quarters of a can
Gameau, decided to investigate the "hidden" sugar in of cola for one day.
food. He spent 60 days eating only products advertised After Damon’s experiment finished, he returned to
as "healthy," such as low-fat yogurt, cereal bars, fruit his usual diet of fresh fruit, vegetables, meat, and
juices, and sports drinks. But instead of feeling healthier, fish. His weight came down and his health problems
Damon gained 8 kg. and started to have health disappeared. He still enjoys a little chocolate once in a
problems. The reason? The high levels of sugar that while, but he finds that most processed food now tastes
manufacturers add to many food products to make too sweet.
them taste better. The breakfast pictured here looks So next time you’re in the supermarket, remember
good, but the juice, cereal, and yogurt actually contain to check how much sugar is in that "healthy" cereal
a total of fourteen teaspoons of extra sugar! before you buy it!
4 Check ( ) the best title for the article. Explain your answer.
1 Is sugar good or bad for you? 3 The truth about sugar and processed food
2 How to lose weight in 60 days 4 Five unhealthy foods to avoid

1 Did the text surprise you? Why/Why not?
2 Do you think people in your country eat too much sugar?
3 How often do you check how much sugar is in the products you buy?
4 Should the government do anything about sugar in food? If so, what?
30
too, too many, too much, and (not) enough ■ food and drink LANGUAGE 1A
6 A Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Check your answers in the text.
too too much too many not enough
1 We shouldn’t drink soft drinks. 4 There’s sugar in three quarters of a can of

2 sugar isn’t good for us. cola for one day.
3 Food companies are honest enough. 5 Most processed food tastes sweet.
B Match the words from sentences 1−5 with the definitions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 too / too much / too many a less than necessary
2 enough b more than necessary
3 not enough c the right amount
Grammar too, too many, too much, and (not) enough
More than necessary: The right amount: Less than necessary:

It’s too noisy. I can’t concentrate. We have enough eggs to bake a cake. I don’t have enough time.
You put too much milk in my coffee! Is the room warm enough for you? The car isn’t fast enough.
There are too many people on the bus. OR The car's not fast enough.
Go to Grammar practice: too, too many, too much, and (not) enough, page 82
7 A 4.3 Pronunciation: too much sugar Listen and repeat the sentence from the text. Pay
attention to the sounds in bold: /u/, /ə /, and /ʊ/.
Too much sugar isn’t good for us.
B 4.4 How do you say the words? Listen, check, and repeat.
cook soup cup food enough put blood should use
8 4.5 How do you say the questions? Listen, check, and repeat. Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you have enough time to cook dinner every night? 4 Do you think you have too many clothes?
2 Do you think good food is too expensive? 5 Is your Internet connection fast enough for you?
3 Do you spend too much time using social media sites? 6 Do you know anyone who drinks too much coffee?
9 4.6 Listen to a conversation. Check ( ) the food that the restaurant needs to buy.
rkey 
chicken  beef  tu
meat: lamb 
shrimp  tuna 
fish/seafood: salmon 
conuts 
fruit: peaches  pears  co
es  pinea les 
pp
strawberri
s  lettuces  cucu
mbers 
vege ta bles: pepp er
 eggplants 
tomatoes

10 A Complete the sentences with your own ideas. Compare them in pairs.
1 I don’t spend enough time on . 4 Sometimes, I’m too .
2 I spend too much money on . 5 I have too many .
3 I worry about too much. 6 I don’t think I’m enough.
B
Tell the rest of the class about your partner.
He doesn't spend enough time on his homework.
Personal Best Write a list of ingredients for three of your favorite dishes. 31
4 SKILLS READING scanning for specific information ■ linkers to contrast information
4B Ice cream university

1 Look at the title of the article and the pictures. Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 Where do you think the university is? 3 Would you like to learn how to make ice cream?
2 Who do you think takes courses here? 4 What’s your favorite flavor of ice cream?
Skill scanning for specific information
To find a specific piece of information in a text quickly, you should scan for it.
• Identify the key word(s) in the question for the information you need.
• Quickly look for the key words in the text. You can use your finger to help you.
• Stop when you find the key word. If the information you need isn’t there,
continue scanning until the key word appears again.
2 Read the Skill box. Scan the text and answer the questions. The key words are underlined.
1 What is gelato? 4 When was the Gelato University founded?
2 When did the museum open? 5 What is the average age of students at
3 How much does a one-day course cost? the university?
3 Underline the key words in the questions. Scan the text again to answer them.
1 How many students attend the university every year?
2 What languages are classes taught in?
3 What happens if you make gelato using too much sugar?
4 What is the right temperature for gelato?
5 How much is a visit to the museum?
4 Read the text in detail. Match the headings in the box with the paragraphs A–E.
The secret of good gelato A city to study in If you just want a taste
A course for everyone A mix of students
Text builder linkers to contrast information
but: There are courses that last up to five weeks, but I’m going to try the one-day course.
however: There are courses that last up to five weeks. However, I’m going to try the one-day course.
although: Although there are courses that last up to five weeks, I’m going to try the one-day course.
I’m going to try the one-day course, although there are courses that last up to five weeks.
5 A Read the Text builder. Underline examples of but, however, and although in the text. In pairs,
discuss what information is contrasted.
B
Complete the sentences with but, however, and although. Which paragraphs do they go with?
1 gelato is Italian, it has an international reputation.
2 It’s a complicated process, after a few hours, I have a liter of pink ice cream.
3 It's only four euros for children under thirteen. , they have to be accompanied by an adult.
4 I’m really looking forward to this course, I’ve never been a "good student."
5 There’s even a course to become a professional gelato taster. it sounds like a dream job,
I don’t think I could eat ice cream 365 days a year!

1 Apart from English, are you studying anything else right now?
2 What courses would you like to take if you had the time and the money?
3 If you could start your own business, what would it be?

32
scanning for specific information ■ linkers to contrast information READING SKILLS 4B
ICE CREAM UNIVERSITY

A
The city of Bologna in Italy is home to the oldest university in the world. It was founded in 1088.
The list of former students includes artists, politicians, poets, and even movie directors. However,
what a lot of people don’t realize is that Bologna is also home to another, much newer, university.
I’ve signed up for a course, although I’m not going to study law or engineering.
I’m going to learn how to make gelato, Italian ice cream. Welcome to Gelato University!
B
The Carpigiani Gelato University was founded in 2003, and every year it attracts
more than 6,000 students who want to learn how to make perfect ice cream.
However, it's not just about making ice cream. Students all have the same
dream of starting their own gelato business, so classes include how to write
a business plan, how to market your product, even how to design your own
gelateria, or ice cream store. There are courses that last up to five weeks, but
I’m going to try the one-day course, which costs about 100 euros.
C
In my class of 20, there are students from all over the world and, although my
classes are in English, there are also classes in Italian, Spanish, Chinese, and
other languages. The average age of the students is about 35, but company
director Robert from L.A. is planning to go into the gelato business at the age of
72! "You’re never too old to try new things," he says.
D
Back to the classroom, and today we’re making strawberry
gelato. However, before we start, there’s a science class.
There’s a lot of chemistry and mathematics, and a calculator
is essential. If there’s too much sugar in the mixture, it won’t
freeze. If there's not enough air, it will be too heavy. And it has
to be served at the right temperature (5–10° C), which is much
warmer than normal ice cream.
E
If you’re interested in gelato, but you don't have the time or
money to take a course, the university also has its own Gelato
Museum, opened in 2012. For five euros, you can visit the
museum, discover the history of gelato, the technology behind
it and, of course, taste some of the different flavors! And if
you’re wondering how my strawberry gelato tasted, it was
delicious!
Personal Best Write a paragraph about your school or college. Remember to use linkers to contrast information. 33
4 LANGUAGE have to, not have to, and can't ■ adjectives to describe food
4C You have to eat your vegetables!

1 A 4.7 Look at the pictures of school lunches. Which countries do you think they are from?
Listen and check.
a b c
B 4.7 Match the adjectives in the box with the pictures. Listen again and check.
healthy crunchy sweet spicy salty tasty
Go to Vocabulary practice: adjectives to describe food, page 98

1 Did you ever have school lunches? If so, what were they like?
2 Which dishes from your childhood did you love/hate? Why?
3 Look at the pictures. Do you recognize the man? In pairs, answer the questions. Read the text and check.
1 What is the man’s job? 3 Why was he in this country?
2 Which country was he in? 4 Why does he look disappointed?
British celebrity chef, Jamie Oliver, tasted failure for the first time with his American
TV show, Jamie’s Food Revolution. One of the biggest health problems in the U.S.
is obesity, and Jamie thought he could help by changing what children ate … but
he found that it wasn’t so easy.
In the U.S., more than 32 million children eat in school cafeterias every day.
Unfortunately, the meals aren’t always very healthy, and some children don’t have
to eat fruit or vegetables. Instead, they can choose hamburgers and pizzas with
sweet drinks, like chocolate milk.
In 2010 and 2011, Jamie conducted an experiment. He tried changing the menu
at a school in Los Angeles. The cooks made different meals, including vegetarian
curry, fresh salads, and spicy chicken noodles. However, Jamie’s experiment
failed, and most children threw his new recipes away. With hungry children and
angry parents, hamburgers and pizzas were soon back on the menu.
However, it's not all bad news. Although Jamie’s idea didn’t work, things are
changing. New laws say that all schools have to serve healthier food. School meals
can't contain too much salt, and cafeterias have to
offer two vegetables a day … but these things take time.
According to some previous rules, tomato sauce on pizzas
counted as "one vegetable"!

1 What do you think about Jamie’s experiment?
2 Why do you think it failed?
3 What would you think if he tried to change school meals in your country?
34
have to, not have to, and can't ■ adjectives to describe food LANGUAGE 4C
5 A Match the two parts to make sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Children don’t have to a serve healthier food.
2 All schools have to b eat fruit or vegetables.
3 School meals can't c contain too much salt.
B
Answer the questions about the words in bold in sentences 1−4. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which words mean "there is a rule to do this"?
2 Which words mean "this is not necessary"?
3 Which word means "this is not allowed"?
Grammar have to, not have to, and can't
Obligation: Not necessary: Prohibition:

You have to start school at 9:00 a.m. You don’t have to take the course, Students can't use a calculator
Do they have to wear a uniform? but you can if you want. during the exam.
Go to Grammar practice: have to, not have to, and can't, page 83
6 Choose the correct options to complete the hotel rules. Would you like to stay at this hotel?
Why/Why not?
HOTEL RULES
1 Guests have to / don’t have to pay an extra $8 if they want breakfast.
2 Guests have to / can't sit at the same table every day. The room
numbers are on the tables.
3 Guests don’t have to / can't choose the cooked breakfast. Cereal and
toast are also available.
4 Guests don’t have to / have to arrive for breakfast before 9:00 a.m.
when the kitchen closes.
5 Guests can't / don’t have to take any food to their rooms. This is not
allowed.
6 Guests can't / have to check out before 10:00 a.m. or we will charge
them for an extra day.
7 A 4.10 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences. Underline the stressed words.
1 People have to carry an identity card at all 4 Children have to stay in school until the age
times. of 18.
2 You don’t have to buy a ticket when you get on 5 Parents don’t have to send their children to
the bus. school. They can educate them at home.
3 People can't use their cell phones on public 6 Everyone has to vote in the national elections.
transportation.
B 4.10 Say the sentences, paying attention to the stress in each one. Listen again, check, and repeat.
8 In pairs, decide if the sentences in exercise 7A are true in your country.

9 A In pairs, imagine you are the managing director of a new company. Write a list of rules that will keep
your employees happy and productive and make your company successful. Think about these factors:
working hours meetings food and drink social activities breaks during the day
days off / vacations work clothes communication
B
Tell the rest of the class your rules.
Personal Best Write a list of rules in your place of work or college. How could you change them to make them better? 35
4 SKILLS SPEAKING making and responding to invitations ■ sounding polite
4D First dates

Learning
Curve 1 In pairs, look at the pictures of restaurants. Decide which are the best places for the situations in the box.
a business meeting a first date getting together with friends
a birthday celebration lunch by yourself a family meal
a b c d

1 How would you feel if you had a first date?
2 Where would you go on a first date?
3 Who would you ask for advice about a first date?
3 4.11 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Jack feels shy about asking Eleanor out on a date.
2 Jack met Eleanor while he was studying at the university.
3 He invites Simon to try his new dish and he wants his advice.
4 Simon thinks Jack should take Eleanor to a fish-and-chips restaurant.
5 Jack rings Eleanor to ask her out on a date.
4 4.11 Use the words in the box

to complete what Jack and Simon
Jack Simon
said. Watch or listen again and check.
dish great be in sounds

new Would that interested
you trying a Thanks out
Conversation builder making and responding to invitations
Inviting: Accepting: Refusing:

Would you like to …? I’d love to. Thank you. That’s really nice of you, but I’m sorry, I can’t.
Would you be interested in …? Thanks, that sounds great! I’m afraid I already have plans.
Do you want to …? That’s very nice/kind of you. I really appreciate the invitation, but …
Do you feel like ...? That would be wonderful. Sorry, I think I’m busy that evening.
Fantastic.
5 Read the Conversation builder. In pairs, take turns inviting your partner for coffee one day this week.
Refuse the first time, but when he/she invites you for coffee on a different day, accept.
36
making and responding to invitations ■ sounding polite SPEAKING SKILLS 4D
6 A 4.12 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Where do Jack and Eleanor decide to go
for their date?
B 4.12 Complete the conversation with the words in the box. Watch or listen again and check.
appreciate like fancy sorry want kind
Jack I was wondering if you’d 1 having dinner with me at my restaurant?

Eleanor Oh, that’s right, you’re a chef. Thanks, that’s very 2 of you.
Jack Great. I know it’s short notice, but would you 3 to come tonight?
I have a new, special dish.
Eleanor Did you say tonight? That’s really nice of you, but I’m 4 , I can’t.
I already have plans.
Jack Well, do you 5 to go out on the weekend?
Perhaps tomorrow?
Eleanor Er, I would. I really 6 the invite, but, I’m going to go visit my
granddad.
Eleanor
7 4.13 Listen and repeat the phrases when you hear the beeps. Do Eleanor and Jack sound polite?
Skill sounding polite
It’s important to sound polite in English, especially when you say something negative.
• Use intonation to express yourself. Flat intonation can sound rude.
• Apologize before you say something negative.
• Use longer phrases and give explanations.
8 A 4.14 Read the Skill box. Listen to six conversations and check ( ) the response that
sounds more polite: a or b.
1 Tom, could you help me with this box? It’s really heavy. a b
2 Do you feel like going to the movies tonight? a b
3 So what did your boss think of the designs? a b
4 Would you like to go for coffee after class? a b
5 Wow! That new jacket looks great on you. a b
6 Would you be interested in seeing my band play tomorrow evening? a b
B 4.15 Listen and repeat the polite responses. Explain why they are more polite.

9 A PREPARE In pairs, look at the diagram and discuss what you could say at each stage. You can make notes.
Student A Student B
Greet the person. Respond to the greeting.
Invite the person to an event. Refuse politely and make an excuse.
Invite the person to a different event Accept politely.

on a different day.
on
B PRACTICE Repeat your conversation until you can say it without looking at the diagram or your notes.
C PERSONAL BEST Work with another pair. Listen to their conversation. Did they use the same language
as you? Was their conversation polite? In what way?
Personal Best
Challenge! Write another dialogue using the diagram in exercise 9A, but use different phrases. 37
37
Grammar 3 Choose the correct options to complete the text.

1 Put a (X) by the sentence that is NOT correct.
1 a I haven't called Claude yet.
down!
Don't look
b I've called Claude 10 minutes ago.
c I called Claude 10 minutes ago.
2 a I have to wear a suit to work.
b I can wear a suit to work.
c I haven't to wear jeans to work.
3 a I've worked here since January.
b I've worked here for five months. The city of Dubai 1built / has
built over 200 skyscrapers
c I've worked here since five months ago. 2for / since 2000, and the Burj
4 a This restaurant is too crowded. Khalifa is the tallest of these.
b This restaurant isn't quiet enough. It's 830 m. high, with 163
c This restaurant is too much crowded. floors and has an incredible
5 a I've seen the movie yet. 24,000 windows … all of
b I saw the movie last week.
which 3have / have to be cleaned! The tallest part of the
building is 4too / too much difficult for people to clean, and
c I've already seen the movie.
machines are used. However, a team of 36 men clean the
6 a You have too many clothes in your closet. rest of the building. Let's talk to Bibek Thapa from Nepal,
b You can't have space enough for your clothes. who has 5already / yet finished cleaning for the day.
c You don't have enough space in your closet. What's the hardest part about the job?
7 a I haven't seen my parents for a month. I've climbed 6enough mountains / mountains enough in
b I didn't see my parents since last month. Nepal not to be afraid of heights. The worst thing for me
c I haven't seen my parents since last month. is the sun. Sometimes it's 7too / too much hot, and we
8have to / can't wear protective clothing.
8 a You can't walk on the grass.
b You have to walk on the path. What's it like in bad weather?
c You allowed to walk on the path. We don't work when there's 9too many / too much wind or
dust because it's very dangerous.
2 Use the words in parentheses to write sentences that
mean the same as the first sentence.
Do you need any special equipment?
We use lots of safety equipment, obviously, but we
1 It's not necessary for Sofia to take the train. 10have to / don't have to use any special cleaning
Sofia take the train. (have) chemicals. We just use soap and water, like when you
2 I didn't have breakfast this morning. clean windows at home.
I breakfast today. (yet)
3 I went to the grocery store this morning.
I to the grocery store. (already) Vocabulary
4 We've had the car since March.
We six months. (for)
1 Match the words with the definitions.
5 We need more bread.

rush hour fresh start out coconut
We bread. (enough)
raw crosswalk turkey
6 She hasn't visited me for years. give someone a ride trash can commuter
She 2012. (visited)
7 The coffee has more milk than I wanted. 1 to take someone to a place in your car
There's in my coffee. (too) 2 a place for garbage when you're on the street
8 You're not allowed to use your phone in here. 3 a person who travels to work
You your phone in here. (use) 4 a large bird we can eat
5 a large fruit from a palm tree
6 to leave your house to go somewhere
7 food that is not cooked
8 a place where you can cross the street safely
9 the busiest time of day on the street
10 food that was prepared recently
38
2 Circle the word that is different. Explain your answer.

1 passenger platform pedestrian commuter
Personal Best
2 sour sweet bitter crunchy
son 3A son 4A
3 drive ride go by traffic Les Les
4 beef lamb shrimp turkey
5 tunnel bridge bike lane trash can Write a
6 delayed street sign statue sidewalk question with Name five
yet, and kinds of fruit.
7 tuna peach pineapple strawberry answer it.
8 tasty burned healthy delicious
3 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.

on
1 My bus never on time. Less 3A Les
son 4A
a arrives b gets c drives
2 Is the fish ? It doesn't smell very good. Name five Write one
a fresh b tasty c healthy city features sentence using
you usually see enough, and
3 We early on our hike at 9:00. another with
on the street.
a arrive b started out c drive too.
4 We're having for dessert.
a flour b lettuce c apple pie
on
son 4B Less 4B
5 My car is at the garage, so I can't to work. Les
a ride b drive c arrive
6 A: What's on the pizza?
Name four Write a
B: There's tomato sauce, peppers, and . ways of going sentence using
a flour b cheese c cereal to work. although.
7 There are no on this street; it's very dark!
a traffic lights b streetlights c street signs
8 The doctor said I shouldn’t eat food.
on
Less 3C son 4C
a fresh b salty c disgusting
Les
4 Complete the conversations with the words in the boxes.
Write a
question with Name five
parking space benches parking lot how long, and adjectives to
apartment building public transportation an answer with describe food.
since.
Jo Is your new 1 near the city bridge?

Lee No, it's next to the square with the fountain and all
son 3C son 4C
the 2 to sit on. Les Les
Jo That's a great area! Do you get a 3 for
your car? Write three
Lee Yes, but I use 4 to get to work because sentences about Write three
yourself or rules you have
my office doesn't have a 5 .
your family at home.
using for.
fresh delicious seafood spicy vegetarian

on
son 3D Less 4D
Les
Kim Don't forget you have to cook 6 food for
my parents. They don't eat meat. Give two
Give three expressions for
Jon I know. I'm going to cook curry. expressions accepting an
Kim Don't cook curry! It will be too 7 for for giving your invitation, and
them! Why don't you cook the paella you made last opinion. two for
week? It was 8 ! I loved it. refusing.
Jon But that had 9 in it!
Kim Oh, yeah. Can't you make it without it? Just add
lots of 10 vegetables.
39
ALL ABOUT ME
UNIT
5 Money and shopping

LANGUAGE present simple
used to ■ frequency adverbs ■ personality adjectives
■ money verbs
He used to be poor
5A
1 A Look at the title of the text and the pictures.
Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 Have you ever been to a Zara store?
2 What does Zara sell?
3 Who is the man?
4 What does the title of the text mean?
B
Read the introduction and check your answers.
Today, he’s one of the richest men in the world with a

global business that is worth billions of dollars, but he
used to be a poor boy from Galicia, in the north of Spain.
This is the story of Amancio Ortega, the founder of the
clothing company, Zara.
Amancio was born in 1936. His father was a railway worker and
didn’t earn much money. The family sometimes couldn’t afford
food. His mother used to ask for credit at the grocery store, but
one day they said no. At that moment, Amancio decided to quit So, at the age of 27, and with just a little money that he’d saved,
school and get a job. He was just 14. Amancio started his own business making pajamas, which he
Amancio’s first job was at a shirt store. He used to fold the shirts sold to local stores. After borrowing some money from the bank,
and deliver them to customers on his bike. Then he moved to he began making other types of clothing, and the business
another store, where he learned a lot about the industry. Clothes grew. In 1975, Amancio opened his first Zara store, and the
used to be very expensive, and there wasn’t much to choose company soon opened more stores in Spain.
from, so customers didn’t use to buy many. Amancio realized Today, you can find Zara and the other fashion companies
that if he could produce more attractive clothes more cheaply, Amancio owns in 88 different countries around the world, but he
people would spend more money. still lives in Galicia, where he grew up.
2 Order the events from 1−8. Read the text and check.
a He worked in a shirt store. e He started to produce other types of clothing.
b Zara expanded around the world. f Amancio was born in northern Spain.
c He quit school. g He used his own money to start a business.
d The first Zara store opened. h He asked the bank for some money.
3 What do you think Amancio Ortega is like? Why?

4 A Match the two columns to make sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Amancio decided to a ask for credit.
2 His mother used to b buy many clothes.
3 Customers didn’t use to c quit school.
4 He used to d be a poor boy from Galicia.
B
Look at sentences 1−4 again and answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Are the sentences about the past, the present, or the future?
2 Which sentence is an action that only happened once? Which tense is it?
3 Which sentence is a situation that was true in the past, but isn’t true now?
4 Which sentences are actions that happened more than once in the past?
40
used to ■ money verbs LANGUAGE 5A
Grammar used to
Actions that happened regularly in the past, but don’t Situations that were true in the past, but aren’t
happen now: true now:
How did you use to get to school? What did she use to be like?
We used to walk to school. We didn’t use to take the bus. She used to be really shy. She didn’t use to be very
confident.
Look! We use the simple past for an action that only happened once.
I went shopping yesterday. NOT I used to go shopping yesterday.
Go to Grammar practice: used to, page 84

5 5.2 Pronunciation: used to/use to Listen to the sentences.
How do you say the words in bold? Do they sound different?
Listen again and repeat.
1 His family used to be poor.
2 He didn’t use to earn much money.
3 Did he use to work from home?

6 Match the words in the box with definitions 1–6. Look at the
highlighted words in the text on page 40 to help you.
be worth earn can afford spend save borrow
1 have enough money to buy something 4 have a value of a certain amount of money
2 not use money and keep it in a bank 5 take money from someone, but return it later
3 use money to buy something 6 make money from work
Go to Vocabulary practice: money verbs, page 99

1 What do you spend your money on? 5 Have you ever borrowed money from a bank?
2 Do you find it difficult to save money? 6 Do you have a car? How much is it worth?
3 Do you own your home or do you rent it? 7 Do you think athletes get paid too much money?
4 Which professions earn the most money? 8 Do you ever waste money on things you don’t need?
8 A 5.4 Listen to five people talking about their childhood. Match the topics in the box with the speakers.
bedtime money toys vacations food
1 Rachel 2 Allan 3 Freddy 4 Lucy 5 Sam

B 5.4 Complete the sentences with the simple past or used to form of the verbs in parentheses.
Listen again and check.
1 The first book I was Northern Lights. (buy)
2 Our parents about us. (not worry)
3 We for dinner every Saturday night. (go out)
4 My grandpa always me a story in bed at night. (read)
5 I a Buzz Lightyear toy for my birthday one year. (get)
9 A In pairs, talk about your childhood. Use the topics in the boxes or your own ideas.
bedtime food money school TV
clothes vacations music toys and games
I used to go to bed at 7:00 p.m. every night. What time did you use to go to bed?
B
Tell the class some things that you found out about your partner.
He/She used to … He/She didn’t use to …
Personal Best Write ten sentences about you, using the verbs from the Vocabulary practice. 41
5 SKILLS LISTENING identifying attitude and opinion ■ filler expressions ■ shopping
5B What a bargain!

Learning
Curve 1 Match the options in the box with pictures a–f.
discount cash register shopping center/mall cash line receipt
a b c
d e f
Go to Vocabulary practice: shopping, page 99

1 Do you prefer to shop in malls, department stores, small independent stores, or online? Why?
2 Have you ever found a bargain during a sale? If so, what was it?
3 Do you always try on clothes in the dressing rooms before buying them? Why/Why not?
4 How long do you keep a receipt after you have bought something? Why?
5 Do you ever go window shopping? Why/Why not?
3 5.7 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Check ( ) the best summary of what Ethan says.
a Shopping in the past was very different.
b Shopping centers have a long history.
c Shopping centers or malls are the best place to find bargains.
4 5.7 What do sentences 1–6 refer to: Trajan’s Market (TM), or

Grand Bazaar (GB)? Watch or listen again and check.
1 It is over 600 years old.
2 Today it’s a museum.
3 It has about 5,000 stores.
4 It has about 250,000 visitors per day.
5 It’s almost 2,000 years old. Ethan
6 People used to live there.
5 A Check ( ) Kate’s opinion of the Grand Bazaar.

a She thinks it’s an interesting place for tourists.
b She thinks it’s a good place to go shopping.
c She prefers modern shopping malls.
B
Can you remember what words she used to give
this opinion? Read the Skill box.
42
identifying attitude and opinion ■ filler expressions ■ shopping LISTENING SKILLS 5B
Skill identifying attitude and opinion
It’s often important to understand what someone’s personal opinion is.

• Listen for phrases that we use to give opinions: I think …, I’d say …, to be honest …, etc.
• Listen for adjectives that describe feelings: boring, excited, upset, annoyed, pleased, etc.
• Listen for verbs that express attitude: look forward to, prefer, love, have to, etc.
6 5.8 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Match the reasons for going to
a shopping center in the box with the three people.
see a movie return something to a store meet up with friends
Andrea Lohi Joan
7 A 5.8 Watch or listen again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Andrea is annoyed that her friends aren’t coming.
2 She doesn’t like "queues" (lines).
3 Lohi is surprised at the size of the mall.
4 He thinks he made a mistake shopping there.
5 Joan was angry because she couldn’t exchange her jumper.
6 She’s happy with her new jumper.
B
Can you remember the words and phrases that helped you answer the questions?

1 When did you last go to a shopping center?
2 Did you buy anything? If so, how did you pay? 1 , I’m supposed to be meeting
3 What were the last clothes you bought? up with some friends, but 2 , they
4 Did you try them on? 3 , just texted me to say they’re
not coming. I’d say it’s a bit rude really, but
9 5.9 Read what Andrea said.
I can’t do anything. So, I’m just 4
Can you understand it without
of looking around, window shopping,
the missing words? Listen and 5 ?
complete the sentences.
Listening builder filler expressions
Fillers are words and phrases that speakers say to give themselves time to think. They don’t really mean anything:
So, I bought this jacket, like, a week ago, I mean, I wanted to kind of return it and, er, get a refund.
Well, I don’t have the receipt, you see, because I I guess I lost it.
10 5.10 Read the Listening builder. Listen to the conversation and answer the questions.
1 What is Jason doing at the shopping center? 2 Which filler expressions do you hear?
11 In pairs, discuss how shopping has changed from the past. Use the topics in the boxes or your own ideas.
size of stores location choice ways to pay
opening hours customer service quality of products prices
I think the quality of clothes used to be much better.
Personal Best Use your ideas from exercise 11 to write a paragraph about how shopping has changed. 43
5 LANGUAGE the passive
5C Going, going, gone!

1 Have you ever been to an auction? Where was it?
2 Have you ever bought anything on an online auction website?
3 What did you buy? How much did you pay?
2 5.11 Look at the pictures. In pairs, match four of the prices in the
box with the items that were sold at auctions. Listen and check.
$5,000 $100,000 $1.8M $4.6M $75M $120M
a b c d
3 5.11 In pairs, try to complete the sentences. Listen again and check.
1 The Scream was painted in by Edvard Munch.
2 This version is thought to be by many experts.
3 The jacket was worn by Michael Jackson in the music video for .
4 It’s made of red and black .
5 The Aston Martin car was driven by Sean Connery in the movies.
6 Another car from the movies was stolen in .
7 Vegemite is eaten by millions of every day.
8 This piece of toast was given to Niall Horan from on an Australian TV show.
4 Look at the words in bold in exercise 3. Answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which grammar structure is used in the sentences?
2 Which sentences are in the simple present? Which are in the simple past?
3 How do we make this structure? The verb + the of the main verb.
4 Which word do we use before the people who do/did the action?
5 What is more important in the passive: the people who do/did the action or the action?
Grammar the passive
Simple present passive Simple past passive

Where are the cars made? When was the book written?
They are made in Italy. It was written in 1957.
They aren’t made anywhere else. It wasn’t published until 2015.
Look! To say who does/did the action we use by.
The cars are made by factory workers. The book was written by Harper Lee.
Go to Grammar practice: the passive, page 85.
44
the passive LANGUAGE 5C
5 A 5.13 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen and repeat the sentence. Pay attention to
the underlined stressed words.
The picture was painted in 1945.
B 5.14 Underline the stressed words. Listen, check, and repeat.

1 These clothes were worn by Lady Gaga. 4 The car was driven by Lewis Hamilton.
2 These peaches are grown in Brazil. 5 These watches are made in Switzerland.
3 The salmon is cooked with lemon. 6 The bridge was opened in 2010.

6 Look at the picture and the title. What do you think the text is about? How much is the box worth?
Read the text and check.
FAMILY FINDS "LOST" TREASURE IN FATHER´S HOME

This beautiful wood and gold box was made in Japan in 1640. It is one of ten
boxes that were made in Kyoto by Kaomi Nagashige, a well-known Japanese
artist. However, this box was thought to be lost. In fact, the Victoria and
Albert Museum in London had spent over fifty years searching for it.
Unknown to the museum, the box was just one kilometer away in a nearby
house. It was bought by a French engineer for £100 in 1970, and amazingly,
it was used as a table for his television! After he died, his family decided
to sell it, and it was identified by art experts as one of the lost Japanese
boxes from 1640. It went up for auction, and was sold to the Rijksmuseum in
Amsterdam for 7.3 million euros, making the family millionaires.
7 A Use the words to make passive questions.

1 what / the box / make of ?
5 how much / the box / buy / for ?

2 where / the box / make ?
6 what / the box / use / for ?

3 when / the box / make ?
7 who / the box / identify / by ?

4 who / the box / buy / by / in 1970 ?
8 who / the box / sell / to / for 7.3 million euros?

B Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you think the box is really worth so much money?
2 How would you feel if you were the family of the French engineer?
3 What is your most important possession? Would you ever sell it?
9 Answer the quiz questions in pairs.

Quiz Time
1 Where are roubles used as money? 4 Which U.S. city is known as "The Big Apple"?
2 Who was The Alchemist written by? 5 How many Harry Potter movies were made?
3 When was penicillin discovered? 6 Which languages are spoken in Canada?
10 A In pairs, write five quiz questions with the passive form of the verbs in the boxes.
invent sing wear paint know use
make direct write record discover win
B
Exchange quizzes with another pair and answer the questions.
Personal Best Write about an important possession and say how much it is worth to you. 45
5 SKILLS WRITING writing a formal e-mail ■ noun forms of verbs
5D I’d like a refund!

1 What are the advantages and disadvantages of online shopping? Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 How often do you buy things online? 3 Have you ever had a problem with something
2 What do you prefer to buy in stores? Why? you bought online?
2 Match the problems in the box with pictures a–e.

The wrong size was sent. It was broken or damaged. Part of the order was missing.
The order arrived late / didn’t arrive. I was charged too much.
a b c d e
3 Read the e-mail and answer the questions.

1 What are the three problems with Valerie’s order? 3 What does she want the company to do?
2 What did she pay extra for? 4 Would you use this company?
To: info@phonetastic.com
Subject: Problems with my order (P389746-D)
Dear Sir/Madam:
I am writing to complain about the problems I have had with my online order (P389746-D).
I ordered a red X3 smartphone from your website on January 14, and I paid $4.99 extra for next-day delivery. I
waited for one week, but nothing arrived, so I contacted your customer service team. I was told that it was on its
way. However, the phone was only delivered yesterday—two weeks after I ordered it. Apart from the late delivery,
there are two other problems with the phone. First, it is the wrong color. The phone I was sent is black, not red.
And second, the screen is cracked. I have attached a photo so you can see what I mean. Because of these
problems, I wish to return the phone and I would like a full refund, including the extra delivery charge.
I look forward to hearing from you soon.
Regards,
Valerie Lemoir
4 A Is the style of the e-mail formal or informal? Why?

B
Order the different parts of the e-mail. Then read the Skill box.
a say what she wants the company to do d end the e-mail
b complain about the late delivery e explain the other problems
c give the reason for writing f include a short and accurate subject line
Skill writing a formal e-mail
We often write formal e-mails to people who work for other companies and organizations.
• Use a formal greeting: Dear Sir/Madam: Dear Mrs. Jones:
• Order your paragraphs: reason for writing, explaining the situation, what you want to happen
• Avoid contractions: I am writing … NOT I’m writing …
• Use formal expressions: I contacted … NOT I called …
• Use passives to avoid being personal: I was told … NOT They told me …
46
writing a formal e-mail ■ noun forms of verbs WRITING SKILLS 5D
5 Choose the correct options to complete the reply from Suleiman.
To: valerie.lemoir@mailshop.com
Subject: RE: Problems with my order (P389746-D)
1Hi Valerie. / Dear Ms. Lemoir:
I am writing 2in regard to / about your e-mail of January 29.
First, 3I feel bad about / please accept my apologies for the problems you experienced with our online ordering
system, which were 4unacceptable / really bad. Unfortunately, 5the wrong software was installed / they installed
the wrong software and this has caused some unexpected problems.
Therefore, I 6would be very happy to refund / don’t mind refunding the money, including all delivery costs that
7you were charged / they charged. Please 8tell me / advise me of a convenient date for our delivery team to pick
up the phone. 9In addition to this / Also, I would like to offer you a $50 gift certificate to spend on any product at
Phonetastic. I hope this is satisfactory, and we look forward to you shopping with us in future.
10Cheers! / Sincerely yours,
Suleiman Malik
Customer Services Manager
6 How did Suleiman try to solve the problem? Do you think Valerie will use the company again?
7 A Complete the sentences from Valerie’s e-mail with the words in the box. Check your answers in her e-mail.
delivered delivery order ordered
1 I am writing to complain about the problems I have had with my online …
2 I a red X3 smartphone from your website on …
3 However, the phone was only yesterday–two weeks after I ordered it.
4 Apart from the late , there are …
B
How does Valerie repeat her ideas without repeating the exact words?
Text builder noun forms of verbs
No change: order → order Noun ends in -sion: decide → decision

Noun ends in -ment: argue → argument Noun ends in -ation: inform → information
Noun ends in -y: deliver → delivery
8 Read the Text builder. Complete the sentences with the noun form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 There’s a problem with the on this credit card. (pay)
2 We have received your for the job. (apply)
3 In , this is a serious problem. (conclude)
4 I didn’t receive an for their mistakes. (apologize)
5 He hasn’t given me an yet. (answer)
9 A PREPARE Choose a problem with an online order. Make notes about the details of the problem and
what you want the company to do (e.g., contact you/exchange/refund).
missing part arrived 3 days late wrong color wrong product delivered
B PRACTICE Use the Skill box to write a formal e-mail complaining about the order. Repeat your ideas
in different ways using noun and verb forms of words.
C PERSONAL BEST Exchange e-mails with your partner. Check ( ) three sentences you think are very good.
Suggest three ways to improve his/her e-mail.
Personal Best Write the company’s reply to your partner’s e-mail from exercise 9. 47
ALL ABOUT ME
UNIT
6 Sports and fitness

LANGUAGE past perfect ■ sports and competitions
6A Winning is everything!
1 6.1 Listen and match the speakers with pictures a–c.
a b c
2 6.1 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Listen again and check.
beat win game race umpire athlete medal trophy score crowd
1 The is almost over. In one minute, Real Madrid will the game and the .
But wait. What‘s this? Here comes Arsenal. The ball goes to Walcott. He has to a goal, now. He does!
2 Serena Williams to serve. Was that out? She looks at the . You can hear the cheering.
They’re sure Serena is going to her sister, Venus.
3 Here they come, the finish line of the 100-meter , and Bolt is going to win the gold again.
Yes, he’s done it. What an amazing !
Go to Vocabulary practice: sports and competitions, page 100
1 Do you prefer to watch or take part in sports? 3 Would you like to be a professional athlete?
2 Have you ever won a medal or a trophy? 4 How have sports changed over the last 100 years?
4 Read the text. What are the names of the athletes in the pictures?
a b
The toughest race ever?
There are some difficult events in the crowd thought a local athlete had won, so
Olympic Games, but nothing compares they started celebrating, but actually, Lorz
with the 1904 Olympic Marathon. One had cheated. He’d started feeling sick during
athlete almost died, and the race ended the race and had ridden 11 miles in a car!
in a public scandal. Fortunately, a spectator had seen Lorz getting
The marathon started on an incredibly hot day out of the car one mile before the finish line
in St. Louis, in the U.S., and there were lots and told the referee, so Lorz didn’t win the
of cars and horses on the dusty roads. One gold medal.
c d athlete, William Garcia, started coughing after The next runner to finish was another
he’d breathed in too much dust. It was so bad American, Tom Hicks. Hicks hadn’t felt well
he had to quit the race and was taken to the either, so his friends had given him a drink of
hospital. Another runner, Len Tau from South eggs mixed with some chemicals to help him.
Africa, eventually finished in ninth place, but However, this had made him feel even worse
he was disappointed because some wild dogs and, in the end, his friends had helped him
had chased him for over a mile in the opposite walk the final part of the race. Even though
direction during the race! he hadn’t run the whole marathon on his own,
Meanwhile, the first athlete to cross the the organizers presented Hicks with the gold
finish line was an American, Fred Lorz. The medal after the hardest marathon of all time.
48
past perfect ■ sports and competitions LANGUAGE 1A
5 A Read the sentences. Check ( ) the action that happened first: a or b?
1 a William Garcia started coughing after b he’d breathed in too much dust.
2 a Len Tau was disappointed because b some wild dogs had chased him for over a mile.
3 a The crowd thought a local athlete had won, so b they started celebrating.
4 a Even though he hadn’t run the whole marathon, b the organizers presented Hicks with the
gold medal.
B
Look at the verbs in bold in exercise 5A and answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 What tense are the actions that happened first? simple past / past perfect
2 What tense are the actions that happened later? simple past / past perfect
3 How do we form the past perfect? +
Grammar past perfect
An action that happened before another action in the past:

I had forgotten my keys, so I couldn't open the door. I explained to my boss that I hadn’t finished the report.
Had you eaten anything before you went swimming? When I got to the party, my friend had gone home.
Go to Grammar practice: past perfect, page 86

6 6.6 Pronunciation: ’d /hadn’t Listen to the sentences. How do you say ’d and hadn’t?
Listen again and repeat.
1 He’d breathed in too much dust. 2 He hadn’t run the whole marathon by himself.
7 A Complete the sentences with the past perfect form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 They before the game. (not warm up) 3 She a rugby game before. (not see)
2 I knew they ! (cheat) 4 We celebrated because he a goal. (score)
B 6.7 In pairs, say the sentences. Pay attention to the contractions. Listen, check, and repeat.

8 6.8 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Use the simple past
or past perfect. Listen and check.
Who’s
the twelfth man? There are eleven players on a soccer team, but in this team photo of
Manchester United there are twelve–so who’s the twelfth man?
The team 1 (be) very excited after they 2
(travel) to Germany for their Champions League game against
Bayern Munich. The players 3 (line up) for a photo when
suddenly Karl Power 4 (run) onto the playing field dressed
in the Manchester United uniform and 5 (stand) next
to them. Even though some of the players 6 (notice)
Karl, the photographer still 7 (take) the photo. Karl then
8 (go) back to his seat to watch the game. Unfortunately,
Manchester United 9 (lose), but Karl was happy because he
10 (meet) his heroes!
9 A In pairs, write as many sentences as you can about the pictures. Use the simple past and past perfect.
He was very disappointed because he’d lost the game.
a b c
B
Tell the class your most interesting sentence. Who has the most original explanation?
Personal Best Write about an occasion when you did something that you had never done before. 49
6 SKILLS READING finding information in a text ■ giving examples
6B Rock ‘n’ roll on wheels

1 Look at the pictures and the title of the text on page 51. Answer the questions.
1 What are the Paralympic Games? 3 Would you like to take part in a game?
2 Have you ever seen a wheelchair rugby game? 4 What kind of person do you think Laura is?
Skill finding information in a text
When we want to find information in a longer text, we need to know where to look.
• Read the text quickly and understand the general topic of each paragraph.
• Read the question carefully and underline any key words.
• Match the question with the paragraph that has the information you need.
• Read this paragraph in detail to answer the question.
2 Read the Skill box. Then read the text quickly and match paragraphs A–G with topics 1–7.
1 how it feels to play wheelchair rugby 5 media interest in wheelchair rugby
2 how to find out more about the sport 6 the origins of the sport
3 creating interest in disabled sports 7 the rules of wheelchair rugby
4 Laura’s physical appearance
3 A Read the questions. Underline the key words and match them with paragraphs A–G.
Paragraph Answer
1 How long does it take Tim to cross the court?
2 Which movie did wheelchair rugby appear in?
3 What other wheelchair sports are there?
4 When was wheelchair rugby invented?
5 What is the official wheelchair rugby organization?
6 Where does Laura have a bandage?
7 How many players are on a wheelchair rugby team?
B Read the paragraphs and answer the questions.
4 Did you know anything about wheelchair rugby before you read the article? Would you like to watch
a game?
5 Find the highlighted words in the text.

1 Which words come before nouns? 2 Which words come at the start of a sentence?
2 Which words come

Text builder at the
giving start of a sentence?
examples
Listing examples: Giving an example phrase:

I’d like to visit countries in south-east Asia, like Thailand and Vietnam. She’s had problems at work. For example,
You shouldn’t eat unhealthy food, such as pizzas or hamburgers. she arrived late every day last week.
Look! We can also use for instance instead of for example with no change in meaning:
She’s had problems at work. For instance, she arrived late every day last week.
6 Read the Text builder. Complete the sentences with your own ideas. Compare your sentences in pairs.
1 Cheating has become very common in some sports. For example, …
2 My country has produced some famous athletes, like …
3 Some sports can be very dangerous, such as …
7 A In pairs, choose an interesting sport. Prepare a short talk about it. Use the ideas in the boxes.
where it is played how popular it is how it feels to play
the rules famous players media interest
B
Tell another pair about your sport. Would you like to try this sport?
50
finding information in a text ■ giving examples READING SKILLS 6B
Sports interview:
Tim White meets wheelchair
rugby player, Laura Sabetta
D F
I’m soon happy to join the This places lots of responsibility on
spectators and watch the game. the players, as Laura explains. "There
Wheelchair rugby is a mix of are lots of sports opportunities
basketball, rugby, and hockey. Two out there for people who need a
teams of four players throw and wheelchair, such as skiing, tennis,
carry a volleyball, trying to score and sailing. The important thing is
goals. Players score when their making sure people know about
wheels cross the line at the end of them, so they can take part. We
the court while they are holding the also need fans. We want big crowds
ball in their hands. watching the game. That’s why I’m
doing this interview!"
A E
The first thing I notice about Wheelchair rugby’s popularity G
Laura Sabetta is her arms. They’re exploded after it featured in the Getting involved is easy. There’s
almost as big as my legs. The 2005 movie Murderball. Many of plenty of information online. For
next thing I notice is a bandage its players are now big names in example, there’s the website of
on her arm. "I get injuries fairly Paralympic sports, like the star of the International Wheelchair Rugby
often because we play to win," the the movie, Mark Zupan. The sport Federation at www.iwrf.com. It’s
Argentinian athlete explains,"… it’s is now played in more than 25 also fairly easy to find a game in
rugby, after all." countries, such as Japan and the most large towns if you just want to
U.S. So, however you look at it, watch. Many people only watch the
B wheelchair rugby is big news. sport once every four years at the
Wheelchair rugby has always Paralympic Games, but as Laura
been a tough, physical sport. tells me, "For people like me, this
Invented in Canada in 1977, it isn’t a hobby. Since I lost the use of
was first called "murderball." As my legs, it’s been my life."
the sport’s popularity grew, the
name changed to the more
serious "wheelchair rugby." It was
a new name, but the game was
just as violent.
C
People who have never played
the sport might think of it as a fun
way to spend an afternoon, but
it’s exhausting. Laura gives me
a special wheelchair, and I move
slowly onto the court. I wear gloves,
but it’s very hard work pushing
the chair using only my arms.
Wheelchair rugby is played on a
basketball court that measures
28 x 15 meters, and it takes me
over three minutes to cross it.
Meanwhile, Laura has already
finished warming up.
Personal Best Write five more questions about the wheelchair rugby interview. 51
6 LANGUAGE reported speech ■ parts of the body
6C He said it had changed his life

1 Match the words in the box with the parts of the body.
chest knee shoulder elbow neck wrist
1 3 5
2 4 6
1 2
Go to Vocabulary practice: parts of the body, page 101
2 A Look at the poster. Discuss the questions in pairs. 3
1 How much exercise do doctors recommend you get each week?

2 Is it possible to get in shape with three minutes of exercise a week? 5
3 What do you think "high-intensity interval training (HIIT)" is?
4
B 6.10 Listen to an interview and check your answers.

1 How much exercise do you get a week? What do you do? 6
2 Do you believe that high-intensity training works? Why/Why not?
3 Would you like to try high-intensity training? Why/Why not?
4 A 6.10 Complete the sentences about what Carlos and Vicky

said. Listen again and check.
1 Carlos said that in HIIT you used almost all your . HIGH-INTENSITY
2 Carlos said two years ago he had weighed almost kg. TRAINING
3 Carlos said he was eating more and now.
4 Carlos said that he had lost kg. GET IN SHAPE WITH
5 Carlos told Vicky that first she would do some gentle cycling THREE MINUTES OF
to . EXERCISE PER WEEK
6 Vicky told Carlos she was going to try seconds of
high-intensity cycling.
B
Look at the sentences 1–6 again and answer the questions.
1 Which two verbs do we use to report what someone says in the past?
2 Which verb do we use when we say who the person is talking to?
3 Is it always necessary to use that with these verbs? Yes / No
5 A 6.11 Listen carefully to what Carlos and Vicky said. Write the verbs they used.
1 3 5
In HIIT, you Oh, and I more OK, so first you some
almost all your muscles. fruit and vegetables now. gentle cycling to warm up.
2 4 6
Well, two years ago I Of course–75 kg. Thanks, Carlos. Well, I 20
almost 100 kg. I 25 kg. seconds of high-intensity cycling now.
B Compare the verbs in exercise 5A with the verbs in exercise 4A. How have they changed?
1 simple present → simple past
4 present perfect →
2 simple past → 5 will →
3 present continuous → 6 am/are/is going to →
52
reported speech ■ parts of the body LANGUAGE 6C
Grammar reported speech
Direct speech: Reported speech:
"I play tennis." She said (that) she played tennis.
"Vicky tried HIT." He said (that) Vicky had tried HIIT.
"It’s raining." They said (that) it was raining.
"She hasn’t arrived yet.'" You said (that) she hadn’t arrived yet.
"I’ll help you." You said (that) you would help me.
"We’re going to call you." They said (that) they were going to call me.
"Ravi can’t come to work." She said (that) Ravi couldn’t come to work.
Look! We use told to say who the person talked to: She told me (that) she played tennis.
Go to Grammar practice: reported speech, page 87

6 6.13 Match the sentences in the box with the people. Listen and check.
I go to the gym to meet my friends. I’ll tell my husband because he needs to lose weight.
I can’t do HIIT at my age! I’ve tried it, but I hurt my shoulder.
Rosa Kurt Barry Jessica
7 6.14 Pronunciation: weak form of that Listen to the sentences. Underline the stressed words.
How do we pronounce that? Listen again, check, and repeat.
1 Carlos said that HIIT was very popular.
2 He told me that I should ask some other people what they think.
8 A Complete the sentences using the information from exercise 6.

1 Rosa said that . 3 Barry told her that .
2 Kurt told Vicky that . 4 Jessica said that .
B 6.15 In pairs, practice saying sentences 1−4. Pay attention to the pronunciation of that.
Listen, check, and repeat.
9 In pairs, ask and answer the question What did … say? Use reported speech to answer the questions.
A What did José say? B He said that he …
1 2 3 4
I can’t go running because Our teacher is wearing
I’ve hurt my ankle. a leather jacket.
Sara David
My bus is late, so
If you’re tired, I’ll
I’m not going to be
make you coffee.
José on time. Laura

10 A In pairs, ask and answer the questions. Make notes of your partner‘s answers.
1 Have you ever run a long distance? 4 Can you play any unusual sports?
2 What was the first movie you saw at a movie theater? 5 What series are you watching on TV right now?
3 What are you going to do this weekend? 6 What are you doing after today's class?
B
Work with another student. Report what your first partner said about questions 1–6.
Personal Best Think of a news story or an interview with an athlete. Write what the person said. 53
6 SKILLS SPEAKING making inquiries ■ being helpful
6D Could you tell me …?

Learning
Curve 1 Discuss the questions in pairs.
1 What are the best ways to stay in shape? 3 What would be important for you if you joined a gym?
2 Have you ever thought about joining a gym? 4 Look at the web page. Would you join this gym? Why/Why not?
2 6.16 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Why does Marc want to join the gym?
3 6.16 Watch or listen again and complete the web page with the correct information.
OUR CENTERS GYM FACILITIES SWIMMING POOL FITNESS CLASSES MEMBERSHIP SCHEDULE
CITY
FITNESS
June offer
First month
FREE
Join today or speak to one of our advisers JOIN NOW CONTACT US
Standard membership fee: 1 per month (minimum 12-month contract)

Access to all facilities while the center is open.
Off-peak hours membership fee: 2 per month (no contract, pay as you go)
Access to facilities: Mon–Fri 3 and 4 , on weekends closes at 2:00 p.m.
Additional $15 fee for access to swimming pool, sauna, and steam room.
Swimming-only membership fee: 5 per month
Access to the swimming pool only: Mon–Sun, 9:00 a.m.–5:00 p.m.
Opening hours: 6.00 a.m.–9.00 p.m. Student discount available: 15%
4 6.17 Match the two columns to complete Marc’s inquiries. Listen and check.
1 Could I speak to someone a the cost, please?
2 Could you tell b information about that?
3 Could you give me some c thing.
4 I’d also like to ask about d off-peak membership.
5 Just one more e about joining the gym?
6 So can I just double check f me the cost?
Conversation builder making inquiries
Starting inquiries politely: Asking for additional information:

Could I speak to someone about …? I’d also like to ask about …
Could you give me some information about …, please? I was told … Is that true?
Excuse me, I was hoping you could help me. Just one more thing. Do you …?
Can I double check? Do you …?
5 Read the Conversation builder. Choose three subjects in the boxes. In pairs, make inquiries about
City Fitness. Use the information on the web page to answer.
student discount opening hours swimming-only membership

June offer how to join
54
making inquiries ■ being helpful SPEAKING SKILLS 6D
6 A 6.18 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Does
Marc decide to join the gym?
B 6.18 Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Watch or listen
again and check.
1 Marc thought Taylor worked at a different center.
2 Taylor likes this center because it’s small.
3 The receptionist told Marc about all the facilities.
4 Taylor offers Marc a free training session as a special offer.
5 Marc wants to start training slowly.
7 6.19 Listen and repeat the receptionist and Taylor's phrases when you
hear the beeps. How are they helpful to Marc?
Skill being helpful
There are different ways to be helpful in English, especially with colleagues and customers.
• Use friendly intonation to show you are happy to help.
• Make offers and suggestions: Would you like me to …? Shall I …? I’ll … if you want.
• Check to make sure the person is satisfied: Does that sound OK? Is there anything else I can help you with?
8 A Read the Skill box. Are phrases 1–6 answers to questions (A), offers and suggestions (O), or
checking to make sure the customer is satisfied (C)?
1 The nearest one is on the corner of Sutton Street.
2 Do you have any other questions?
3 I think it costs about $20 to go downtown.
4 I’ll just print out a map of the area for you.
5 Would you like me to write that down for you?
6 Is there anything else you’d like to know?
B 6.20 Listen and repeat phrases 1−6. Pay attention to the intonation.

1 Have you ever worked with customers or the public? What did you do?
2 What’s the most difficult thing about working with customers or the public?
3 Have you ever had a bad experience with customer service? What happened?
4 Can you think of a good experience with customer service? What happened?
10 A PREPARE Choose one of the situations. Use the phrases and your own ideas to prepare questions.
Travel agent Pharmacist Sports store salesperson
Vacations in the U.S. Medicine for the flu Running shoes

Best city to visit How often to take it Best type for long distance
Cost of flights Other advice to feel better Colors and sizes
B PRACTICE In pairs, make inquiries using your questions. Your partner should try to answer your

questions and be as helpful as possible.
C PERSONAL BEST Were you a satisfied customer? What could your partner do differently to be more
helpful? Choose another situation and make more inquiries.
Personal Best
Challenge! Write down five questions you could ask in a restaurant. 55
55
Grammar 3 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in
parentheses.
1 Put an (X) by the sentence that is NOT correct.
1 a I used to have a bike, but then I sold it.
b I had a bike, but then I sold it. HOW NOT TO LOSE YOUR PET
c I used to have a bike, but then I used to sell it.
2 a Cervantes wrote Don Quixote.
b Don Quixote was written by Cervantes.
c Cervantes was written Don Quixote.
3 a He’d gone home because he’d forgotten
his wallet.
b He went home because he’d forgotten his
wallet.
c He’d forgotten his wallet, so he went home.
4 a Emma said, "I’ll be on time."
b Emma told me she would be on time.
c Emma said me she would be on time.
5 a She didn’t used to get much exercise.
b She didn’t get much exercise. Fumie Takahashi, a 64-year-old woman from Japan, was
c She didn’t use to get much exercise. very happy when the police 1 (tell) her that they
2 (find) her pet parakeet, Piko Chan. But the
6 a The radio was invented by Marconi.
amazing thing was that the bird 3 (tell) the police
b The radio is invented by Marconi.
its own address!
c Marconi invented the radio.
Mrs. Takahashi 4 (use / have) another parakeet,
7 a He was late because he had missed the bus.
but it escaped and flew away. So, when she bought Piko
b He missed the bus, so he was late.
Chan, she taught it to repeat her street name and house
c He had been late so he had missed the bus.
number. Last Sunday, Piko Chan also escaped, when
8 a Pete said he was seeing the movie before. the door to its cage 5 (leave) open. It flew to a
b Pete said he had seen the move before. nearby hotel and, after a few hours, it 6 (take) to
c Pete said, "I've seen the movie before." the police station by a guest.
2 Use the words in parentheses to write sentences that The police 7 (say) that the bird 8 (be)
mean the same as the first sentence. silent for two days, and they hadn’t known what to do with
it. Eventually, however, Piko Chan surprised them all when
1 Someone stole my car last week. it 9 (tell) them where it 10 (live).
My car someone last week. (stolen)
If Piko Chan escapes again, it’ll probably be found even
2 Neil said, "I haven’t been to Greece." more quickly. Its photo has appeared in newspapers all
Neil said that to Greece. (been) over Tokyo, and Mrs. Takahashi recently took the bird to a
3 When I was young I played the piano. press conference, where it told journalists its address again.
I the piano. (used)
4 They make Vespas in Italy.
Vespas in Italy. (are)
5 We ate our soup. Then he brought the drinks.
Vocabulary
When he brought the drinks, we our soup.
(had)
1 Put the words in the box in the correct columns.
6 Kelly said, "I don’t need any help." receipt cash register ankle crowd knee refund
Kelly any help. (me) medal sales referee cheek beat chin
7 I didn’t take an umbrella and I got wet.
I got wet because I an umbrella. (took) the body sports shopping
8 I wasn’t a very shy child.
When I was a child, I very shy. (be)
56

2 Complete the conversation with the correct words. Personal Best
Lena These jeans look amazing! Where is the son 5A son 6A
1d ressing Les Les
r oom ?
Peter Over there, but can you 2a to buy them?
I didn’t think you had much money right now. Name five Write a
things you can sentence
Lena Probably not. I don’t 3g p using the past
do with
until the end of the month. Can I 4b money. perfect.
some money from you?
Peter You already 5o me 50 dollars!
Lena I’ll 6p you b all the money
on
at the end of the month. I promise. Less 5A Les
son 6A
Peter OK, 7t o the jeans. If they
8f you, I’ll think about it. Write two
Lena Thanks, Peter! There’s a 70% 9d on sentences Name three
them today; they’re a real 10b . about your things you can
Peter OK, Lena. grandparents win.
using used to.
3 Circle the word that is different. Explain your answer.

on
1 win tie lose score Les
son 5B Less 6B
2 earn borrow lend pay back
3 bargain game discount a sale Name five Write a
things you sentence with
4 return exchange deliver refund
usually see in for example, and
5 finger thumb chest hand a shopping another with
6 medal umpire trophy race mall. such as.
7 knee elbow shoulder forehead
8 shopping department supermarket dressing on
Less 5C son 6C
center store room Les
4 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences. Write two Name five
1 I my parents $100. sentences in the parts of the
a refund b owe c pay back passive: simple body that we
present and have two of.
2 We them 2–1. simple past.
a won b scored c beat
3 I’m not buying anything. I’m just .
on
a spending b getting paid c window shopping son 5D Less 6D
Les
4 You can only use your to move the ball.
a brain b heart c foot Give a phrase
to start an
5 Here’s your change and here’s your . Name five inquiry, and
a cash b refund c receipt nouns ending another to ask
in -ion. for additional
6 There was a of 60,000 at the game today.
information.
a spectator b crowd c athlete
7 How much do you in your job?
a earn b be worth c borrow on
son 5D Less 6D
8 You need to before a game. Les
a cheat b give up c warm up Write an
Give an
9 Look how long the is! expression to
expression to
a line b bargain c cash register start a formal
check to make
e-mail, and
10 The day after the marathon, my ached! sure someone
another to
is satisfied.
a cheek b chin c muscles end it.
11 When I was younger, it was easy to touch my ,
but now I can’t.
a toes b fingers c thumb
57
AT HOME
UNIT
7 At home
LANGUAGE -ing/infinitive verb patterns ■ household items
Dream home
7A
1 Look at the picture. Would you like to live somewhere like this? Why/Why not?
2 Read the text and answer the questions.
1 Where is the house?
2 Who are the people in the picture? .
3 Why do they live there?
Living the
dream
Have you ever imagined
escaping city life and moving to a desert island?
Well, meet the family who did just that.
Karyn von Engelbrechten wanted to travel the world

after she became tired of her three-hour commute to
London, where she worked as an IT manager. She left her There’s no air-conditioning, but the bedrooms are cool and
job and her home and, with husband Boris and their three comfortable, and there are extra blankets and comforters in
children, decided to start a new adventure. the closet for the colder months. From the house, steps go
They bought some land on a tiny island in the South Pacific down to your own private beach, or if you’re feeling brave,
and started to build a house with materials they found on you can explore the island.
the island. Everything was done by hand. They learned how It sounds like paradise, but there are some disadvantages.
to cut down trees to make floors and doors. Electricity was Apart from the fruit and vegetables that Karyn and Boris
generated using solar panels, and rainwater was collected grow, they need to buy other things, and the nearest store
so the family had water in the bathrooms and kitchen. They is a three-hour boat trip away. The island is also very near
even started growing their own fruit and vegetables. a volcano, and they often have earthquakes and tropical
Now the family runs their home as a guesthouse for other storms. And their eldest son, Jack, has gone away to school
travelers. If you don't feel like swimming in the beautiful in New Zealand because he missed being with other
clear ocean, you can sit on the balcony and enjoy watching children his own age.
whales and turtles. The kitchen is basic, but it has most However, if you’re tired of your daily routine, the message is
things you’d need, like a refrigerator and oven. clear—follow your dreams!
3 Which of these things does the house have? Yes ( ), No (X) or Don’t know (?). Read the text again and check.
1 air-conditioning 3 central heating 5 refrigerator 7 washing machine 9 oven
2 blankets 4 dishwasher 6 closet 8 comforters 10 faucets
Go to Vocabulary practice: household items, page 102
4 A Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
1 Do you have a refrigerator or dishwasher at home?
2 How often do you use your washing machine?
3 How often do you use your iron? Do you like ironing?
4 Do you have a carpet or rugs in your home? What color are they?
5 Do you have a big closet? Is it well-organized or messy?
6 Do you sleep with a blanket or a comforter?
7 Do you have a microwave oven? How often do you use it?
8 Do you have central heating or air-conditioning in your home? How often do you turn it on?
B
Tell the class some things you found out about your partner.
58
-ing/infinitive verb patterns ■ household items LANGUAGE 7A
5 A Choose the correct form of the verbs to complete the sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Have you ever imagined to escape / escaping city life?
2 Karyn von Engelbrechten wanted to travel / traveling the world.
3 She decided to start / starting a new adventure.
4 You can sit on the balcony and enjoy to watch / watching whales and turtles.
B
Answer the questions about the verbs in bold in sentences 1–4.
1 Which form of the verb comes after imagine and enjoy? Infinitive / -ing form
2 Which form of the verb comes after want and decide? Infinitive / -ing form
6 A Find examples of the verbs in the box in the text. Put them in the correct column.
manage start learn feel like need miss
Verbs followed by -ing Verbs followed by the infinitive
B
Which verb can be followed by both the infinitive and the -ing form?
Now read the Grammar box.
Grammar -ing/infinitive verb patterns
Verbs followed by the -ing form: She enjoys living in the city.
Verbs followed by the infinitive: I want to live in a bigger house.
Look! Some verbs can be followed by both the infinitive and -ing forms:
It started to rain. = It started raining.
Go to Grammar practice: -ing/infinitive verb patterns, page 88

7 7.4 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen and underline the stressed words in the sentences.
How is to pronounced? Listen, check, and repeat.
1 Karyn wanted to travel the world. 2 She enjoys watching whales and turtles.
8 A Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 She’s planning science. (study) 4 Do you feel like for pizza tonight? (go out)
2 My doctor suggested less coffee. (drink) 5 We can’t afford on vacation. (go)
3 I haven’t forgotten the customer. (call) 6 We should spend more time . (study)
B 7.5 In pairs, practice saying the sentences. Pay attention to the sentence stress. Listen, check,
and repeat.
Go to Communication practice: page 116

9 A Complete the questions with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 Imagine (design) your dream house. What would you want it
(be) like?
2 Do you expect (work) in the same job all your life? Are you
planning (change) jobs soon? What do you hope (do)
in the future?
3 Do you enjoy (travel)? Are you planning (go)
anywhere soon?
4 Do you like (live) in your house? What would you like
(change) about it?
5 Would you like (live) abroad in the future? Where do feel like
(live)?
6 At what age do you think you will stop (work)? What will you spend
your time (do) when you retire? Do you think you will miss (work)?
B Ask and answer the questions in pairs.
Personal Best Write a description of a room in your house or apartment, including all the things in it. 59
7 SKILLS LISTENING understanding and interpreting information ■ omission of words ■ housework
7B The truth about housework

Learning
Curve 1 Look at the picture. Have you ever seen a kitchen like this? If so, where?
2 Complete the man’s list of chores with the words in the box.
do (x2) clear take out load mop water wash
1 the dishes 3 the ironing 5 the table 7 the trash

2 the dishwasher 4 the laundry 6 the plants 8 the floor
Go to Vocabulary practice: housework, page 103

3 Complete the chart about you. In pairs, compare your charts and explain your answers.
Housework I hate doing Housework I don’t mind doing Housework I enjoy doing
4 A 7.7 In pairs, decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F). Watch or listen to the first part
of Learning Curve and check.
1 It’s a fact that everyone hates doing housework.
2 The majority of us usually prefer to do other activities in our free time.
3 Today, robots that can do the housework for us really exist.
4 Robots will never have arms and legs.
5 In Japan, there’s a robot that can pick up heavy things.
B 7.7 Watch or listen again. Write down the key words that Simon or Kate use that helped
you check the answers.
Skill understanding and interpreting information
It’s helpful to notice key words and phrases before you listen.
• Look at the questions and underline any key words or phrases.
• Think about other words or phrases that speakers could use to give this information.
• As you listen, pay attention to all the words and phrases you have noticed or thought of.
60
understanding and interpreting information ■ omission of words ■ housework LISTENING SKILLS 7B
5 A Look at the underlined key words in questions 1 and 2 and think about what words and phrases
Julie might use. Underline the key words in questions 3-6.
B 7.8 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. Choose the correct options.
1 What does Julie prefer doing on the weekend?
a She prefers spending time with her children. Julie
b She prefers going shopping.
c She prefers doing housework.
2 Why does she want her children to do housework?
a She has too much work.
b So they learn to do things on their own.
c Because it's healthier than video games.
3 Why did Axel buy a cleaning robot?
a He wants more time for himself. Axel
b The salesperson offered him a good price.
c He injured his back.
4 What does he say about his dishwasher?
a It's broken.
b He prefers washing the dishes by hand.
c It works very well.
5 Why does Roberta buy the "Mop It" robot?
a It's better at cleaning than she is. Roberta
b Her friend has one.
c There was a discount.
6 How does housework help her?
a It’s a way to get exercise.
b It helps her relax.
c She saves money.

1 Do you share the housework equally at home? 3 Did you do housework when you were a child?
2 Who does the most housework? Why? 4 Do you think doing housework is good for you?
7 7.9 Read and listen to the phrases from the show. Which words are missing? Why didn't
the speakers use them?
1 Just doing a bit of dusting in the studio. 3 Makes the floor look good.
2 Anyone there with an opinion? 4 It does a better job than I can. So exciting!
Listening builder omission of words
Speakers sometimes don’t say all the words in a sentence because they think the meaning is obvious
without them, or because they don’t want to repeat words or phrases.
Pronouns: No, (I) don't really like cleaning. There is/are: (Is there) Anyone there with an opinion?
Articles: (The) Dishwasher’s broken. Avoid repeating words: It does a better job than I can (do).
be and auxiliary verbs: (It's) Time for spring cleaning. Phrases: Anyway, (let's go) back to Kate.
8 A 7.10 Read the Listening builder. Read and listen to the conversation. Which words are missing?
Mario Hi, Maya. 1 You there?

Maya 2 In the living room. 3 Just clearing the table.
Mario 4 Coffee’s ready. 5 Want some?
Maya No, thanks. 6 Already had three 7 today.
B 7.11 Listen and check.
9 In pairs, discuss the statement: "People only notice housework when it isn’t done."
Personal Best Write a short conversation about housework where the speakers omit words. 61
7 LANGUAGE articles ■ words to describe materials and clothes
7C Technology you can wear 1

4
2
1 Do you find it difficult to decide what to wear each day? 5
2 How often do you buy new clothes?
3 What are your favorite clothes in your closet?
2 Label the picture with the materials in the box. 3
cotton leather wood denim wool metal

6
Go to Vocabulary practice: words to describe
materials and clothes, page 104
3 In pairs, describe the different types of clothes.
what you’re wearing now what you’d wear to a wedding
what you wear on the weekend
what you’d wear to a party what you’d wear on a first date
what you’d wear to a job interview
4 Look at pictures a–c. What do they show? Read the text and match them with descriptions 1–3.
WEARABLE TECHNOLOGY
a b c
Our houses are full of technology, but how much do we have in our closets? You might think you don’t
have any, but get ready for that to change. Experts predict that the amount of money we spend on
wearable technology will reach $74 billion a year by 2025. You’re probably already familiar with smart
watches and fitness bracelets, but what are some of the other things coming our way?
MATERIAL THAT CAN ACCESSORIES THAT CONTROL CLOTHES THAT CHARGE

1 COMMUNICATE 2 YOUR TEMPERATURE 3 YOUR PHONE
In the U.S., Google and Levi's® are Have you ever been in a place where half Pauline van Dongen is an exciting
developing a new kind of material that the people are complaining about the cold, new designer who specializes in
is touch sensitive, like the screen on and the other half are too hot? The solution wearable technology, and uses both
a smartphone. The material is made is Wristify, a bracelet that can heat or cool traditional and new materials to
by running thin metal wires through your skin at the touch of a button. create amazing clothes. Her stylish
cotton, denim, or silk. Designers It’s perfect for a trip to the gym, a day at T-shirts and jackets have solar
can then use this material to create the beach, or for keeping you warm at panels that can charge a cell phone
interactive areas on clothes and home. In fact, the bracelet could also save in just a few hours … when the sun is
furniture. Soon people will be able to you money on energy bills. The design shining, of course.
control machines just by touching their isn't finished yet, but here’s what the final
pants legs! product might look like.

1 Which idea do you think is the most useful? Why?
2 Would you buy any of these inventions? Why/Why not?
3 Can you think of other types of wearable technology?
62
articles ■ words to describe materials and clothes LANGUAGE 7C
6 Complete the sentences with the articles a, an, the, or – (no article). Check your answers in the text.
1 The amount of money we spend on wearable technology will reach $74 billion year.
2 People will be able to control machines just by touching their pants legs!
3 The solution is Wristify, bracelet that can heat or cool your skin.
4 Perfect for a trip to gym…
5 … or for keeping you warm at home.
6 bracelet could also save you money on energy bills.
7 Pauline van Dongen is exciting new designer.
8 … when sun is shining, of course.
7 Match sentences 1–8 in exercise 6 with rules a–h. Then read the Grammar box.
a We use a/an to talk about a person or thing for the first time.
b We use the when we have already mentioned the person or thing before.
c We don’t use an article to talk about things in general (plural or uncountable nouns).
d We use a/an to talk about a person’s job.
e We use a/an in some measurement expressions.
f We use the if there is only one of the thing.
g We use the with specific places in a town.
h We don’t use an article with some places we go to regularly.
Grammar articles
a/an the No article

I live in a tall apartment building.
I live in a modern apartment. The apartment. is in ... They’re interested in sports cars.
Eric is an architect. The address is on the Internet. I leave for work at about 9:00 a.m.
We go sailing twice a month. I’ll meet you in the park. We go on vacation every summer.
Go to Grammar practice: articles, page 89

8 A 7.15 Pronunciation: the Listen and repeat the phrases. Match the words in bold with
the sounds /ðə/ and /ði/. Why does the pronunciation change?
1 the amount of money we spend on technology 2 the screen on a smartphone
B 7.16 Practice saying the words in pairs. Pay attention to the pronunciation of the. Listen,
check, and repeat.
the solution the answer the office the U.S. the Internet the sun the hour the gym
9 7.17 Complete the text with a, an, the, or – (no article). Listen and check.
Christina Mercando is 1 businesswoman and table. It’s 12 common problem

2 inventor. She started 3 company in for 13 women who keep
4 U.S. named Ringly. Her first product was 5 14 phones in their handbags or
ring that connects to your smartphone. When 6 purses, where they may not hear
phone receives 7 text or e-mail, 8 ring them. 15 rings are made in
lights up. 9 idea came to Christina when she China, and Christina talks with the
was having 10 dinner with friends. She didn’t factory once 16 week. It’s 17
want to miss any important calls on her phone, but exciting time for Christina, and 18
she didn’t want to put her phone on 11 dinner future is definitely bright!
10 In pairs, take turns talking about these things. Remember to use the correct articles.
kinds of food and drink you hate the places you went to yesterday
a machine that you couldn’t live without
what you have in your bedroom how often you charge your cell phone
some clothes you want to buy, but can’t afford
Personal Best Think of an idea for another piece of wearable technology. Write about how it could work. 63
7 SKILLS WRITING making writing interesting ■ adjective order
7D House exchange

1 Have you ever done a house exchange or stayed at someone else’s house on vacation?
2 What are the advantages and disadvantages of a house exchange?
3 How would you feel about letting strangers stay in your home?
2 Describe the pictures. Which home would you prefer to stay in? Why?
a b
3 Read the description on a house exchange website. Which home from exercise 2 does it describe?
Homes away from home Two-bedroom apartment in downtown Chicago
About our home 7 reviews

Our home is an attractive two-bedroom apartment, very near downtown Chicago. It’s a ✶✶✶✶
20-minute walk from the Willis Tower, where there is an amazing view of the city.
The main bedroom has its own bathroom and a double bed with plain white cotton
sheets. Although the second bedroom is slightly smaller, it’s bright and has two 2 bedrooms
comfortable single beds. There’s a fashionable leather sofa and two large armchairs
in the modern living room. The spacious, up-to-date kitchen includes everything
you’ll need, including an electric oven, refrigerator, freezer, dishwasher, and a new Sleeps 4
Italian coffeemaker. Glass doors open from the kitchen onto a gorgeous, sunny
balcony, where you can have a relaxing breakfast.
The apartment is on a peaceful street, but it’s just a few minutes away from Chicago's 2 bathrooms
famous Miracle Mile, known for it stores, hotels, and some excellent restaurants. The
train station is also close by, so this is an ideal place if you want to explore all of Chicago's
attractions.
4 A Read the text again. Find words that mean the same as adjectives 1–6.
1 big 4 very good
2 beautiful 5 light
3 quiet 6 modern
B
How does the writer make the text interesting? Read the Skill box.
Skill making writing interesting
We can use different techniques to make our writing more interesting.

• Use a variety of adjectives to describe things: a gorgeous, sunny balcony
• Use synonyms to avoid repeating words: two large armchairs, the spacious kitchen
• Use linkers to give reasons and results (so, because, that’s why), to contrast information (but, although,
however) or add information (and, also, too, as well).
• When you describe a place, use where and an example of what you can do: a balcony, where you can
have a relaxing breakfast
64
making writing interesting ■ adjective order WRITING SKILLS 7D
5 In pairs, rewrite the sentences to make them more interesting.
1 The house is very pretty. It has a pretty yard.
The house is very pretty, and it has a gorgeous yard.
2 The apartment is fairly small. It’s a good place to stay. It’s right downtown.

3 There’s an old living room. It has an old fireplace. You can stay warm in the winter.

4 The building has a quiet roof terrace. You can enjoy nice views of the countryside.

5 If the weather is nice, you can sit in the big yard.

6 Complete the phrases with the adjectives in parentheses in the correct order. Check your answers in
the text.
1 an apartment (two-bedroom, attractive)
2 sheets (cotton, plain, white)
3 a sofa (fashionable, leather)
4 a coffeemaker (Italian, new)
Text builder adjective order
When we use more than one adjective to describe a noun, they go in a specific order:
opinion size shape age color nationality material (noun)
She has long blond hair. NOT She has blond long hair.
It’s an interesting Chinese painting. NOT It’s a Chinese interesting painting.
7 Read the Text builder. Put the words in the box in the correct columns.
blue Dutch glass green large leather Mexican old
round small square stylish unusual young
opinion size shape age color nationality material
8 Complete the sentences with the adjectives in parentheses in the correct order.
1 We live in a house in the country. (stone, beautiful, old )
2 It has floors, and is warm and cozy. (wood, attractive)
3 There’s a rug on the floor. (square, wool)
4 You can relax on one of our armchairs. (leather, old, comfortable)
5 Outside, there’s a garden. (Japanese, beautiful)
6 Near the house, there’s a restaurant. (Indian, fantastic)
9 Write descriptions of three items you own, using as many adjectives as possible. Compare
with a partner.
I have a beautiful old brown leather armchair.
10 A PREPARE Plan a description of your home or apartment for a home exchange website. Write notes for
three paragraphs:
Paragraph 1: the type of home it is and where it is
Paragraph 2: description of the rooms and what is in the rooms
Paragraph 3: description of the local area and what is nearby
B PRACTICE Write your description. Remember to order adjectives correctly.

C PERSONAL BEST Exchange texts with a partner. After reading the description, would you
like to stay there? How could he/she make the description more interesting?
Personal Best Write a short description of a place you know well, such as where you work or study, a restaurant, or a store. 65
UNIT
8 People and relationships

LANGUAGE defining relative clauses ■ relationships
8A Bring your parents to work

1 Match the words in the box with the definitions.
colleague neighbor in-laws boss roommate
employee business partner relative
1 someone who manages you at work

2 your husband’s/wife’s mother and father
3 someone who works for you
4 someone in your family
5 someone who works with you
6 someone who lives near you
7 someone who shares an apartment with you
8 someone who owns a company with you
Go to Vocabulary practice: relationships, page 105
2 Choose three of the relationships from exercise 1 and write down
the names of people you know. Tell your partner about them.
3 Read the text and answer the questions.

1 Which company introduced the idea of a Bring Your Parents to Work Day?
2 How many people in the U.S. take part in the Take Your Child to Work Day?
3 What does the company say the benefits of the day are?
4 How many companies now have a similar day?
5 What does Martin Richards’ daughter do at work?
The company where it all started,

Would you LinkedIn, realized that there are a lot
of parents who don’t understand what
bring your their children’s jobs involve. There is

already a national Take Your Child
parents
to Work Day for workers who want
to take their sons and daughters to
their places of work, and more than
to work? 37 million Americans take part every
year. So why not do the same thing
for parents? LinkedIn’s argument is
that employees who feel supported
by their family are happier and more
productive. Now, there are more than
How would you feel about bringing 80 companies in 18 countries that
your mom or dad to work with you? organize an annual event for parents
Would you be worried about the things to get to know how their kids spend
that they might say to your boss? Or their time at work.
nervous that they might start showing So what do the parents think of it?
embarrassing photos of you as a Martin Richards has just spent a day
child to the co-worker who sits next at the office where his daughter and
to you? Well, get ready for Bring Your son-in-law work. "For me, it was a
Parents to Work Day, an event that is great opportunity to see how digital
already becoming popular in some marketing works, to meet some of
U.S. companies and that could be Imogen’s co-workers, and, best of
coming your way soon! all, to spend a day with my eldest
daughter!"
66
defining relative clauses ■ relationships LANGUAGE 1A
1 As a child, did you ever visit the place where your parents worked? Was it a useful experience?
2 How would you feel if you brought your parents to your place of work? Why?
3 Do you think people’s jobs have changed a lot in the last thirty years? If so, how?
5 A Complete the sentences with who, that, or where. Check your answers in the text.
1 Get ready for Bring Your Parents to Work Day, an event is already becoming popular in some U.S.
companies.
2 There is already a national Take Your Child to Work Day for workers want to take their sons
and daughters to their places of work.
3 Martin Richards has just spent a day at the office his daughter and son-in-law work.
B
Look at sentences 1−3 and answer the questions. Then read the Grammar box.
1 Which word do we use to give information about: people? things? places?
2 In which sentence can we use that instead?
Grammar defining relative clauses
To give information about people: I’m going to see my cousin who lives in Greece.
All employees that work in the sales department have a meeting.
To give information about things: The company sells machines that are made in Japan.
It looks like the shirt (that) my roommate bought last week.
To give information about places: That’s the restaurant where my brother-in-law works.
Go to Grammar practice: defining relative clauses, page 90

6 A 8.3 Pronunciation: sentence stress Listen to the sentences and underline the stressed
words. When do we stress who?
1 Who do you live with? 2 The man who works at the bank.
B 8.4 Match the halves to make sentences. Listen, check, and repeat. Pay attention to the
sentence stress.
1 A remote control is something that a young children go.
2 A flight attendant is someone who b you use to turn on the TV.
3 A kindergarten is a place where c works on a plane.
7 A Write definitions with who, where, or that.

1 something / use to see small things a b c
2 a place / buy newspapers and magazines
3 someone / collects the garbage
4 an animal / very slow and lives in trees
d e f
5 a person / plays an instrument on the street
6 a building / horses sleep and eat
B
In pairs, match definitions 1–6 with pictures a–f.
Do you know the names of these things in English?
Go to Communication practice: Student A, page 110; Student B, page 115.

8 Complete the sentences so that they are true for you. Compare your sentences in pairs.
1 I like going on vacation to places where … 4 I wouldn’t want to live in an area where …
2 Most of my friends are people who … 5 The worst kind of boss is someone who …
3 I like TV shows that … 6 I don’t like food that …
Personal Best Write about a friend, a relative, or a co-worker. Use relative clauses to describe him/her. 67
8 SKILLS READING interpreting data ■ expressing approximate quantities
8B In our lifetime

1 In pairs, write down five activities that take up the most time on a typical day.
sleeping, working …
2 Look at Chart 1 on page 69. Answer the questions.

1 What are the top five activities in the pie chart? 3 What information does the pie chart show?
2 Are they similar to your list in exercise 1? 4 Does anything surprise you?
Skill interpreting data
Many texts include graphs and charts to show information more clearly.
• Read any words on the graphs like the title, the key, and the horizontal and vertical axes.
• Look at the data and think about the information it shows.
• When you read a paragraph, look at the graph or chart it describes again and see how the words relate to the data.
• Use information in the text and the graphs and charts to answer the questions.
3 A Read the Skill box. Look at Graphs 1 and 2. What do they show?
B
Choose the correct options to complete the information about Graphs 2 and 3.
1 We spend more / less time at work than in the past.
2 Over the last twenty years, there has / hasn’t been a big change.
3 The total time spent on housework by men and women has decreased / increased.
4 Men do more / less housework now than in 1965.
4 Read the text and look at Chart 1 and Graphs 1 and 2. Check ( ) the best summary of the text.
1 We have a lot more time to spend with friends and family than in the past.
2 We worked more in the past, but we were happier.
3 We have very busy lives and not much time to do the important things.
5 Read the text and look at Chart 1 and Graphs 1 and 2 again. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 On average, people live to be 76 years old.
2 In 1900, people worked 60 hours a week.
3 We spend about a third of our lives sleeping.
4 We spend two and a half years in the shower.
5 People who work in big cities spend less than a year in their cars.
6 We spend a lot of free time using technology.
6 Do you think the information is correct for people in your country? Why/Why not? Discuss in pairs.
Text builder expressing approximate quantities
Approximately: During a typical lifetime, we spend around 91,000 hours at work.

People sleep for about eight hours a day.
That means we spend roughly three and a half years of our lives studying.
More than: … just over two years to spend with family and friends.
The same/more: You can say goodbye to at least another year of your life.
Less than: … which is nearly ten and a half years. We spend almost four years using our phones.
7 Read the Text builder. Write sentences about how much time you spend doing the activities in the boxes.
Use words to express approximate quantities.
sleeping studying going on social media

working watching TV
talking on the phone eating and drinking

driving/riding getting exercise
68
interpreting data ■ expressing approximate quantities READING SKILLS 8B
We live for 78 years

6 years 1 year
3.8 years 5 years
10.5 years 4 years
2.5 years 3.5 years
?
11 years
26 years
2.5 years
Chart 1 How we spend our lives
We have more free time than ever before. In many three and a half years of our lives—studying. Two and
countries, the average working week is now under a half years of our lives are spent in the bathroom,
40 hours, far shorter than it was for our parents and brushing our teeth, using the toilet, taking a shower,
grandparents before us. So why do our lives feel so and getting ready to go out. Shopping uses up
busy, and where does our time go? another two and a half years, and we spend at least
another four years eating.
Graph 1
The introduction of modern appliances, such as
dishwashers, washing machines, and microwaves,
means that, overall, we spend less time cooking and
cleaning than our parents did. Women still do most
of the housework, but men are sharing domestic
tasks more than they used to.
Graph 2
People sleep for about eight hours a day, which means

we spend 26 years in our beds, in an average lifetime of
78 years. We spend another eleven years watching TV
and, depending on where you live, two years of that can
be spent just watching the commercials!
In a typical lifetime, we spend around 91,000 hours at
work, which is nearly ten and a half years. And do you
drive to work? If so, you can say goodbye to at least In recent years, the biggest change in how we spend
another year of your life—even more if you work in a our time is technology. We spend an average of five
big city like Istanbul or Rio de Janeiro and have to sit in years online and almost four years using our phones,
traffic jams every day. and those numbers are increasing every year.
In many countries, the law requires young people to If you add up all that time, it leaves you with just
stay in school until they’re at least 16 years old. Many go over two years on average to spend with family and
on to higher education at a university or college. That friends, to see the world, and to achieve your dreams.
means we spend, on average, 31,000 hours—roughly So, what are you waiting for? The clock is ticking!
Personal Best Make a pie chart and write about how you spend your time on the weekend. 69
8 LANGUAGE uses of the -ing form and the infinitive ■ relationship verbs
8C Long-distance love

1 Look at the pictures and the title. Answer the questions in pairs. Then read the text and check.
1 What do you think the text is about? 3 Where do you think the woman is?
2 Where do you think the man is? 4 How do you think they stay in touch?
Amiko works at NASA, which is how she got to know Scott.

They met a few times, and after talking "for hours and hours"
one evening, Scott finally asked her out. They’ve now been
together for several years. However, Scott’s job means he is
often away. His first trip to the Space Station lasted six months.
After that, he lived in space for a whole year to find out what
would happen to the human body on a journey to Mars.
On his first trip, it wasn’t easy for Amiko to stay in touch.
E-mailing involved a six-hour delay, but now it’s almost
instant, and it’s also possible to videochat once a week. But
there are some things that can't be done. "One of the things I
miss most is holding hands,"
says Amiko. "We can connect
by phone. I can upload
pictures, but you can't upload
human touch."
Other couples might have
broken up in such a situation,
but not Scott and Amiko. "We
Having a long-distance relationship isn’t easy.
really appreciate a challenge
Staying in touch takes extra effort, and not having
because we know that in the
your partner around when you need support can
end, we will be able to say,
be difficult. So it’s hard to imagine what life is like
for Amiko Kauderer, whose boyfriend, Scott Kelly, 'Yeah, we did that'."
is often not even on the planet with her. That’s So, whenever you think your
because Scott is an astronaut who spends months love life is difficult, just think
floating 400 km. above the Earth on the International of Amiko and Scott!
Space Station!
2 A Match sentences 1−5 with pictures a−e.

1 Amiko got to know Scott at a friend’s house. 4 Staying in touch now is easier than it was.
2 They fell in love at first sight. 5 They broke up, but got back together in
3 Scott asked Amiko out on a date. the end.
B
Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Check your answers in the text.
a b c
d e
Go to Vocabulary practice: relationship verbs, page 105.
70
uses of the -ing form and the infinitive ■ relationship verbs LANGUAGE 8C
3 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. Check your answers in the text.
1 Have / Having a long-distance relationship isn’t easy.
2 … after to talk / talking "for hours and hours" one evening, Scott finally asked her out.
3 He lived in space for a whole year to find out / finding out what would happen to the human body.
4 It’s also possible to videochat / videochatting once a week.
4 Look at sentences 1−4 from exercise 3 again. Complete the rules with the -ing form or infinitive. Then read
the Grammar box.
1 We use after an adjective. 3 We use after a preposition.
2 We usually use as the subject/object of a sentence. 4 We use to say why we did something.
Grammar uses of the -ing form and the infinitive
-ing form of the verb:

After a preposition: I’m interested in learning languages.
Subject/object of a sentence: Breaking up with someone is hard. I hate breaking up with someone.
Infinitive:
After an adjective: It’s difficult to meet new people in this city. It's important to stay in touch.
To express a purpose: I went to Juan’s house to talk to him.
Go to Grammar practice: uses of the -ing form and the infinitive, page 91
5 A 8.7 Pronunciation: word stress Listen to the words and underline the stressed syllables.
Listen again, check, and repeat.
1 distance 2 relationship 3 imagine 4 happen
B 8.8 Underline the stressed syllables in the words below. Listen, check, and repeat.
important colleagues impossible except technology better afraid probably
6 A 8.9 Write the infinitive or the -ing form of the verbs in parentheses. Listen and check.
1 It’s very important with your colleagues at work. (get along)
2 in love at first sight is impossible, except in the movies. (fall)
3 You can use technology in touch, but meeting face to face is better. (stay)
4 You shouldn’t be afraid of someone out. He or she will probably say yes! (ask)
B
In pairs, practice saying sentences 1−4. Say if you agree or disagree with the sentences.

7 Complete the text with the infinitive or the -ing form of the verbs in the box.
arrive choose say make show
1 a nice place to meet is the first thing you

need to think about.
2 You should wear nice clothes a good impression.
3 It’s important on time.
4 Don’t be afraid of the real you.
5 Before good night, tell him/her that you enjoyed
the date.
8 In pairs, think of more advice for how to succeed on a first date. Use the ideas in the boxes.
be polite ask questions laugh smile relax
don’t talk too much make eye contact listen tell a joke
A I think it’s important to be polite. B Yes, but being polite isn’t the most important thing …
Personal Best Write a paragraph about a couple you know. Explain how they met and their relationship. 71
87 SKILLS SPEAKING saying thanks ■ responding modestly
a b
8D Thanks a million!
Learning
Curve 1 A Look at the pictures. How are the
people celebrating their birthday?
B
Answer the questions.
1 How important are birthdays to you? Why? c d
2 How did you celebrate your last birthday?
3 What’s the best birthday present you’ve
ever received? Why?
4 Have you ever had a surprise birthday party?
Did you enjoy it?
2 8.10 Watch or listen to the first part of Learning Curve. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Today is Simon’s birthday.
2 Everyone has forgotten about his birthday.
3 Simon has a tennis match today.
4 Kate gives Simon a present.
5 Simon will pay to post the parcel.
6 Simon’s parents always call him in the morning.
3 A 8.10 Watch or listen again. Match the phrases 1–5 with the
reasons a–e.
1 That’s very kind of you. a Kate gives Simon a cup of tea.
2 Thanks a lot. b Kate offers to make Simon tea.
3 Thanks so much! c Simon says he’ll pay at the post office.
4 Thanks a million! d Simon agrees to post a parcel.
5 I will, thanks. e Kate wants Simon to say hello to his
parents for her.
B
Look at phrases 1−5 again. Answer the questions.
1 Which phrases are polite responses to something small?
2 Which phrases are used to say thanks for something special or a big effort?
3 Can you think of any other ways to thank someone?
Conversation builder saying thanks
To be polite: For a special favor: To be more formal:

Thanks a lot. That’s very nice/kind of you. I can’t thank you enough.
Thanks very much. Thanks a million. I’m so grateful to you.
Thanks. Thank you so much. We really appreciate it.
4 8.11 Read the Conversation builder. In pairs, read the sentences out loud and thank your partner
in an appropriate way. Listen and compare your answers.
1 3 5
Here’s your T-shirt Here are some flowers. I've done all the
and $1 change. I know you’ve been sick. shopping for you.
2 4 6
We’ve decided to give The bus station? It’s I cooked spaghetti.
you a 30% pay raise. right across the street. It’s your favorite.
72
saying thanks ■ responding modestly SPEAKING SKILLS 11B
8D
5 8.12 Watch or listen to the second part of the show. What other
ways of thanking people do you hear?
6 8.12 Answer the questions. Watch or listen again and check.

1 Who cooked the food for the party?
2 Who sent flowers, chocolate, and biscuits?
3 Did Kate organize the party on her own?
4 Whose parents arrive at the party?
7 8.13 Complete the sentences with the phrases in the box. Listen, check, and repeat after the beeps.
it was easy Glad you noticed You’re welcome I had help it isn’t a problem
1 Kate Oh, and thanks again for taking this parcel.

Simon Really, .
2 Simon You look great, Pen. Is that a new dress?
Penny Thanks. !
3 Penny Jack, you really made a fantastic meal!
Jack Oh, come on, . I make this all the time.
4 Simon Lovely. I’m so grateful to you both!
Penny It was nothing. .
5 Simon That was a fantastic surprise. Kate, did you do all this by yourself?
Kate No, !
Skill responding
Skill: responding modestlymodestly
We often respond to congratulations, thanks, and compliments in a modest way.
• For congratulations, you can say it wasn’t important or hard work, e.g., It was nothing, I was just lucky.
• For thanks, you can say it was something small or you enjoyed doing it, e.g., No problem. It was a
pleasure. You’re welcome.
• For a compliment, you can thank the person and say you are pleased, e.g., Thanks. I'm glad you like it.
You can also say it's not as good as the person thinks, e.g., This old thing? I've had it for years.
8 8.14 Read the Skill box. Match phrases 1–6 with responses a–f. Listen and check.
1 I can’t thank you enough. a Really? I thought it was too spicy.
2 I love your new hairstyle. b Oh, it’s just an small one.
3 This chicken is delicious. c Thanks. I’m glad you noticed.
4 You passed! Congratulations. d It was a pleasure. They’re lots of fun!
5 Thanks for taking care of my children. e Thanks. The exam wasn’t that difficult.
6 Congratulations on your promotion. f It’s no problem.

9 A PREPARE In pairs, look at the pictures and choose a situation. Prepare a short conversation between the people.
a b c d
B PRACTICE Act out your conversation to another pair.

C PERSONAL BEST What was good about the other pair’s conversation? What could they do better?
Change partners and prepare a conversation for another situation.
Personal Best Make a list of people you have thanked this week and explain why you thanked them. 73
Grammar 3 Choose the correct options to complete the text.

1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
Stephanie is 1a / - / the
1 Kevin has decided his job. wedding planner and she is
2an / - / the owner of
a quit
b to quit Blissful Days, 3a / - / the
company based in Sydney,
c quitting
Australia.
2 I usually go to bed at 11:00 p.m.
a a
b the How did you become a
c – (no article) wedding planner?
3 Do you want out tonight? I’ve always loved 4go / to
go / going to weddings.
a go
It’s so exciting 5see / to see /
b to go seeing everyone dressed
c going up and enjoying such a
4 My sister is lawyer. wonderful day. But I noticed
a a that some people couldn’t
b the enjoy it because they were
worried about 6organize / to organize / organizing
c – (no article)
everything. That’s when I realized that I could start a
5 I’m getting together with a colleague just left company 7that / who / where helps people plan their
the company. weddings.
a where
What advice can you give to couples
b what planning a wedding?
c who
First of all, you should agree on the guests 8what /
6 I called him a meeting.
– / where you’re going to invite. Once you know
a arrange how many people will be there, you can find a place
b to arrange 9who / that / where everyone will be comfortable. Send
c arranging out invitations at least six months before the wedding,
7 This is the café we said we would meet. but expect that about 20% of people won't be
a where able to attend. There could be more if the date of your
wedding is on or near 10a / - / the legal holiday, so
b who
always check your dates carefully.
c that
8 I’m crazy about to other countries.
a travel
b to travel
c traveling
Vocabulary
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the 1 Match the words in the box with the definitions.
verbs in the box.
oven get back together plain do the laundry
remember take buy find hang out the clothes groom stylish iron
go work meet write go out together roommate
1 I went to the library a book about pets. 1 a machine you use to make clothes flat
2 I’m not happy about late this week. 2 a man who is going to get married
3 He forgot his girlfriend a birthday present. 3 to start a relationship with someone
4 I’ve finally finished my essay. 4 simple, with no pattern or design
5 I can’t stand the subway. It's so crowded! 5 someone who you live with
6 She’s suggested to the moves tonight. 6 a machine you use to cook food
7 It’s important to turn off this machine when 7 to dry clothes after you wash them
you leave. 8 to wash your clothes
8 you is the best thing that has happened 9 fashionable and elegant
to me! 10 to return to a relationship with someone
74
2 Circle the words that are different. Explain your answers.

1 employer classmate colleague business partner
Personal Best
2 break up fall in love go on a date go out together
on son 8A
3 oven dishwasher sink washing machine Less 7A Les
4 mop sweep iron vacuum
5 loose wool tight casual Write down
Name five five people, and
6 bride girlfriend stepsister father-in-law objects you can say how you are
7 formal cotton denim silk find in a kitchen. related to each
of them.
8 sheets pillow comforter iron
9 along well married in love back together
on
10 wash the set the make the load the Less 7A Les
son 8A
dishes table bed dishwasher
3 Choose the correct word to complete the sentences. Write three

Name five verbs sentences with
1 My uncle’s daughter is my . that are followed relative clauses
a niece b cousin c stepsister by the -ing form. and who, that,
2 I am . I don’t have any brothers or sisters. and where.
a an only child b a single parent c a relative
3 I quit my job because I badly with my boss. on
a got back b got along c went along Les
son 7B Less 8B
4 He on a date!
a introduced b asked me out c stayed in touch Name Write three
5 The is broken. Can you call a plumber? five household sentences using
a oven b faucet c refrigerator chores you do at roughly, at least,
home. and almost.
6 We need new for the bed.
a rugs b carpets c sheets
7 I don’t know him. He’s a complete .
on
Less 7C son 8C
a twin b enemy c stranger Les
8 It’s really hot today. Can you the plants?
a sweep b dust c water
Write a sentence Write a
4 Complete the conversation with the words in the box. with a/an, and sentence with
another with the. the infinitive.
get to know break up vacuum
introduce nice do silk mop
son 7C son 8D
Sue When did you 1 with Harry? Les Les
Jo Two months ago.
Sue Let me 2 you to Lee. I’m meeting Use adjectives Give three
him tonight. to describe two expressions
Jo I can’t. I have to 3 the carpets and things you are to thank
4 the floor. wearing now. someone.
Sue You can do that any time!
Jo But I don't have anything to wear. I need to
5 on
the laundry!
son 7D Less 8D
Sue Is your 6 dress clean? Les
Jo Yes, it is. Give an
Sue Well, that’s really 7 . Wear that! Describe a expression for
noun using
Come on, you should 8 him. He's responding
three adjectives modestly when
wonderful! in the correct someone
Jo OK, I'll come with you. order. thanks you.
75
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
1A should/shouldn’t
We use should and shouldn’t + the base form to ask for and give advice and 1 Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t and
recommendations. the verbs in parentheses.
Where should I go on vacation? 1 He looks really tired. I think he should go to bed. (go)
You should stay in this country. 2 There’s a great new restaurant in town. You
You shouldn’t go abroad. It’s too expensive. should try it. (try)
3 You shouldn't eat so fast. You’ll get a stomachache. (not
1.2 I / you / he / she / it / we / they eat)
+ You should see a doctor. 4 It’s Andy’s birthday. Do you think we should buy him a
Rachel shouldn’t drink so much coffee.

present? (buy)
–
5 She wants to get in shape. She should join a gym. (join)
? Should I buy some new shoes?
6 We shouldn't put so much salt on our food. It’s not good
Y/N Yes, you should. / No, you shouldn’t.
for our health. (not put)
7 There’s a lot of traffic. I don’t think you should drive so
We often use I think and I don’t think with should to show our opinion.
fast. (drive)
What do you think I should do?
8 They shouldn't talk to him like that. It’s rude. (not talk)
I think you should stay in bed.
I don’t think you should go out. NOT I think you shouldn’t go out. 2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of
should and the verbs in the box.
Other ways of giving advice or recommendations
buy get get up lose spend study talk walk
When we want to give strong advice (or warnings) we use the imperative.
Whatever you do, don’t go outside. It’s freezing!
1 A I’m always late for work.
For recommendations, we use why don’t you ...? or you could + the base form.
B You shouldn't
up
get
earlier.
Why don’t you put a coat and hat on? It’s cold outside.
2 A I don't have much money right now.
You could stay inside, where it’s nice and warm.
B I don’t think you should buy those shoes, then.
3 A These pants don’t fit me anymore.
B Do you think you should lose some weight?
4 A I want to improve my English.
B You should spend the summer in Canada.
5 A My brother wants to be an engineer.
B He should study math and physics in college.
6 A I’m stressed at work lately.
B You should talk to your boss.
7 A You shouldn't walk home alone at night.
B OK, I’ll get a taxi.
8 A Do you think I should get more exercise?
B Yes, definitely.
3 Put the words in the correct order to make sentences.

1 what / I / don't / do / I / should / know
I don't kwon what should do
2 before / the / should / we / leave / house / 9:00

We should leave the house before 9:00
3 take / the / taxi / to / don't / a / airport

Don't take a taxi to the airport
4 you / don't / homework / now / why / do / your?

Why don't you do your homework now?
5 job / for / Larry / another / look / could

Larry could look for another job
76 Go back to page 5
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
1C First conditional
We use the first conditional to talk about the result of a possible future action. 1 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
If you help me with my homework, I’ll buy you coffee. 1 If she passes / ’ll pass all her exams, her dad is / will be
There are two parts to a first conditional sentence: an if clause to describe the really proud.
possible future action, and the main clause to describe the result. 2 If we don’t / won’t hurry up, we miss / ’ll miss the bus.
3 I am / ’ll be surprised if his plane lands / will land on time
If it rains tomorrow, I’ll take a taxi to the meeting.
tonight.
4 If he calls / will call, don’t / won’t answer the phone.
if clause main clause 5 I tell / ’ll tell you a secret if you promise / ’ll promise not
We can put either clause first with no change in meaning. However, if we put the to tell anyone.
main clause first, we don’t use a comma between the two clauses. 6 She is / ’ll be really disappointed if you don’t / won’t go
to her party.
If I get sick on vacation, I’ll feel miserable.
7 What do / will you say if he asks / ’ll ask you to marry
I’ll feel miserable if I get sick on vacation.
him?
We form the if clause with if + simple present, and we form the main clause with 8 If I get / ’ll get lonely, do / will you give me a call?
will + the base form. 9 He ’s / ’ll be really embarrassed if he’s / he’ll be late to his
own wedding.
1.11 if clause main clause
10 We don’t / may not have time for lunch if the meeting
+ If I pass my driving test, I’ll buy a car. doesn’t / won’t finish soon.
– If they don’t invite me to the wedding, I won’t buy them a present. 11 Remind / Will remind me if I forget / ’ll forget to call the
builder.
? If you take the medicine, will you feel better?
12 If you don’t / won’t leave now, I call / ’ll call the police.
Y/N Yes, I will. / No, I won’t.
2 Write first conditional sentences.
We can also use may or might + the base form in the main clause to describe results 1 I / write to you / if / I / have time
that we are not sure about.
If I get the new job in Shanghai, I might move house. 2 if / you / see him / you / give him this message, please?
She may come to the party if she finishes work early.
3 she / not get her money back / if / she / lose the receipt
We use can + the base form or will be able to + the base form in the main clause to say

that a result will be possible.
4 if / he / not get the job / he / be really miserable
If I fix my bike, I can ride it to work.
He won’t be able to bake a cake if he doesn’t buy some eggs. 5 if / you / not fix your car soon / the police / stop you

Look! We can also use the imperative in the main clause to give people
6 my mom / not forgive me / if / I / not remember her
instructions for possible situations.
birthday
Please tell Carla about the new class if you see her tonight.

If you use this computer, don’t press this button!
7 if / my phone/ ring / not answer it!

8 if / she / move to Italy / you / visit her?

9 if / you / go for a walk / it / help you to feel better

10 if / he / not get too nervous / he / do well on the
exam

11 they / be late / if / they / not leave soon

12 if / I / stand here / you / take a photo of me?

Go back to page 8 77
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
2A Present perfect with ever and never

We use the present perfect to talk about experiences in our lives. 1 Complete the chart with the correct forms of the verbs.
I’ve read Don Quixote. Base form Simple past Past participle
He hasn’t been to the U.S. 1 be been
Have they done yoga?
2 break broke
We often use ever with questions and never instead of the negative to emphasize
3 cried cried
that we are talking about our lifetime.
4 ate eaten
Have you ever flown in a helicopter?
I’ve never eaten a hamburger! 5 drive drove
We form the present perfect with the verb have and the past participle of the 6 live lived
main verb. 7 sang sung
8 speak spoke
2.3 I / you / we / they he / she / it
9 stop stopped
+ I’ve written a novel. Michelle has been to China.
10 walk walked
They haven’t gone swimming in Claude hasn’t seen my new car.
–
the river.
2 Write sentences and questions in the present perfect.
? Have you tried this new drink? Has he worked as a chef?
1 you / ever / be / to New Zealand?
Y/N Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. Yes, he has. / No, he hasn’t.

2 I / never / eat / hamburgers
In regular verbs, the past participle is the same as the simple past form.
I cooked pasta yesterday. I’ve never cooked dinner for her. 3 she / walk / along the Great Wall of China
He played tennis with her last week. Have you ever played the saxophone?
In some irregular verbs, the past participle is different from the simple past form. 4 my uncle / not give up / smoking
For a full list of irregular verbs, see page 119.
I ate toast for breakfast this morning. Have you ever eaten Chinese food? 5 you / ever / watch / the sun rise?
I saw Roberta at Ruth’s party. I haven’t seen that TV series.
6 we / never / play / rugby
Present perfect or simple past
7 he / ever / ask / his boss for a pay raise?
We use the present perfect to talk about an experience in our lives and we use the

simple past to talk about when a specific event happened.
8 my sister / try / to learn English
I’ve met a movie star.
I met George Clooney in Mexico two years ago.
3 Choose the correct form (present perfect or simple
We often start a conversation with the present perfect. When we ask for more
past) to complete the conversation.
information, or give details, we use the simple past.
Have you ever been to Australia? Rachel 1Have you ever learned / Did you ever
Yes, I have. I went there in 2014. learn another language?
Who did you go with? Sarah Yes, 2I have taught / I taught myself
I went with my friend, Ella. Spanish about ten years ago.
Rachel So, 3have you ever been / did you ever
go to Spain?
Sarah No, but 4I’ve been / I went to South
America.
Rachel Really? When 5have you been / did
you go there?
Sarah Six years ago. 6I’ve been / I went with
John. It was our honeymoon.
Rachel That's great! 7Have you traveled /
Did you travel around a lot when you
were there?
Sarah Yes, 8we’ve visited / we visited
Chile, Argentina, and Brazil. It was
amazing!
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
2C Second conditional
We use the second conditional to talk about impossible or very unlikely situations. 1 Match the two parts to make second conditional sentences.
If I went climbing in the mountains, I’d take a first-aid kit. (but it's not likely that 1 If you had a daughter,
I'll go climbing in the mountains). 2 I would speak perfect English
There are two parts to a second conditional sentence: an if clause to describe the 3 Your computer wouldn’t do strange things
situation and the main clause to describe the result. 4 If you told people about your website,
5 What would you do today
If she had more money, she’d buy a new car. 6 If I wrote a book,
a it would be much more popular.
if clause main clause b it would be about my childhood.
We can put either clause first with no change in meaning. However, if we put c if you weren’t at work?
the main clause first, we don’t use a comma between the two clauses. d if I came from the U.S.
e what would you name her?
If he spoke German, he would apply for the job.
f if it didn’t have a virus.
He would apply for the job if he spoke German.
We form the if clause with if + simple past, and we form the main clause with 2 Choose the correct form of the verbs to complete the
would + the base form. conversation.
Look! We often use were instead of was in the if clause with I/he/she/it.
If he were a little taller, the pants would fit him.
I’d take a taxi if I were you.
if clause main clause

2.10
+ If I knew the answer, I’d tell you.
you wouldn’t have this
– If you weren’t so impatient, A What 1did / would you do if your company
problem. 2offered / would offer you a job in Japan?
? If it were cheaper, would you buy it? B If that happened, I 3thought / ’d think about
Y/N Yes, I would. / No, I wouldn’t. it. If they 4paid / would pay me more money,
I 5’ll / ’d probably go.
We use could + the base form or would be able to + the base form in the main clause A But 6wouldn’t / didn’t you miss your family
to say that a result would be possible. and friends if you went abroad?
B Yes, but they 7can / could visit me if I was in
If Alex didn’t have so much work, he could go to the party.
Japan. It 8were / would be a great opportunity
Sara would be able to help us if she were here.
if I went.
A I 9wouldn’t / didn’t go … not even if they
Second conditional or first conditional 10doubled / would double my salary!
We can sometimes use either the first conditional or the second conditional, but it
depends on if we think a situation is a real possibility, or if we think it’s very unlikely/ 3 Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses so
impossible. they are true for you. Use the second conditional if the
If I get the job, I’ll be really happy. = a real possibility situation is less likely. Use the first conditional if the
If I got the job, I’d be really happy. = very unlikely situation is possible.
I’ll meet you later if I don’t have to work late. = a real possibility 1 If it (snow) this afternoon,
I’d meet you later if I didn’t have to work late. = impossible .
2 If I (pass) my English exam,
.
3 If I (see) my parents this evening,
.
4 If my computer (stop) working,
.
5 If a reporter (ask) me to appear on TV today,
.
6 If I (go) out with my friends after class,
.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
3A Present perfect with yet and

already 1 Complete the conversation with the words in the box.
We often use the present perfect with yet and already.
already yet
Have you been to the new café yet?
Yes, I’ve already been there. A Watching TV again? What
No, I haven’t been there yet. about your homework?
We use yet in negative sentences and questions to talk about something that we B I’ve 1 done it.
expected to happen before now. Yet comes at the end of the sentence or question. A When did you do it?
Have you written the report yet? B On the bus from school … so now I’m watching the game.
I haven’t finished it yet. A The game? Has it started 2 ?
B Yes! It just started, so you haven’t missed anything
We use already to talk about something that happened before now or earlier than 3 .
we expected. Already comes before the main verb.
A Great! Let me sit down. I want to watch this, too!
Do you want to go out for lunch?
No, thanks. I’ve already eaten. 2 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
We sometimes use already in questions instead of yet. Already comes between the 1 A I have to clean the kitchen tonight.
auxiliary verb and the main verb or at the end of the question. Already is usually B Don’t worry. I've yet / already cleaned it this week.
stressed to show surprise. 2 A Has Flora passed her driving test yet / already?
B Yes, and she only took five lessons!
Have you already finished your science project?
3 A Can I speak to Julia, please?
We form the present perfect with the verb have and the past participle of the main B She was here a minute ago, but I think she's
verb. For a full list of irregular verbs, See page 119. yet / already left the office.
4 Teresa hasn’t booked her flight yet / already.
3.2 I / you / we / they he / she / it It will be very expensive!
+ We’ve already heard the news. The bus has already left the station. 5 A Should we watch Titanic tonight?
B Do we have to? I’ve yet / already seen it about
- They haven’t found the keys yet. He hasn’t paid the bill yet.
twenty times!
? Have you been to the mall yet? Has she spoken to the police yet? 6 Have you used the new bike lane yet / already? It’s much
Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. / Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t. / safer.
Y/N
Not yet. Not yet. 7 A I think we need to fill up the tank with gas.
B It’s OK. I’ve yet / already been to the gas
Look! In American English we can also use yet and already with station today.
the simple past: 8 He only joined the company a year ago, and they’ve just /

We already gave him the papers. yet / already promoted him twice!
The supermarket didn't open yet.
3 Make sentences using yet, or already.
Did Helen already call you?
1 she / not pack / her suitcase (yet)

2 I / send you / a wedding invitation (already)

3 the game / start (already)

4 you / speak / to Charles? (yet)

5 I / can't buy / a new apartment (yet)

6 I / have / three cups of coffee today (already)

▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
3C Present perfect with for and since

We use the present perfect with for and since to talk about a situation that started 1 Put the times in the box in the correct column: for or since.
in the past and is still true now.
How long have you lived in Brazil? NOT How long are you living in Brazil? 1997 9:30 a.m. a couple of hours a few seconds
I’ve lived here all my life. NOT I’m living here all my life. a long time ages April five months
he was a child I finished college last night
We use since to refer to a fixed point in time in the past when the situation started.
most of my life my accident seventeen years
I’ve worked for this company since 2010. several weeks the middle of June the weekend
I haven’t spoken to Fred since last summer. three centuries Thursday
Have you known Mark since you were a child?
We use for to refer to the period of time the situation has been true.
for since
Joseph has been a teacher for two months.
This computer hasn’t worked for years!
Has the building been here for a long time?
We use How long …? to ask about the length of time a situation has been true.
2 Write sentences using the present perfect form of the
How long have you known your boyfriend? verbs in parentheses. Write one sentence with for and one
We’ve known each other since last March. with since.
How long has he been a doctor?
1 I moved to Istanbul in the middle of July. It’s the middle of
He’s been a doctor for about two years.
December now. (live)
We form the present perfect with the verb have and the past participle of the main I’ve lived in Istanbul for five months.
verb. For a complete list of irregular verbs, see page 119. I’ve lived in Istanbul since the middle of July.
2 I bought my own car when I was 19. I’m 23 now. (have)
3.12 I / you / we / they he / she / it

I’ve lived in this part of the city Sam’s had this car for over 20 years.
for two years. It’s been much hotter since last 3 The last time I was on an airplane was in August. That was
+
They’ve worked together since weekend. six months ago. (not be)
1990.
We haven’t spoken to each other Isabella hasn’t worn her glasses
for a year. for a long time. 4 I met my best friend when I was five. I’m 22 now. (know)
- I haven’t gone swimming in the He hasn’t driven a car since he had
ocean since I was a child. the accident.
How long have you known her? How long has he been a teacher? 5 I gave up English in 2005. That was ages ago. (not study)
?

Present perfect or simple past
We use the simple past to talk about completed actions in the past. We can often give 3 Choose the correct form of the verbs to complete the
the same information in two different ways. sentences.
1 He didn’t speak / hasn’t spoken to his mom since he got
a period of time / a point in the past / back / ’s gotten back from his vacation.
an unfinished action a completed action
2 I bought / ’ve bought this car in 2007, so I ’m having / ’ve
I’ve lived in Uruguay for ten years. I moved to Uruguay ten years ago. had it for more than ten years now.
Jo has known me since I was 16 years old. Jo met me when I was 16 years old. 3 I’m a sales manager and I worked / ’ve worked in this
How long have you worked here? When did you start working here? department for two years. Before that, I worked / ’ve
I haven’t eaten meat since 2010. I gave up meat in 2010. worked in marketing from 2012 to 2015.
4 We knew / ’ve known each other for about ten years, in
fact, since we met / ’ve met in college.
We use the simple past to talk about a time period that started and finished in the past.
5 I was / ’ve been worried about Frank since he lost / ’s lost
Bolivia Mexico
his job.
Now 6 He lost / ’s lost his phone this morning, so I ’m not
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 speaking / haven’t spoken to him for a few hours now.
How long did you live in Bolivia? How long have you lived in Chile? 7 I lived / ’ve lived in Chicago for two years, but then I
I lived there for ten years. I’ve lived here for almost ten years. moved / ’ve moved to Washington D.C., and I lived / ’ve
I lived there from 1980 to 1990. I’ve lived here since 2010. lived here since then.
= I don’t live there now. = I live here now. 8 Their wedding was / has been in May, so they are / ’ve
been married for nearly six months now.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
4A too, too many, too much, and

(not) enough 1 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
We use too, too many, and too much to mean "more than necessary" or "more 1 She eats too much / too many candy.
than is good." 2 They don’t eat enough vegetables / vegetables
This exam is too difficult. There are too many questions! enough.
3 Our apartment is too much / too small for a party.
We use too before adjectives and adverbs.
4 He puts too much / too many sugar in his coffee.
That restaurant is too expensive. 5 Are you sure you’re well enough / enough well to run
She works too hard. a marathon?
We use too many before countable nouns. 6 You eat too much / too many junk food.
I drink too many cups of coffee. 7 I don’t have enough money / money enough to buy a
new car.
We use too much before uncountable nouns.
8 These jeans are too much / too big for me now that
I eat too much chocolate. I’ve lost weight.
We can also use too much after a verb without an object.
2 Complete the sentences using too, too many, too
He worries too much. much, and enough.
We use enough to mean "the right amount" or "sufficient." We can also use 1 You eat takeout meals. Don’t you ever
not enough to mean "less than necessary" or "less than is good." cook?
Is your coffee sweet enough? I didn’t have enough sugar for everyone. 2 Don’t cook the broccoli for long.
Enough comes before countable and uncountable nouns. 3 My English isn’t good to have a
He doesn’t eat enough vegetables. conversation.
4 You drink coffee. It isn't good for you.
Have we got enough time?
5 I don’t earn money to buy a house.
Enough comes after an adjective or adverb.
6 I’m tired to go out tonight.
The information isn’t clear enough. 7 My son spends time playing computer
He didn’t sing well enough to win the competition. games.
We can also use enough after a verb without an object. 8 I have a stomachache. I ate cupcakes.
I didn’t sleep enough last night. 3 Rewrite the sentences using the words in parentheses.
too / too many / 1 You should get more exercise. (enough)
4.2 (not) enough
too much You don’t get enough exercise.
Countable You shouldn’t watch too We have enough eggs to bake 2 You eat more sugar than you should. (much)
nouns many movies. two cakes.
Uncountable Jen drinks too much coffee in Do you have enough money to 3 She’s too young to drive. (old)
nouns the morning. buy those shoes?
The train is too crowded at The soup isn’t hot enough. 4 It isn’t quiet enough to work. (noisy)
Adjectives
rush hour.
5 We need more gasoline. (enough)

6 There are more cars on the road than there should be.
(too)

▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
4C have to, not have to, and can't

We use have to to talk about obligations and rules. 1 Make sentences using the positive (+), negative (–), or
You always have to lock the door when you leave. question form (?) of have to.
Amy has to wear formal clothes to work. 1 What time / you / arrive / at the airport (?)
When we ask questions about obligations and rules, we usually use have to.
2 My sister / study / English / in school (+)
Do you have to start work early?

Why do we have to park the car here?
3 You / show / your passport / to enter the country (–)
We use don’t have to to say that something isn’t necessary.
You don’t have to speak English for this job, but it’s useful. 4 Lenny / cook / dinner / tonight (?)
Kasim doesn’t have to work today. It’s a holiday in Hong Kong.
We use can't to talk about things that are not allowed. We call this prohibition. 5 We / finish / the project / until next week (–)

I can't eat any potato chips. I’m on a diet.
6 You / drive / on the left / in the U.K. (+)
You can't start the exam until I say.

4.9 I / you / we / they he / she / it 2 Choose the correct words to complete the conversation.
I have to work late again Jackie has to study math in
A What’s wrong, David?
tonight, unfortunately. school.
B My brother 1can't / has to go to the hospital
have to Do you have to take the bus Does he have to wait a long
tomorrow.
today? time?
A Oh no! Why does he 2can't / have to go?
Yes, I do. / No, I don’t. Yes, he does. / No, he doesn't.
B It’s nothing serious. He 3has to / can't have a
You don’t have to pay–it’s He doesn’t have to wear a blood test.
not have to
free! uniform to school. A Does he 4have to / has to spend the night there?
can't I can't be late for the meeting. Luke can't eat too much salt. B No, he 5hasn’t / doesn’t. The worst thing is
he 6doesn’t have to / can't eat anything for 24
Look! Remember, can't and don't have to have different meanings. hours.
A I 7don’t have to / can't work tomorrow. I can
You can't walk on the grass.= It's not allowed.
give him a ride to the hospital, if you want.
You don't have to walk on the grass—you can walk on the path. = it's not
B Thanks, Ada. That’s great. He 8has to / can't be
necessary. You can choose.
there at 10:00 a.m.
A That’s fine.
B Great, he’ll be happy he 9can't / doesn’t have to
take the bus … especially without any breakfast!
3 Look at the poster. Complete the rules for the swimming

pool with the verbs in parentheses.
Downtown Swimming Pool

Adults: $3.00
Children: Free
1 Adults (pay) to use the pool.

2 Children (pay) to go swimming.
3 You (eat) by the pool.
4 You (take) a shower before you swim.
5 You (run) near the pool.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
5A used to
We use used to + the base form to talk about habits or situations that were true in the 1 Read the text. Write sentences with used to or didn’t use
past, but aren’t true now. to and the verbs in parentheses.
I used to ride my bike to school every day. = I don’t ride my bike to school now.
He used to be rich!
I used to live in a small town. = I don’t live there now.
George Kaltsidis lives in a small house in the north of
We form the negative with didn’t + use to + the base form. England. He drives an old Ford Fiesta and wears a secondhand
I didn’t use to drink so much coffee. (= I drink a lot now). watch. However, believe it or not, George used to be a
millionaire and lived a life of luxury. He wasn’t happy, and last
She didn’t use to like spicy food. (= She likes it a lot now).
year he gave all his money away to charity. He’s much happier
We form questions with did + use to + the base form. now, he says. But what did his life use to be like?
Did you use to play on the school basketball team?
1 He (live) in a small house. He (live) in an expensive
Why did you use to have two cars?
apartment.
We can use the simple past instead of used to. The meaning is the same. He didn’t use to live in a small house. He used to live
I used to have English classes at school = I had English classes at school. in an expensive apartment.
She used to be shy when she was younger = She was shy when she was younger. 2 He (drive) an old car. He (have) a new BMW.
We don’t use used to to talk about actions that only happened once.
I bought this shirt last year. NOT I used to buy this shirt last year. 3 He (be) very lonely because he (see) his family or friends
They started work at 9:00 this morning. NOT They used to start work at 9:00 this very much.
morning.
4 He (wear) expensive clothes and he never (buy)
5.1 I / you / he / she / it / we / they secondhand things.

+ I used to like reggae music when I was younger.
5 He (go) on luxury vacations, but he (enjoy) himself.
– He didn’t use to be as rich as he is now.
? Did you use to go to the beach every day when you lived in Acapulco?
2 Complete the sentences with the positive, negative, or
Y/N Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t. question form of used to and the verbs in the box.
Look! Used to only refers to the past. We use usually + simple present to talk have (x2) play work argue go like be
about habits and situations that are true now.
Harry usually takes the bus to work. 1 They a house in Spain, but they sold it last
He’s not usually late for class. year.
How do you usually contact your family? 2 you a lot of sports when you
were younger?
3 I to the gym, but now I usually go three times
a week.
4 you with your parents a lot?
5 Where you before you got this
job?
6 She long hair, but now she prefers it short.
7 I fish, but I love it now.
8 There a park here before they built those
office buildings.
3 Complete the sentences with used to or the simple past
form of the verbs in parentheses if used to is not possible.
1 Did you a school uniform? (wear)
2 I my arm when I was eight. I was ten. (not
break)
3 I badly behaved in school. (be)
4 My parents a lot of money. (not earn)
5 I a $50 bill on the sidewalk one day. (find)
6 My grandma listening to the radio. (love)
7 I a lot of computer games when I was a
teenager. (play)
8 The first movie I at a theater was Titanic. (see)
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
5C The passive
Sentences can be either active or passive. 1 Write sentences in the simple present or past passive.
Active: My brother wrote this book. 1 English / speak / here (simple present)
Passive: This book was written by my brother. English is spoken here.
We use the active sentence to focus on the person who does the action. 2 This guitar / play / by Jimi Hendrix (simple past)

My brother wrote this book.
3 The soup / make / with fresh vegetables (simple present)
We use the passive sentence to focus on the action itself or on the thing the action
affects. 4 When / the photos / take? (simple past)
This book was written by my brother.
We also use the passive when we don’t know who does/did the action or it isn’t 5 Who / the movie / direct / by? (simple past)
important.
6 Credit cards / not accept / here (simple present)
These coffeemakers are made in Italy.

My wallet was stolen yesterday.
We form the simple present passive with am/is/are + past participle of the main verb. 2 Rewrite the sentences in the passive.
We form the simple past passive with was/were + past participle of the main verb. 1 More than 162 million people use eBay.
Simple present passive: Toyota cars are built in Japan. eBay .
Simple past passive: The buildings were destroyed five years ago. 2 The Channel Tunnel connects Britain and France.
Britain and France .
To say who does/did the action, we use by.
3 Facebook bought WhatsApp for $22 billion.
Lots of hotel towels are taken by tourists as souvenirs. WhatsApp .
This building was designed in 1985, by a Chinese architect. 4 Steven Spielberg didn’t direct Jurassic World.
To form questions, we put the verb be before the subject. Jurassic World .
Is your watch made of gold? 5 They make sushi with rice and raw fish.
When was the book written? Sushi .
Who was the music sung by? 6 Did Tolstoy write War and Peace?
Was .
5.12 Simple present passive Simple past passive
3 Complete the text with the active or passive form of the
The soccer games are played in The movie was directed by verbs in parentheses.
+
the evening. Steven Spielberg.
The painting isn’t signed by the Chess wasn’t invented in Europe.
–
artist.
Are these cookies made with Were the workers paid last month? Treasure Detectives is a
? British TV show and it
butter?
1 (watch) by more
Y/N Yes, they are. / No, they aren't. Yes, they were. / No, they weren’t.
than 300,000 viewers.
Each week, two different
objects 2 (examine)
very carefully by experts
to find out if they are valuable treasures or copies of
original works.
Robert Darvell 3 (contact) the show and
4 (ask) them to help him find out more about a
painting he had. Robert’s father 5 (buy) a box of
objects, which included a small painting, for £30 at an
auction in 2003. The painting 6 (keep) in a drawer
for many years and eventually it 7 (give) to Robert.
After almost a year, Robert 8 (tell) the truth about
the painting on live TV. The experts 9 (say) it was
by the English artist, John Constable, and it was worth
about £250,000! He was surprised, but very happy.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
6A Past perfect

We use the past perfect to describe an action that happened before another action 1 Match the two parts to make sentences.
in the past. 1 Sofia had seen the movie before
I arrived at the meeting late because I’d missed the train. 2 Jeff felt very bad because
Justine hadn’t studied for the exam, so she failed it. 3 Susana hadn’t had lunch, so
Had you met Sergio before you started the job? 4 Paul had grown a beard, so
We form the past perfect with had + the past participle of the main verb. 5 When I got to the station,
6 Anna had finished the report when
6.5 Past perfect a I got to work this morning.
+ He’d forgotten his wallet, so he couldn’t buy anything. b she felt very hungry.
c and she said it wasn’t very good.
– We hadn’t tried ceviche before we visited Peru.
d the bus had already left.
? Had you trained a lot before you ran the marathon? e I didn’t recognize him.
Y/N Yes, I had. / No, I hadn’t. f he’d forgotten his niece’s birthday.
2 Complete the conversations with the past perfect form

Look! The contracted form of the past perfect is the same as the contracted of the verbs in parentheses.
form of would.
1 A Why did they walk to college today?
I’d seen him before. = I had seen him before.
B They (have) a problem with the car.
I’d see him if I could. = I would see him if I could.
2 A you (hear) about the
problems at the airport before you left?
Narrative tenses B No, I hadn’t. Luckily, they (not make)
any changes to my flight.
We usually use the past perfect with the simple past and the past continuous to
3 A Rita bought me a book for my birthday, but I
show when actions happened.
(read) it before.
When I got home, my husband cooked the dinner. B It’s my fault. She bought it because I
dinner (recommend) it to her.
4 A Was Grandma pleased that the kids
(draw) a picture for her?
B Yes, she was. They (not do) one for her
I got home
before.
When I got home, my husband was cooking dinner. 5 A Ricky (look) everywhere
before he canceled his credit card?
dinner
B No, he (not look) in his sports bag. He
found it there this morning.
I got home 3 Complete the text with the simple past, past continuous,
or past perfect form of the verbs in parentheses.
When I got home, my husband had cooked dinner.
dinner On April 21, 1980, Rosie Ruiz
1 (cross) the finish line
of the Boston Marathon with a time
of 2:31:56−the fastest female time in
I got home
Boston Marathon history. However,
when she 2 (receive)
the winner’s medal, some judges
3 (become) suspicious
because she 4 (not sweat)
very much. Then two students 5 (say) that they
6 (see) her join the race half a mile from the finish line.
Later, photographer Susan Morrow said she 7 (meet)
Ruiz while she 8 (ride) on the subway in her running
clothes at the time of the New York marthon, six months earlier.
The judges 9 (discover) that Ruiz 10 (do)
the same thing to win the Boston Marathon.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
6C Reported speech
When someone speaks, we call what they say "direct speech." When we talk about 1 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
what they said afterward, we call it "reported speech." 1 My teacher said / told me that my English was improving.
"I don’t like the website." ⇨ My boss said that he didn’t like the website. 2 The doctor said / told you had to stay in bed.
"We reserved a room." ⇨ They told me that they had reserved a room. 3 Victor said / told he had made a big mistake.
We use the verbs say and tell to report speech. We use tell with a noun or a pronoun 4 Someone said / told us that you had started a blog.
when we want to say who the person was speaking to. We can add that to reported 5 They said / told everyone they would win the game.
speech sentences. 6 The newsreader said / told that scientists had discovered
a new planet.
"I’m sorry." ⇨ He said (that) he was sorry.
⇨ He told me (that) he was sorry. 2 Rewrite these sentences in reported speech.
The tense of the verb usually changes when we report speech. 1 "I’ll see you on Tuesday."
My mom told me .
Direct speech Reported speech 2 "It’s not going to rain this week."
simple present ⇨ simple past The weather forecaster said .
present continuous ⇨ past continuous 3 "I’ve never eaten curry."
simple past ⇨ past perfect Julieta said .
4 "We saw your brother at the airport."
present perfect ⇨ past perfect
They told me .
past perfect ⇨ past perfect
5 "I hadn’t heard the news."
am/is/are going to ⇨ was/were going to Bobby said .
will ⇨ would 6 "I can’t come to your wedding."
can ⇨ could Ravi told me .
7 "I’m waiting for a phone call."
Look! We also change pronouns and possessive adjectives in reported speech. My boss said .
"I sold my car to Lenny." ⇨ He said that he’d sold his car to Lenny. 8 "I don’t get much exercise."
"We’ll send you the letter." ⇨ They said they’d send me the letter. Sandra said .
3 Write the direct speech for the reported sentences.
6.12 Direct speech Reported speech
"I drink too much coffee." ⇨ She told me she drank too
simple present
much coffee.
present "We’re studying for the exam." ⇨ They said they were
continuous studying for the exam.
"Karl didn’t go to the store." ⇨ She said Karl hadn’t gone
simple past
to the store.
"I haven’t been to Paris." ⇨ He said he hadn’t been to
present perfect
Paris.
"We’d seen the movie before." ⇨ They said they’d seen the
past perfect
movie before.
"Michelle is going to drive ⇨ He said Michelle was going
going to
home." to drive home.
"I’ll open the letter." ⇨ He told me he’d open the
will
letter. 1 Sheila and Harold said that they wanted to tell me their
"Ruby can’t swim." ⇨ They told him Ruby news.
can
couldn’t swim.
2 They told me that they’d been on a trip to Egypt.

3 They said they’d been excited because they’d never
been there before.

4 Sheila said that she’d never ride a camel again.

5 Harold told me he was going to go back next year.

▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
7A -ing and infinitive verb patterns

We often use two verbs together. The form of the second verb changes depending 1 Choose the correct form of the verbs to complete the
on the first verb. sentences.
I want to learn a new language. 1 Have you finished to clean / cleaning the kitchen?
I enjoy learning new languages. 2 Josh arranged to meet / meeting Natasha at the theater.
After some verbs, we use the infinitive. 3 She promised to do / doing her homework.
4 I don’t mind to wait / waiting for you.
7.2 infinitive 5 They agreed to fix / fixing my dishwasher.
6 You should learn to use / using the computer.
decide She decided to travel the world.
7 We didn’t expect to see / seeing them again.
arrange We’ve arranged to meet at the airport. 8 He spent the whole morning to sunbathe / sunbathing.
expect I expect to have the results next week. 9 Our teacher keeps to give / giving us lots of homework.
forget Marcus forgot to buy any paper for the printer. 10 She offered to help / helping me with my English.
11 David suggested to cancel / canceling the meeting.
hope He hopes to be here soon.
12 Don’t forget to bring / bringing warm clothes.
agree They haven’t agreed to lower the price.
can afford He can’t afford to go on vacation. 2 Complete the conversation with the correct form of the
The driver managed to stop the train. verbs in parentheses.
manage
learn I’m learning to speak Italian. Julia Felipe and I have
offer They offered to pay for the meal. decided 1
(move) back to Brazil.
plan We’re planning to open a new office.
Patricia's trying to finish the project on time. Sophie Really? I thought you
try
liked 2 (live)
want My sister wants to find a new job.
in France.
would like I’d like to take a break now.
Julia Yes, but we miss 3 (see)
promise Saul promised to help me with the work. our families and we’d like 4
(have) our own house. We could never
After other verbs, we use the -ing form.
afford 5 (buy) a place in
7.3 -ing form Paris.
Sophie When are you planning 6
imagine Can you imagine living until you’re 150?
(leave)?
feel like I feel like staying in bed all day.
Julia Well, we don't want 7
enjoy My son enjoys visiting his grandparents. (wait) too long, so we expect
8 (go) some time in the
suggest They’ve suggested installing some new software.
I spend a lot of time getting to work. next couple of months. I’ve already
spend (time)
managed 9 (find) a job, and
miss She misses seeing her friends.
Felipe is hoping 10 (get) one
finish Tony’s finished building the wall. soon.
hate I hate being late. Sophie It won’t be the same here without you.
keep Jorge keeps making mistakes. Do you promise 11 (stay) in
like He doesn’t like cooking dinner. touch?
love I love playing golf. Julia Yes, of course. And if you and Dan feel
can’t stand Ramon can't stand sleeping in a tent. like 12 (come) to Brazil on
vacation, you’d be very welcome at
mind They don’t mind getting up early.
our home in Rio.
look forward to I‘m looking forward to seeing you at the party.
Sophie That sounds great. Don’t forget
13 (give) me your e-mail
Look! After some verbs, we can use the infinitive or the -ing form, with no address before you go.
difference in meaning, e.g., start and continue.
Julia Don’t worry, I won’t. We’re trying
It has started to rain. It has started raining. 14 (plan) a party before
He continued to study. He continued studying.
we go so that we can say goodbye to
everyone. Do you want 15
(come)?
Sophie I hate 16 (say) goodbye to
people, but yes, I’d love to come!
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
7C Articles
We use articles (a, an, or the) before nouns. Sometimes we don’t need to use 1 Complete the sentences with a/an, the, or – (no article).
an article. 1 We usually go to movies once or twice
month.
7.13 articles 2 I bought new car yesterday, but this morning
Indefinite article a/an I have a pet dog and a pet cat. engine won’t start.
The dog is much bigger than the cat. 3 He’s one of five brothers. youngest brother is
Definite article the
doctor.
No article I love animals, especially dogs and cats.
4 She flew from Venezuela to U.S.
5 Are you really scared of spiders?
We use the indefinite article a/an: 6 How long have you played piano?
• to talk about a person or thing for the first time. 7 Neil Armstrong was first man on moon.
I have two children–a boy and a girl. 8 I hope you both find happiness together.
9 What did you have for breakfast this morning?
• to talk about a person’s job.
We have
10 dinner together three times year.
My sister’s an engineer.
She got
11 home from work and went straight to
• in expressions of frequency or measurement. bed.
I see him once a week. 12
Friday is busiest day of week for us.
The fish costs $10 a kg.
2 Correct the mistakes or check (✓) the sentences if they
We use the definite article the:
are already correct.
• if we have already mentioned the person or thing, or we know which one
1 Is she student?
is referred to.
2 I’m staying in bed this morning.
The boy is named Alex, and the girl is named Lucy.
3 Why don’t you ask her out for lunch?
• if there is only one of the thing. 4 Excuse me, where is museum?
The sun is setting. 5 It's beautiful day today.
I’ll check on the Internet. 6 The life is hard sometimes.
• before some countries, especially if they have two words or are plural. 7 Our taxi driver was from Mexico.
I live in the U.S., but my brother lives in the Philippines. 8 I went to bank this morning.
• for specific places in a town. 9 My wife has never liked tomatoes.
I went to the bank / the movie theater / the grocery store. It’s best present I’ve ever received.
10
• for musical instruments. 3 Complete the text with a/an, the, or – (no article).
She plays the guitar.
• for superlatives.
He’s the fastest runner in the world.
We don’t use an article:
• to talk about things in general (plural and uncountable nouns).
Dogs are my favorite animals.
Pollution is a big problem today.
• for some places we visit regularly.
I’m not going to work today.
He’s working at home.
She had to go to college.
• for meals, days of the week, months, and years.
On Tuesday, I’m having lunch with Jack. Hexoskin is 1 Canadian company founded in
2 2006. It wanted to create 3 clothes that could
August is my favourite month.
record 4 information about our bodies. That’s why they
developed 5 smart shirt that contains lots of sensors.
6 sensors collect data about the wearer’s movements,
heart rate, and breathing and send it to 7 computer.
Ariane Lavigne is 8 Olympic athlete who uses it, and
she says 9 technology gives her 10 advantage over
other snowboarders.
▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
8A Defining relative clauses

We use relative clauses to say which person, thing, or place we are talking about. 1 Complete the sentences with who, that, or where.
He’s the actor who was Sherlock Holmes on TV. 1 She opened the box arrived this morning.
It’s a machine that bakes bread. 2 This is the nightclub Nicola met her
That’s the restaurant where I used to work. boyfriend.
We use the relative pronouns who or that to talk about people. 3 There’s a meeting at 2:00 p.m. for all employees
work in the sales department.
The man who sits next to me at work was sick today.
4 The office she spends most of her time is
I saw the woman that works at the post office in the park.
in Kuala Lumpur.
We use the relative pronouns that to talk about things. 5 The person started this company is now a
There are companies that plan weddings for people. millionaire.
Louise enjoys movies that make her laugh. 6 My father-in-law doesn’t like movies are
In some cases it is possible to omit that entirely. too violent.
This is the sweater (that) he gave me for my birthday. 2 Add the correct words: who, that, or where. Then
match the two parts to make sentences.
We use where to talk about places.
1 An umbrella is something that f
I want to visit the stadium where our team plays soccer.
2 A DJ is someone
Jorge works in the hospital where I was born.
3 A hospital is a place
4 A credit card is something
8.2 defining relative clauses
5 An enemy is a person
He’s the teacher who taught me English. 6 A passport is a document
To describe people
Did you see the children that were singing? 7 A department store is somewhere
That’s the dog that bit me on the leg. 8 A selfie stick is something
To describe things
I bought the flowers (that) she likes. 9 A single parent is someone
To describe places I’ll meet you in the square where we met last time. 10 A prison is a place
a you go when you’re sick.
b you use when you travel abroad.
Look! Who, that, and where refer to a person, thing, or place that’s already c you use to take a photo of yourself.
been mentioned so we don’t need to use another word again. d brings up a child without a partner.
Snakes are the animals that they kill most people each year. e criminals are sent.
I’d prefer to see the doctor who she saw me last time. f you use when it rains.
Ronald went to the movie theater where we saw the Star Wars movie there. g plays music in a club or on the radio.
h you can buy lots of different things.
i someone hates.
j you use instead of cash to buy things.
3 Combine the pairs of sentences using who, where,

that, or no relative pronoun. Remember not to use
words that aren’t necessary.
1 That’s the restaurant. We’re going there tonight.
That’s the restaurant where we’re going tonight.
2 I know the man. He lives in that house.

3 Did you enjoy the movie? You watched it last night.

4 They’re the neighbors. They have lots of parties.

5 We've reserved a room in the hotel. We stayed there
last summer.

6 My sister-in-law works for a company. It develops
apps.

▲
GRAMMAR PRACTICE
8C Uses of the -ing form and the

infinitive 1 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
1 Before to say / saying anything, please just listen to me.
2 She wants a better job to earn / for earning more money.
We use the -ing form after prepositions. In the negative, not goes before
3 He’s afraid of to disappoint / disappointing his father.
the -ing form.
4 To share / Sharing photos is easy with Instagram.
Thanks for inviting me to your wedding. 5 I’m really sorry for to miss / missing your party.
I’m bored with not going out. 6 I’m delighted to tell / telling you that we’re getting married.
He's worried about failing his exam. 7 To speak / Speaking another language is really useful in
We also use the -ing form as the subject or object of a sentence. The -ing form business.
functions as a noun. 8 She’s pleased not to work / not working for that company.
Keeping in touch is so easy these days. 9 He asked me to take care of / taking care of his plants.
Reading is a great way to improve your English. 10 We thought about not to go / not going to the wedding.
Not drinking soft drinks has helped me to lose weight. 2 Write sentences in the present tense using the -ing form or
John doesn't enjoy reading. the infinitive.
I love dancing.
1 Drink / too much coffee / not be / good for you
We use the infinitive after adjectives. In the negative, not goes before the to. Drinking too much coffee isn’t good for you.
I’m amazed to hear that they’re going out with each other. 2 She really / enjoy / go to the movies
She was disappointed to lose the tennis match.
It’s impossible not to laugh when you watch this movie. 3 It / not be / expensive / eat / here
We also use the infinitive to say why we do something (to express the purpose).
4 She / not be / afraid of / make mistakes
I went shopping to buy a new pair of shoes.

She left the office to meet a friend.
5 Cook / with friends / be / a nice way to relax
They’re saving all of their money to get married.

Look! We use for + -ing form to explain the function of things, but we 6 We / delighted / hear your news
use the infinitive to explain the purpose of actions.
Function: This button is for turning up the volume. 7 He / not be / very good at / stay in touch
Purpose: You press this button to turn up the volume.
8 I / go / to the gym / stay in shape

8.6 -ing form/infinitive
3 Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in
After prepositions I’m interested in buying a new laptop.
the box.
As subject/object Riding a bike is a great way to stay in shape.
of a sentence I love riding my bike. be work study get act
After adjectives It’s easy to forget he’s only eighteen.
To express a purpose We have to leave soon to get there on time.
1 happily married for over 50 years isn’t easy, but that’s

what Paul Newman and Joanne Woodward were. In 1950,
Paul was working for his family’s business, but he was more
interested in 2 , so at the age of 25, he went to Yale
University 3 drama. He was lucky 4 a job as an
actor in a play named Picnic, where he first met Joanne. After
5 together on the movie The Long Hot Summer, they
got married. And the rest, as they say, is history.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
1A Health and medicine

1 1.1 Complete the problems 1–16 with the words in the box. Listen and check.
stomachache backache broke nosebleed burned cold cough cut

earache flu headache hurts sore throat stressed temperature toothache
1 I burned my hand. 2 I have a cold . 3 I cut my finger. 4 I broke my leg.
5 I have a nosebleed . 6 I have a sore throat . 7 I have a temperature . 8 I have a cough .
9 I have a backache . 10 I have an earache . 11 I have a stomachache. 12 I have a headache .
13 I’m stressed . 14 My knee hurts . 15 I have the flu . 16 I have a toothace .
2 Match problems 1–9 with possible solutions in the box. There may be more than one answer.
1 I don’t feel well. I have a stomachache.
2 Those boxes were heavy. I have a backache now! see a doctor call a friend
3 Ooh! I have a sore throat. take some pills put some ice / cold water on it
4 I’m worried about my nosebleeds. rest in bed have some hot lemon and honey
5 I have a terrible headache. go lie down talk to your boss
6 I feel awful. I think I have the flu. have some chicken soup put some cream on it
7 I’m stressed about work. go to bed early every night eat healthy food
8 I burned my hand yesterday. It still hurts.
9 My foot hurts. I fell getting out of the car!
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
1B Collocations with do, make, have, and take

1 1.5 Complete the diagrams with do, make, have, or take. Listen and check.
a break a chance a good time a talk
1 a nap 3
your time a deep breath an argument some tea/coffee
a decision something Pilates

a list
2 an excuse 4
a mistake an effort your best your homework
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs do, make, have, or take.
1 I a bad argument with my parents last night. 5 To relax, she Pilates every day after work.
2 Alvin always finishes his work late and an excuse. 6 We a great time when we went to California.
3 If you want to make good sushi, you have to your time. 7 Lisa her best, but she failed the exam.
4 Don’t any mistakes or you'll have to start over. 8 I don’t have a reservation, but I’m going to a chance and go.
Go back to page 6
▲
2A Phrasal verbs
1 2.1 Match sentences 1–8 with the pictures a–h . Listen and check.
1 Can I turn on the air-conditioning?
2 I’m going to find out who did this.
3 Oh no! We've run out of milk!
4 Why did the car break down here?
a b
5 Please throw away the empty bottles.
6 Can you fill up the car with gasoline, please?
7 You should clean up your bedroom.
8 I’m going to look up the word in a dictionary.
2 2.2 Match the phrasal verbs in bold with their meanings a–h.
Listen and check.
1 I don’t want to go on with the course. It’s boring. a wait
c d
2 If you want to get in shape you should take up running. b continue
3 I’m going to take care of my sister’s children tonight. c stop
4 You need to fill out this form to get a passport. d start
5 Can you give back the money you owe me? e return
6 You should give up smoking. It’s bad for you. f be with
7 If you hold on for five minutes, I’ll come, too. g complete
8 The snow will soon turn into water. h become
e f
3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the phrasal verbs.
1 My car is awful. It every month!
2 Yesterday, I that I’m going to get a pay raise.
3 I’m going to this pen. It’s broken.
4 It rained at first, but then it a beautiful day.
5 Two years ago, Colin milk for health reasons.
6 The store size 8 jeans yesterday. g h
7 Can you my cat while I’m away on vacation?
8 I'm on my way! Please, for another five minutes.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
1C Emotions and feelings

1 1.10 Look at the pictures. Match sentences 1–12 with people a–l. Listen and check.
f
a
b
g
c
d
e
1 Roberto feels very confident. He thinks he’ll get the job. 5 Kevin’s very proud of his expensive new car.
2 Mr. Wallace doesn’t like his job. He looks miserable. 6 Joe’s envious of Kevin’s car. He can’t afford a new one.
3 Karen isn’t worried about the interview. She’s very calm today. 7 Mr. Reeves has made a lot of money. He’s delighted.
4 Peter hates interviews. He gets very nervous. 8 Sally’s very upset because she had a car accident.

1 I studied really hard for this exam. I’m proud / confident /
delighted I will pass.
2 Claire’s really calm / guilty / upset because her boss invited
k
everyone to a party except her.
3 Patrick borrowed his neighbor’s coffeemaker and broke it.
He feels really guilty / envious / miserable.
4 I was cheerful / delighted / confident when I got a pay raise and a
j
promotion at work.
l 5 I moved to the city last year. I see lots of people, but I still feel
envious / confident / lonely sometimes.
6 My son won a writing competition. I’m very proud / confident /
delighted of him.
i 7 My neighbor finishes work at 2:00 p.m. every day. I sometimes feel
really upset / envious / guilty of her!
8 When she listens to classical music, she always feels very cheerful /
confident / calm.
9 Jo doesn't like public speaking, but she’s going to give a presentation
this afternoon. She's really lonely / nervous / upset.
10 I feel miserable / jealous / guilty. My train was late, I lost my phone,
9 Vikram loves his job. He’s very cheerful today.

and now it's starting to rain!
11 Malika's son is only 3 years old. He gets guilty / lonely / jealous when
10 Lucia forgot Jess’s birthday, and is one hour late. She feels guilty.
11 Jess is celebrating her birthday by herself. She feels very lonely.
she plays with her friends' children.
12 My boss was very cheerful / delighted / proud today. She was singing
12 Mr. Lee’s jealous. He doesn’t like his wife talking to Vincent.
a song when she came into the office.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
2C The natural world

1A Match the landscapes in the box with pictures 1–3.
mountains rainforest coast
B 2.7 Match the words with the natural features a–r. Listen and check.
river f
stream a 1 rainforest
rocks e d
branch d
roots c
e
wildlife b
c f
b
a
cliff g
2 coast
ocean k i
waves l j
shore h g
lightning j k
thunderstorm i
h l
cave n
3 mountains o
peak o m
valley p
waterfall r p
lake q r
sunrise/sunset m
q
2 Cross out the word that is incorrect in each sentence. 3 Complete the sentences with words a–h.
1 I took a photo of the sunset / sunrise / roots because the sky was 1 One of the driest places in the world is Death . a River
so pink. 2 In Acapulco, people dive into the ocean from high . b coast
2 We saw a snake sitting on a branch / rock / stream. 3 Cairo is on the banks of the Nile . c lake
3 You can drink the water from the ocean / a river / a stream. 4 Niagara is an amazing in the U.S. and Canada. d lightning
4 You can hear the cave / thunder / waterfall from a long way away. 5 Every year, we drive along the Atlantic . e cliffs
5 He believes there are bears living in the root / cave / valley. 6 Surfers love going to Hawaii for its giant . f Valley
6 My feet got wet while I was walking along the lake / shore / wildlife. 7 In 1963, a plane crashed when hit it. g waves
7 She wants to climb up this cliff / peak / wave, but it’s very difficult. 8 They say the Loch Ness Monster lives in a h waterfall
8 We didn’t expect to see a thunderstorm / ocean / wildlife on our in Scotland.
trip to the mountains.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
3A City features
1 3.1 Match the words in the box with the pictures 1–14. Listen and check.
apartment building crosswalk streetlight street sign sidewalk bike lane

fountain tunnel intersection bridge bench trash can statue traffic lights
1 4 8 9 12
2 5 10 13
3 6 7 11 14
2 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences. 5 There’s a big statue / fountain of a horse in the main square.
1 The quickest way downtown is to go through the bridge / tunnel. 6 Follow the street signs / sidewalk to get to the national museum.
2 He stopped because the streetlights / traffic light was red. 7 I don’t like my bike here, there are no apartment buildings / bike lanes.
3 Use the crosswalk / trash can—this street is dangerous. 8 Go down this street and turn right at the intersection / trash cans.
4 This area is really dirty. I think it’s because there aren’t any benches /
trash cans.
Go back to page 22
▲
3B Transportation
1 3.6 Match the words in the box with the definitions. Listen 2 3.7 Match the sentences. Listen and check.
and check. 1 The trains never arrive a I'm going into town anyway.
on time. b That’s why I always have my
parking lot commuter delayed on time parking space
2 It takes me nearly two breakfast on the way.
passenger platform public transportation rush hour traffic jam
hours to get to work. c You'll find one outside the
1 The trains, subways, and buses people use to travel. 3 Can I give you a ride to station.
2 The area in a station where you get on and off a train. the mall? d I usually miss one of them!
3 A person traveling, but not driving. 4 I work at a local school, e Last week I waited almost
4 Someone who travels to work each day. so I usually walk 50 minutes on the platform.
5 An area or building where people leave their cars. 5 I prefer to ride my bike f I always talk to people on
6 The time of day when most people are driving. into town. the way.
7 A place where you can leave a single car. 6 You need to start out g You're always late for work!
8 Slow or late. earlier. h It’s faster than walking and
9 A long line of cars that move very slowly. 7 It’s much quicker to go there are good bike lanes.
10 Not early or late. by taxi.
8 I have to take a bus and
the subway to work.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
4A Food and drink

tomato sauce beef shrimp cereal cucumber salmon lettuce peppers fruit juice pineapple
strawberry lamb tuna cabbage coconut turkey flour peach eggplant apple pie
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20
2 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
strawberries tuna cucumber coconut shrimp fruit juice beef lettuce apple pie tomato sauce flour cereal
1 For breakfast, I usually have a bowl of and a glass of 6 My grandmother is going to bake an for dessert tonight.
. 7 I'm going to make sushi tonight, so I need some rice and .
2 It's easy to bake bread. You just need , water, and salt. 8 She always has a salad with tomatoes, , and
3 I'm allergic to seafood, I can't eat . for lunch.
4 The simplest pizza only has and cheese on top. 9 In the summer, I love eating and cream!
5 It's difficult to open the shell of a , but the milk inside is 10 I ate some amazing steaks in Argentina.
delicious.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
4C Adjectives to describe food

1 4.8 Complete the descriptions 1–8 with the words in the box. Listen and check.
spicy unhealthy tasty raw fresh crunchy salty delicious sour

disgusting healthy vegetarian bitter burned creamy sweet
1 You can’t eat that 2 Sashimi is made with 3 I don’t eat meat, so I ordered 4 I know French fries are
toast. It will taste ! fish. There’s not a curry, but it was , but mmm! They’re
much fat or salt, so it’s very so I had to drink very !
. a lot of water!
5 I don’t like black coffee—it's 6 In Morocco, they make tea 7 You can’t eat these snacks 8 Oh no! I can’t use this milk, It's
too . I prefer a with mint and quietly; they're too a little . My cake has
hot chocolate. lots of sugar, so it’s very . They’re , to be to win the
. too, but perfect with a cold drink. competition.

1 A Do you remember those tacos we ate in Mexico that were full 4 A What’s lassi?
of chilli peppers? B Oh, you’ll love it! It’s a disgusting / bitter / creamy drink from
B I’ll never forget that. They were so burned / spicy / crunchy that India made with yogurt.
I started crying! 5 A I have some lettuce, cucumbers, and red peppers in the
2 A How often do you go to the supermarket? refrigerator.
B Hardly ever. I think the market is the best place to buy fresh / B Great! Then we can make a nice crunchy / creamy / salty salad
raw / spicy ingredients. for lunch.
3 A Is something wrong with your cake? 6 A Do you like lemon juice?
B Yes, I used too much sugar and now it’s too salty / tasty / sweet. B No, I don’t. It's too spicy / sour / raw for me.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
5A Money verbs
1 5.3 Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Listen 2 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
and check. 1 Oh no, I’ve forgotten my wallet. Can you borrow / lend / owe me
some money?
owe borrow can afford charge cost earn get paid
2 I can’t go out tonight. I don’t earn / afford / get paid until next week.
be worth own pay back save spend waste lend
3 Excuse me, how much does this jacket cost / worth / charge?
1 Excuse me, how much does this necklace ? 4 I spend / waste / save almost half of my money on rent every month.
2 In my opinion, soccer clubs too much for tickets. 5 If you give me $200, I’ll borrow / owe / pay back the money next week.
3 Waiters can a lot of money from tips. 6 I bought the guitar for $500, but it’s now worth / cost / earn almost
4 Can you me $50 until I get paid next week? double that.
5 He has a rare 1950s Rolex watch. It must a fortune! 7 My car is very old, but I can’t spend / afford / own to buy a new one
6 As well as their apartment in London, they a house in right now.
Hollywood. 8 When I finish college, I will owe / lend / charge the bank more than
7 They most of their money on clothes. $10,000.
8 How much money do you to the bank each month? 9 I shouldn’t go out this month. I need to charge / earn / save for a new
9 The car isn’t ours yet. We still the bank $5,000. computer.
10 I’ve left all my money at home. Can I $20, please? 10 Why did you pay back / waste / earn all your money on these comic books?
11 Don’t your money on lottery tickets—you’ll never win!
12 He's trying to for an expensive trip next summer.
13 She’s so rich that she to buy anything she wants.
14 We normally on the last day of the month. Go back to page 41
5B Shopping ▲
1 5.5 Choose the correct verbs to complete the sentences. Listen and check.
1 Can I pay by / pay with credit 2 I’d like to exchange / return 3 Can I try on / fit these shoes, 4 You can deliver / order
card, or do I have to this jacket−it’s too big. Can please? I need to know how furniture online. Then the
pay on / pay with cash? I exchange / return it for a they try on / fit me. company will deliver / order it
smaller one, please? to your house.
2 5.6 Match the words in the box with the definitions 1–12. Listen 3 Match the two parts to make sentences.
and check. 1 I’m going to try on these jeans
2 I’m sorry, I can’t give you a refund
dressing room bargain receipt discount sales cash
3 You can stand in this line for the cash register
refund cash register window shopping department store
4 This morning I went window shopping
line shopping center
5 I bought this handbag on sale for $15;
1 A product that a store sells at a very good price. 6 I bought it at the department store because
2 A piece of paper that shows you have bought something. 7 If I pay with cash,
3 A time when a store sells things at a lower price than usual. 8 I ordered these online last week,
4 The place in a store where you can try on clothes. a can you offer me a discount?
5 A place where people stand to wait for something. b in the dressing room.
6 The place where you pay for things in a store. c but you can only pay by credit card.
7 The money that is returned when a product isn’t suitable. d it was a real bargain!
8 An amount or percentage off the usual price. e if there’s a problem, I can easily return it.
9 Money in the form of bills and coins. f but I’d like to exchange them for a different color.
10 Looking at products in stores without buying anything. g if you don’t have the receipt.
11 A large store with areas selling different types of products. h in the shopping mall.
12 A covered area with different stores.
▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
6A Sports and competitions

1 6.2 Look at the soccer scores. Complete the text with the
verbs in the box in the correct form. Listen and check.
win beat score lose tie
On May 28, 2016, Real Madrid 1 their rivals, Atlético,

in the final of the UEFA Champions League. Ramos 2 a
goal first, but 65 minutes later, Carrasco managed to score again
to 3 the game 1–1. After extra time, Real Madrid was
lucky to 4 the game on penalties. Atlético was very
disappointed to 5 because in 2014, they had also Real Madrid 1 – 1 Atlético
lost to Real Madrid in the final. Ramos (15) Carrasco (79)
Look! We use win for a competition or award, and we use (5-3 on penalties)
beat for another team or opponent.
Real Madrid won the Champions League.
Real Madrid beat Atlético.
2 6.3 Match the words in the box with the pictures 1–10. Listen
and check.
athlete crowd player medal race referee

spectator umpire trophy game
3 6.4 Read sentences. 1—4. Match the verbs in bold with 1 2

definitions a–d. Listen and check.
1 Over 200 countries take part in the Olympic Games every
four years.
2 It’s difficult to cheat in sports events, but some athletes
still try.
3 Before you play any sports, you should always warm up.
4 I couldn’t finish the marathon. I had to give up after 3 4
20 kilometers.
a break the rules to try to win a game or pass a test
b stop doing something because it’s too difficult
c play in a game or competition
d do special exercises to prepare your body for sports
4 Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. 5 6

1 The referee / umpire showed three soccer players the red card.
2 I was injured because I didn’t give up / warm up before the game.
3 My grandfather won a bronze medal / race in the Olympic Games.
4 The L.A. Lakers beat / won the Chicago Bulls by 123 to 118.
5 Serena Williams is a very successful athlete / referee.
6 Your team cheated / scored. This competition is for under 16-year-
olds, but three of your players are 17 years old. 7 8
7 We tied / lost 0–0. It was a really boring game.
8 My sister was in the stadium, so when I watched the game on TV,
I looked for her in the crowd / spectator.
9 The 100-meter match / race is my favorite part of the Olympics.
10 I’m terrible at tennis. I beat / lost my last match 0–6, 0–6, 0–6!
9 10

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
6C Parts of the body

1 6.9 Match parts of the body a–x with the words 1–24. Listen and check.
h
i
g
b
c
d e
f
1 foot 2 knee 3 toes 4 ankle 5 finger 6 wrist 7 elbow 8 hand

9 arm 10 thumb
s
r
p
o
n v
t
m u
l w
k x
11 neck 12 cheek 13 chest 14 lips 19 heart 20 brain 21 stomach

15 back 16 chin 17 forehead 18 shoulder 22 skin 23 muscle 24 bone
2 Cross out the word that is incorrect in each sentence. 5 This shirt doesn’t fit me because I have a big chin / neck / chest.
1 I got injured playing football, and now I can’t move 6 It’s impossible for me to run a marathon because of my bad ankle /
my cheeks / elbow / shoulder. fingers / knee.
2 She can’t walk because she’s hurt her ankle / brain / toes. 7 Put this cream on your lips / muscles / bones if they hurt.
3 I can’t write because something is wrong with my fingers / lips / 8 You need to have a scan at the hospital to be able to see your bones /
wrist. heart / forehead well.
4 It was so cold, she was wearing a scarf around her elbow / neck / 9 In a warm-up, you have to stretch your chin / arms / muscles.
shoulders.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
7A Household items
oven sink blanket cushion dishwasher trash can comforter pillow refrigerator iron rug sheets stove
faucet air-conditioning washing machine carpet chest of drawers central heating closet
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20

1 Can you put these glasses in the trash can / sink, please? They’re dirty.
2 We need new pillows / cushions for the sofa. What color would you like?
3 Let’s move the rug / carpet to the middle of the room.
4 Could you turn on the air-conditioning / central heating? It’s cold in here.
5 We have a new dishwasher / washing machine. My shirts are really clean these days!
6 Help me make the bed. Can you pass me the sheet / blanket to put on top?

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
7B Housework
mop the floor clear the table set the table water the plants load the dishwasher do the ironing vacuum the carpet wash the dishes
sweep the floor take out the trash make the bed dust the furniture hang out the clothes do the laundry put away the toys
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15

1 The first thing I do every morning is lay / make / change my bed. 5 Can you hang out / take out / water the clothes, please? They’re
2 You have to wash the dishes / do the laundry / hang out the clothes. very wet.
The dishwasher is broken. 6 My dog leaves hairs on the rug, so I have to vacuum / mop / clear it
3 I have lots of allergies, so if I don’t clear / do / dust the furniture every every day.
day, I start to sneeze and cough. 7 What a wonderful meal! Can you help me mop / clear / set the table?
4 These plants will die if you don’t wash / water / clear them more often. 8 My friends are coming over for dinner in twenty minutes, so I need to
clear / make / set the table.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
7C Words to describe materials and clothes

1 7.12 Complete the descriptions 1–10 with the words in the box. You will need to use some of the words more than once.
Listen and check.
denim cotton plastic leather silk fur wood glass wool metal
1 A shirt. It's 2 A coat. It's 3 Some 4 A tie. It's 5 Some

made of . made of . boots. They're made made of . shoes. They're made
of . of .
6 A 7 A 8 Some 9 A ring. 10 Some

sweater. It's made of necklace. It's made of jeans. They're made of It's made of . beads. They're made
. . . of .
2 7.13 Match the adjectives with their opposites. Listen and check.
1 plain a old-fashioned
2 formal b loose
3 stylish c striped
4 tight d casual
3 Look at the pictures. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Correct the false sentences.
1 Helen is wearing a formal jacket. 4 Joe is wearing casual clothes. 7 He has a wood tennis racket.
2 She’s wearing a silk scarf. 5 He's wearing a gray jacket. 8 He's wearing loose shorts.
3 She’s wearing tight pants. 6 He's wearing a plain tie. 9 He's wearing a plain T-shirt.

▲
VOCABULARY PRACTICE
8A Relationships
1 8.1 Put the words in the box in the correct columns. Listen and check.
cousin only child roommate employer enemy stranger twin ex-husband stepsister bride colleague neighbor
in-laws boss girlfriend groom single parent relative employee business partner classmate brother-in-law
family couple work/study home other
2 Complete the sentences with the words from exercise 1.

1 Daisy and I work in the same office. She’s my . 6 Our next-door just sold his house.
2 I’m an . I don’t have any brothers or sisters. 7 He’s very friendly. He doesn’t have an in the world.
3 Harry and Luke share an apartment. They’re . 8 Her husband died, so she’s a to Emma, her daughter.
4 Carolina got a divorce in 2013, but she still sees her . 9 This is my . We’re not identical, but we look alike.
5 It was a lovely wedding. The wore a long white dress, 10 People are really friendly here. A helped me when I was
and the wore a gray suit. lost.
Go back to page 66
▲
8C Relationship verbs
1 8.5 Complete the sentences with the simple past form of the phrases in the box. Listen and check.
stay in touch go out (together) get back together ask (someone) out fall in love get along
have (something) in common become friends get married introduce get to know go on a date break up
Couple gets back together after 30 years
Hannah Mason from the U.S. and Gustavo Friendship turned to romance when Gustavo They didn’t 11 , and that could have
Ramos from Argentina first met in 1985. 6 Hannah . They been the end of the story. But, 30 years later,
They were both traveling around Canada after 7 to Gustavo’s favorite restaurant Gustavo moved to the U.S. and contacted
graduating from college. A friend 1 in Montreal, and before long they 8 Hannah. They realized they still cared for
Gustavo to Hannah, and they immediately in . They 9 together for each other, so it wasn’t long before they
2 well. As they 3 the rest of the summer, but they 10 12 . And their story ended happily
each other better, they 4 good when Hannah returned to the U.S. and Gustavo when they 13 last year.
. They discovered that they went home to Argentina.
5 a lot in , including a
love of travel.

1 We don’t have / make / do a lot in common; in fact, we’re completely 8 They had a big argument and decided to break up / off / out.
different! 9 We were classmates, but we only became / got / came friends after
2 I think I’m falling on / in / for love. we graduated from high school.
3 Are Charlie and Sarah really leaving / going / getting out together? 10 I first became / arrived / got to know her when we worked together in
4 They’re getting marry / marriage / married next year. Istanbul.
5 Do you get along / in / out well with your brother? 11 Has Sam ever asked you out / up / off for dinner?
6 My boss introduced me with / for / to my future wife. 12 James and I are thinking of going / getting / joining back together.
7 The first date that we went to / in / on together was to a rock concert. 13 You'll have to go / have / stay in touch while you’re away.

▲
COMMUNICATION PRACTICE
1A Student A
1 Tell Student B about your problems and write down the advice 2 Student B will tell you about a problem. Give him/her some advice
that he/she gives you. using the ideas from the box and your own ideas.
Your problems Advice
get some exercise drink so much coffee eat junk food
I can’t sleep at night. eat more fruit go to bed go to the hospital
I burned my hand while go to work today lie down lose some weight
I was cooking. put a bandage on it work so hard put some cream on it
I have a bad headache. rest see a doctor talk to a friend
I have a nosebleed. stay at home take the day off work
I want to lose weight. You should … I think you should … You shouldn’t …
I don’t think you should …
1C Student A
1 Read the beginnings of sentences 1–6 to Student B. He/She will 2 Listen to the beginnings of the sentences Student B reads to you.
complete the sentences. Choose the correct ending to complete the sentence and tell him/her.
1 If I don’t feel well tomorrow morning …
… I might have a party to celebrate.
2 If it snows this weekend …
… I probably won’t get a dog.
3 If I’m invited to a costume party …
… I’ll buy some new jeans.
4 If I don’t have any homework tonight …
… I’ll take an aspirin.
5 If I have to cook dinner tonight …
… I might go to Cuba.
6 If I’m stressed at work …
… I might get a promotion.
2A Student A Have you ever … Simple past

1 on TV? (be) What show were you on?
1 Complete the Have you ever …? questions with the past participles What did you do?
of the verbs in parentheses and ask Student B. He/She will always Did many people watch the show?
answer with Yes, I have. Ask him/her the simple past questions and 2 something valuable What was it?
decide if he/she is telling the truth. by mistake? (throw away) How much was it worth?
Did you find it again?
2 Student B will ask you a Have you ever …? question. You should
3 karaoke? (sing) When did you sing karaoke?
always answer with Yes, I have. He/She will ask you more questions.
Which song did you sing?
If it is true, tell the truth. If it is not true, invent the details. Did you sing it well?
4 something and not What did you borrow?
given it back? (borrow) Who lent it to you?
Were they angry about it?
5 a dangerous animal? What kind of animal was it?
(take care of) Why did you have to take care of it?
Did you have any problems?
2C Student A
1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Decide if 2 Listen to Student B’s sentences. Decide if they are
the sentence is true or false for you. Read your sentences to Student B. true or false. He/She will tell you if you are correct.
1 If I near the ocean, I swimming every day. (live / go) B If I had more money, I’d buy a new car.
2 I a friend $50 if he/she to borrow it. (not lend / ask) A False.
3 If someone to steal my bike, I them. (try / stop) B Yes, you’re right. If I had more money, I’d go on
4 I terrified if my friends me to go mountain climbing. (be / ask) vacation.
5 If I outside in a thunderstorm, I under a tree. (be / hide)
106
3A Student A
1 Student B has recently moved to an apartment in another country. 2 You are going to Miami, Florida on vacation tomorrow. Look at your
Find out if he/she has done these things. "to do" list and answer Student B’s questions.
A Have you unpacked your things yet?
B Yes I have. The apartment looks great.
Things to do
1 unpack your things ✓ (five minutes ago−on my desk)
find my passport
2 set up the Wi-Fi ✗
pack the suitcase
3 meet your neighbors ✓ (Grand Beach Hotel, Miami)
reserve a hotel room
4 explore the local area ✓ (went to the store an hour ago)
buy some sunscreen
5 check out public transportation
ask friend to take care of pet ✗
6 open a bank account ✓(city tour & shopping)
decide what to do in Miami
3C Student A
1 Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of the verbs in the box and for 2 Listen to Student B’s sentences and tell him/her if
or since. Guess the correct options and tell Student B. He/She will tell you if you are correct. they are correct.
1 There has been a big Hollywood sign in Los
have collect be take
HOLLYWOOD FACTS
Angeles since 1923, but the first sign said
"Hollywoodland."
2 Spider-Man actor, Tobey Maguire, and Leonardo
1 The Academy Awards ceremony has place 1929.
The winner of the Best Actor award that year was an American / a German DiCaprio have known each other since they were
/ a Russian actor, Emil Jannings. children.
3 Actress Mila Kunis has played video games for
2 The actor Johnny Depp Barbie dolls / teddy bears /
many years.
toy cars his daughter was little.
4 Eva Marie Saint, who won an Oscar for On the
3 Hollywood actress Christina Ricci afraid of plants /
Waterfront in 1954, has lived in Hollywood for
spiders / flying most of her life.
over 60 years and still works as an actress.
4 The actress Angelina Jolie Chinese classes / a pilot’s
license / a pet snake more than ten years.
4A Student A
1 You are going to cook a big meal for a group of friends. Student B 2 You are going to cook a big meal for a group of friends. Tell Student B
will tell you what ingredients he/she has. Look at the list of what ingredients you have. He/She will tell you if you need more,
ingredients and use the phrases in the box to help you reply. less, or if it is enough.
I have 500 grams of shrimp.
Great, that’s enough. That’s too much. That’s too many.
That’s not enough. We (only) need …
TS
INGREDIEN
atoes
4 cans tom
f
1.5 kg. bee
ers
2 red pepp
3 onions
le
1 pineapp
wberries
500 g. stra eam
a r t o n s v a nilla ice cr
2c
juice
2 l. orange
107
4C Student A 5A Student A
1 You and Student B are starting work as cooks in a school cafeteria. 1 Complete the quiz questions with used to and the verbs in parentheses.
Guess the missing words. Student B will tell you if you are correct.
Before they were famous

SCHOOL KITCHEN GOLDEN RULES!
1 The singer, Madonna, (work) in a donut
HYGIENE shop. True or False?
1 You have to wear at all times, but you don’t 2 The actor, Brad Pitt, (dress up) as a
have to wear gloves. chicken to advertise a fast-food restaurant. True or
False?
2 You can't wear in the kitchen.
3 You have to wash your hands before starting to cook. 3 The founder of Microsoft, Bill Gates,
(sell) hot dogs at his local baseball stadium. True or
COOKING False? (He used to work as a computer programmer.)
4 You have to use in all the dishes, and you can't 4 The actor, Johnny Depp, (feed) the
use too much salt or sugar. penguins at a zoo in Kentucky. True or False? (He used
5 You have to wash all , but you don’t have to to sell pens.)
wash the meat. 5 The actor and comedian, Jim Carrey,
6 You have to throw away in the black trash cans. (live) with his family in a VW camper van. True or False?
MENU 6 The hip hop artist, Kanye West, (work)

as a salesperson in GAP. True or False?
7 You have to prepare one vegetarian dish every day.
8 You don’t have to serve on Fridays. 7 The actor, Tom Cruise, (work) as a chef
in a Chinese restaurant. True or False? (He used to work
9 On Thursdays, you have to make a curry, but you can't in a hotel, carrying luggage for guests.)
make the sauce .
10 On Wednesdays, you have to make a Chinese dish, but 8 Actress Julia Roberts and former U.S. president, Barack
Obama, (sell) ice cream. True or False?
you can't make .
2 Take turns reading your quiz questions to your partner. The correct
answers are in bold.
4D Student A
5C Student A
1 Invite Student B to one of the events below. If he/she refuses, try
another one. 1 Complete sentences 1–6 with the passive form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 Which famous article of clothing by Dorothy in the
movie The Wizard of Oz? (wear)
Die Meistersinger von Nürnberg Fri 6:00 p.m. a A pair of blue boots b A green hat c A pair of red shoes
Over four hours of German opera at the National Theater 2 When the first Superman comic ? (publish)
a In 1901 b In 1938 c In 1959
Pencils through the ages Sat 11:00 a.m. 3 In 2015, some drums that belonged to Ringo Starr from The Beatles
A talk about the history of pencils at the City Museum were sold at auction. How much they for? (sell)
a $1.75M b $5.5M c $800,000
Local chess competition Mon 1:00 p.m. 4 Who the picture Guernica by? (paint)
32 local players compete to win the tournament a Andy Warhol b Salvador Dalí c Pablo Picasso
5 Who the movie Star Wars: The Force Awakens
Karaoke night Tue 7:00 p.m. by? (direct)
Sing your favorite songs all night a Steven Spielberg b J.J. Abrams c George Lucas
6 Who the songs "Umbrella" and "Diamonds" by?
(sing)
2 Student B is going to invite you to some events. Refuse as politely
a Beyoncé b Rihanna c Lady Gaga
as possible every time.
2 A Read your questions and the three possible answers to Student B.
He/She has to answer. The correct answers are in bold.
B Try to answer Student B’s questions.
108
6A Student A
1 A Guess the past perfect verbs to complete the sentences. 2 Listen to Student B’s sentences. Tell him/her if they are correct or not.
Kevin’s roommates were really angry with him because … Last night, Miriam’s friends planned a party for her. She was really
1 he all the food in the refrigerator. surprised because …
2 he to the supermarket.
1 nobody had told her about it.
3 he the dirty dinner dishes.
2 she hadn’t seen some of her friends for years!
4 he all the milk.
3 everyone had bought her a present.
5 he the kitchen.
4 she thought her friends had forgotten about her birthday.
B Read your sentences to Student B. He/She will tell you if you are correct. 5 all her friends had shouted “surprise!” when she came in.
6C Student A
1 You’re a journalist. You interviewed Student B last week and took 2 Student B is a journalist who interviewed you last week. Correct
notes. Check the information with him/her and correct any mistakes. what he/she says using the information.
A Did you say that you were originally from South Africa? B Did you tell me that you were Irish?
B No, I told you that I was originally from Kenya. A No, I said that I was Scottish.
Student B You’re Scottish.

is originally from South Africa Kenya. You moved to Kyoto in 2010.
has lived in Argentina for ten years. You’re learning to speak Japanese.
is married and has two children. You’ve been to China twice.
can’t speak Spanish. You’re going to take part in a marathon.
is going to the U.S. next week. You won’t go to the Olympics next year.
studied dance in the Netherlands.
6D Student A
1 You are a passenger at an airport. Follow the diagram and use the phrases in the box to have a conversation with the information desk assistant.
Excuse me, I was hoping you could help me … I’d also like to ask about … Just one more thing. Can I double check?
Could you give me some information about ... , please? Could I speak to someone about ... ?
Passenger (Student A) Information desk assistant (Student B)

Ask if there’s a delay on the 2:00 p.m. flight to Madrid. Apologize and explain that there is a 30-minute delay on this flight.
Ask which gate the flight is leaving from and how to Say that the flight leaves from gate A22. Offer to print out an airport map.
get there. Check to make sure the guest is satisfied.
Ask about a store that sells newspapers and Explain that there are lots of stores, but suggest one on the third floor that
magazines. has lots of foreign language newspapers.
Thank the assistant. Respond politely.
2 You are a receptionist in a hotel. Respond to Student B in a helpful way. Make offers and suggestions and make sure he/she is satisfied.
Guest (Student B) Receptionist (Student B)
Ask about the best way to get to the bus station. Greet the guest and explain that the quickest way is to take a taxi. Offer to
call a taxi for the guest.
Thank the receptionist. Say that you need to be at
the station at 4:00 p.m. Check to make sure the guest is satisfied.
Ask the receptionist about a good place to have Recommend a restaurant on Main Street. Give the guest a map and explain
lunch. how to get there.
Thank the receptionist.
109
7C Student A
1 A Complete the questions with the correct article: a, an, the, or – (no article).
1 Is stress big problem for you and your friends? 4 What did you have for dinner last night?
2 What’s best way to get good job? 5 Would you like to take English classes on Internet?
3 Have you ever been to U.S. or Canada? 6 When was last time you went to movies?
B Ask Student B the questions and listen to his/her answers.
8A Student A 1
B A N A N A
2
3
1 Ask and answer questions with Student B to complete the crossword puzzle. P
Use the phrases in the box to make definitions with relative clauses. 4 5
R C A M E R A
B What’s 3 down? 6 7
A It’s someone who is the leader of a country. E M

8 9
S A I R P O R T
It’s someone who/that … It’s a place where …
It’s something that … I N U
10 11 12
D A G L O B E
13
E G
14
N E F O O T
15
T R
8C Student A
1 Answer Student B’s questions. Use the chart below. Tell him/her where 2 Ask Student B questions about what he/she did yesterday.
you went and what you did. Write down his/her answers in the chart below.
B What did you do yesterday? A What did you do yesterday?
A First, I went to the bank to take out some money. B First, I went for a swim at the sports center.
B What did you do after that? A What did you do after that?
Where Why Where Why

the bank take out some money the sports center go for a swim
the mall buy a new coat the office
the doctor get some test results the garage
the market get some fish the hospital
a café meet some friends the hairdresser’s
the airport pick up a friend from Washington the movie theater
8D Student A
1 Thank, congratulate, or compliment Student B using phrases 1−5. 2 Listen to Student B’s ways of saying thanks or congratulations,
Listen to his/her responses. or giving compliments.
Respond using the phrases in the box.
1 Wow, what a great presentation!
2 Your English is really good.
Thanks, it’s just a secondhand one, though.
3 Thank you for dinner. It was delicious.
It was a pleasure. They’re lots of fun.
4 You found my wallet. Thanks a million!
Thanks. Yours is really nice, too!
5 Thanks so much for your help with the report.
Oh, it’s just something I did when I was in college.
It wasn’t just me. We’re a team.
110
1A Student B
1 Student A will tell you about a problem. Give him/her some advice 2 Tell Student A about your problems and write down the advice
using the ideas from the box and your own ideas. that he/she gives you.
drink lots of water drink so much coffee Your problems Advice

eat so much chocolate go on a diet I feel tired all the time.
go to bed early go to the pharmacy
I cut my hand on a piece of glass.
go to the hospital go to work today
hold it under cold water hold your nose with a tissue I have a backache.
join a gym move around too much I'm stressed.
see a doctor put some cream on it I have a stomachache.
take some pills sit down for a few minutes
smoke take some medicine
You should … I think you should …

You shouldn’t … I don’t think you should …
1C Student B
1 Listen to the beginnings of the sentences Student A reads to you. 2 Read the beginnings of sentences 1–6 to Student A. He/She will
Choose the correct ending to complete the sentence and tell him/her. complete the sentences.
1 If I go on vacation this summer …
… I won’t make pasta.
2 If I decide to get a pet …
… I might go as Superman.
3 If my boss thinks I’m doing a good job …
… I’ll probably watch a movie.
4 If I pass my exams …
… I’ll speak to my boss.
5 If I have a headache …
… I’ll stay in bed.
6 If I go shopping on the weekend ...
… I might go skiing.
2A Student B Have you ever … Simple past

1 an e-mail in English? When did you write it?
1 Student A will ask you a Have you ever …? question. You should (write) Who did you send it to?
always answer with Yes, I have. He/She will ask you more Did you have any problems?
questions. If it is true, tell the truth. If it is not true, invent 2 all night to see the Why didn’t you sleep?
the details. sunrise? (stay up) How did you feel?
What was it like?
2 Complete the Have you ever …? questions with the past
3 London? (visit) When did you go there?
participles of the verbs in parentheses and ask Student A. He/She
Did you have a good time?
will always answer with Yes, I have. Ask him/her the simple past What things did you see there?
questions and decide if he/she is telling the truth.
4 money your trip? Where did you go?
(run out of) Did you have any problems?
How did you get more money?
5 your house keys? How did you get into your house?
(lose) Do you know where you lost the keys?
Did you find them again?
2C Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s sentences. Decide if they are 2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses. Decide if the
true or false. He/She will tell you if you are correct. sentence is true or false for you. Read your sentences to Student A.
A If I had more money, I’d buy a new car. 1 I my friends if I my driving test. (not tell / fail)
B False. 2 If I a spider in the bathtub, I and take it outside. (find / pick it up)
A Yes, you’re right. If I had more money, 3 If I a lot of money, I it with my friends. (win / share)
I’d go on vacation. 4 I an animal to eat if I any other food. (kill / not have)
5 If I ,I more free time. (not work / have)
111
3A Student B
1 You have recently moved to an apartment in another country. Look at 2 Student A is going to Buenos Aires on vacation tomorrow. Find out if
your "to do" list and answer Student A’s questions. he/she has done these things.
B Have you bought some sunscreen yet?
A Yes. I went to the store an hour ago.
Things to do
✓ (they’re very nice) 1 buy some sunscreen
meet your neighbors
✗ 2 decide what to do in Buenos Aires
open a bank account
✓ (got back 15 minutes ago) 3 reserve a hotel room
explore the local area
✓(the apartment looks great!) 4 find your passport
unpack your things
✗ 5 ask a friend to take care of your pet
set up the Wi-Fi
6 pack your suitcase
check out pubic transportation ✓(went this morning)
3C Student B
2 Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of the verbs in the box and for or since.
1 Listen to Student A’s sentences and tell
Guess the correct options and tell Student A. He/She will tell you if you are correct.
him/her if they are correct.
1 The Academy Awards ceremony has taken know play be live
place since 1929. The winner of the Best Actor
award that year was a German actor, HOLLYWOOD FACTS
Emil Jannings.
1 There a big Hollywood sign in Los Angeles 1923 /
2 The actor Johnny Depp has collected
1953 / 1973, but the first sign said "Hollywoodland."
Barbie dolls since his daughter was little.
3 Hollywood actress Christina Ricci has 2 Spider-Man actor, Tobey Maguire, and Leonardo DiCaprio / Kanye West /
been afraid of plants for most of her life. Joaquin Phoenix each other they were children.
4 The actress Angelina Jolie has had a 3 Actress Mila Kunis golf / video games / chess
pilot’s license for more than ten years. many years.
4 Eva Marie Saint, who won an Oscar for On the Waterfront in 1954,
in Hollywood over 60 years and still works as a designer /
an actress / a musician.
4A Student B
1 You are going to cook a big meal for a group of friends. Tell Student A what ingredients 2 You are going to cook a big meal for a group of
you have. He/She will tell you if you need more, less, or if it is enough. friends. Student A will tell you what ingredients
I have six cans of tomatoes. he/she has. Look at the list of ingredients and
use the phrases in the box to help you reply.
Great, that’s enough. That’s too much.

That’s too many. That’s not enough.
We (only) need …
INGREDIENTS
1 whole salmon
500 g. shrimp
1 lettuce
1 cucumber
250 g. butter
1 l. milk
200 g. flour
1 coconut
112
4C Student B 5A Student B
1 You and Student A are starting work as cooks in a school cafeteria. 1 Complete the quiz questions with used to and the verbs in parentheses.
Guess the missing words. Student A will tell you if you are correct.
Before they were famous
SCHOOL KITCHEN GOLDEN RULES! 1 Famous singer, Beyoncé, (sweep up)
hair in her mom’s beauty salon. True or False?
HYGIENE
1 You have to wear a hat at all times, but you don’t have to 2 The actress, Jennifer Aniston, (clean)
wear . salmon in a fish factory. True or False? (She used to
clean toilets.)
2 You can't wear jewelry in the kitchen.
3 The Australian actor, Hugh Jackman,
3 You have to wash before starting to cook.
(teach) gym class at a school in England. True or False?
COOKING 4 The actor, Tom Hanks, (sell) popcorn
4 You have to use fresh ingredients in all the dishes, and you and peanuts at his local movie theater. True or False?
can't use . 5 The singer, Lady Gaga, (work) in a
5 You have to wash all raw fruit and vegetables, but you library. True or False? (She used to work in a Greek
don’t have to wash the . restaurant.)
6 You have to throw away all burned food in the black trash 6 The actor, Sylvester Stallone, (clean)
cans. the lions’ cages at Central Park Zoo in New York. True or
False?
MENU
7 The Rolling Stones singer, Mick Jagger,
7 You have to prepare every day. (be) a firefighter in London. True or False? (He used to
8 You don’t have to serve salad on Fridays. work in a hospital.)
9 On Thursdays, you have to make a , but you 8 The Russian billionaire, Roman Abramovich,
can't make the sauce too spicy. (sell) plastic ducks in a market. True or
False?
10 On Wednesdays, you have to make , but you
can't make sweet-and-sour sauce.
2 Take turns reading your quiz questions to your partner. The correct
answers are in bold.
4D Student B 5C Student B
1 Student A is going to invite you to some events. Refuse as politely 1 Complete sentences 1–6 with the passive form of the verbs in parentheses.
as possible every time. 1 What famous articles of clothing by Harrison Ford
in the Indiana Jones movies? (wear)
2 Invite Student A to one of these events. If he/she refuses, try
a A hat and raincoat b A hat and leather jacket c A baseball
another one.
jacket and cap
2 When the first Sherlock Holmes story ? (publish)
a In 1810 b In 1887 c In 1935
Black-and-white night Thur 6:00 p.m. 3 In 2011, one of Marilyn Monroe’s dresses was sold at auction.
Enjoy three movies from the 1930s at Roxy Movie Theater
How much it for? (buy)
a $1.3M b $3.2M c $4.6M
Crazy burger buffet Fri 7:00 p.m.
4 Who the sunflower pictures by? (paint)
Eat as many hamburgers as you want for $12
a Vincent Van Gogh b Henri Matisse c Salvador Dalí
5 What type of car by the mad scientist Doc Brown in the
Ballroom dancing lessons Sat 11:00 a.m. Back to the Future movies? (drive)
Learn how to dance the waltz and cha-cha-cha
a A Lamborghini b A Ferrari c A DeLorean
6 Who the movies Titanic and Avatar by? (direct)
Benches of the world Sat 5:00 p.m. a James Cameron b Steven Spielberg c Ridley Scott
An exhibition of Michael Lamb’s photographs of benches
2 A Try to answer Student A’s questions.
B Read your questions and the three possible answers to Student A.
He/She has to answer. The correct answers are in bold.
113
6A Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s sentences. Tell him/her if they are correct or not. 2 A Guess the past perfect verbs to complete the sentences.
Kevin’s roommates were really angry with him because … Last night, Miriam’s friends planned a party for her. She was really surprised
1 he had eaten all the food in the refrigerator. because …
2 he hadn’t been to the supermarket. 1 nobody her about it.
3 he hadn’t washed the dirty dinner dishes. 2 she some of her friends for years!
4 he had drunk all the milk. 3 everyone her a present.
5 he hadn’t cleaned up the kitchen. 4 she thought her friends about her birthday.
5 all her friends “surprise!” when she came in.
B Read your sentences to Student A. He/She will tell you if you are correct.
6C Student B
1 Student A is a journalist who interviewed you last week. 2 You are a journalist. You interviewed Student A last week and took
Correct what he/she says using the information. notes. Check the information with him/her and correct any mistakes.
A Did you say that you were originally from South Africa? B Did you tell me that you were Irish?
B No, I told you that I was originally from Kenya. A No, I said that I was Scottish.
You’re originally from Kenya. Student A

You’ve lived in Argentina for eight years. is Irish Scottish.
You’re married and have one child. moved to Tokyo in 2010.
You can speak Spanish fluently. is learning to speak Japanese.
You’re going to the U.S. next week. hasn’t been to China before.
You studied dance in Belgium. is going to take part in a 10‐km. race.
will go to the Olympics next year if it's possible.
6D Student B
1 You work on an information desk in an airport. Respond to Student A in a helpful way. Make offers and suggestions and make sure
he/she is satisfied.
Passenger (Student A) Information desk assistant (Student B)

Ask if there's a delay on the 2:00 p.m. flight to Madrid. Apologize and explain that there’s a 30-minute delay on this flight.
Ask which gate the flight is leaving from and how to Say that the flight leaves from gate A22. Offer to print out an airport map.
get there. Check to make sure the guest is satisfied.
Ask about a store that sells newspapers and Explain that there are lots of stores, but suggest one on the third floor that
magazines. has lots of foreign language newspapers.
Thank the assistant. Respond politely.
2 You are a guest staying at a hotel. Follow the diagram and use the phrases in the box to have a conversation with the receptionist.
Excuse me, I was hoping you could help me … I’d also like to ask about … Just one more thing. Can I double check?
Could you give me some information about ... , please? Could I speak to someone about ... ?
Guest (Student B) Receptionist (Student A)

Ask about the best way to get to the train station. Greet the guest and explain that the quickest way is to take a taxi. Offer to
call a taxi for the guest.
Thank the receptionist. Say that you need to be at
the station at 4:00 p.m. Check to make sure the guest is satisfied.
Ask the receptionist about a good place to have
Recommend a restaurant on Main Street. Give the guest a map and explain
lunch.
how to get there.
Thank the receptionist. Respond politely.
114
7C Student B
1 A Complete the questions with the correct article: a, an, the, or – (no article).
1 Do you have pet? What’s pet’s name? 4 What time do you usually go to bed at night?
2 How many times year do you see dentist? 5 What’s worst food you’ve ever had in restaurant?
3 Do you like reading? Are you reading book right now? 6 Do you know anyone who is architect or designer?
B Ask Student A the questions and listen to his/her answers.
8A Student B 1 2
A
3
1 Ask and answer questions with Student A to complete the crossword puzzle. P A R K P
Use the phrases in the box to make definitions with relative clauses. 4 5
M A
A What’s 3 across? 6 7
B It’s a place where you can play soccer or go for a walk. E X A M A R
8 9
It’s someone who … It’s a place where … P T

It’s something that … M
10 11 12
D J L E
13
E G G I N
14
F T
15
T O U R I S T
8C Student B
1 Ask Student A questions about what he/she did yesterday. Write down 2 Answer Student A's questions. Use the chart below. Tell him/her
his/her answers in the chart below. where you went and what you did.
B What did you do yesterday? A What did you do yesterday?
A First, I went to the bank to take out some money. B First, I went to the sports center to go for swim.
B What did you do after that? A What did you do after that?
Where Why Where Why

the bank to take out some money the sports center go for a swim
the mall the office finish a report
the doctor the garage fix my car
the market the hospital visit my uncle
a café the hairdresser’s have my hair cut
the airport the movie theater see the new Batman movie
8D Student B
1 Listen to Student A’s ways of saying thanks or congratulations, or giving 2 Thank, congratulate, or compliment Student A using phrases 1−5.
compliments. Respond using the phrases in the box. Listen to his/her responses.
1 Did you paint this picture? It’s fantastic.
No problem. I enjoyed working on it!
2 I’m very grateful for your help at this difficult time.
It was no trouble at all. It was in my car.
3 I love your watch! It’s cool.
Do you think so? I didn’t have much time to practice.
4 Thanks for taking care of the children.
Thanks, but I still need to improve.
5 Congratulations on your new car.
Well, thank you for coming to visit us!
115
2D All students
1 You’re going on a trip to a rainforest for one week. You can only take six of the items with you. Decide which are the most useful.
tent mosquito net flashlight first-aid kit water-purifying kit sunscreen
knife food compass and maps insect repellent cooking equipment rope
2 In groups of four, discuss which six items you will take. Try to take turns politely.
7A Both students
1 In pairs, complete the sentences with the infinitive 2 In pairs, take turns asking and answering the questions.
or the –ing form of the verbs in parentheses. A Tell me about something important you need to do this week.
Tell me about … B I need to buy a birthday card for my mom. What about you?
1 something important you need this week. (do) A I need to take my car to the garage.
2 a place you’re planning soon. (visit)
3 something you spend a lot of time . (do)
4 a person you’d like more often. (see)
5 something you can’t afford , but would love to have. (buy)
6 a household chore you can’t stand . (do)
7 a movie you’re looking forward to at the movie theater. (see)
8 a mistake you keep in English. (make)
9 a food you would miss if you lived in another country. (eat)
10 someone you expect later today. (see)
1C Quiz results 2C Quiz results

For each answer A, score 0 points. For each answer B, score 1 point. For How many answers did you get right?
each answer C, score 2 points. For each answer D, score 3 points. 0–1 = You probably wouldn’t survive if you went on a weekend camping
0–3 = Oh dear, you’re really miserable right now. Are you upset about trip. It’s safer for you to stay at home.
something? If you talk to your friends or family, you’ll feel better. 2–3 = If you were in a difficult situation, you’d probably survive, but don’t
4–7 = You’re not very happy right now. If you do something you enjoy, take any risks. Always find out about the dangers of a place before you go.
maybe you’ll feel more cheerful.
4 = Wow! You’d know what to do if you were in the wild. If you could
8–11 = Great news, you’re happy! If you’re friendly and smile at everyone
choose an exciting place for an adventure, where would you go?
today, you’ll make them feel happier, too!
12–15 = You’re extremely happy! Are you delighted about something?
What’s the secret to feeling so happy? 2D Quiz results
How many times did you answer yes?
0–2 = You don’t like taking risks. Be careful, if you always play it safe, you
might miss out on opportunities in your life.
3–4 = You’re happy to take a risk, but not too many. That’s probably the
best way to be.
5–6 = You’re a real risk-taker! It can be exciting, but watch out, it can be
dangerous, too!
116
PRONUNCIATION
SOUNDS AND USUAL SPELLINGS.

1 To listen to these words and sounds, and practice them, go to the pronunciation section on the portal.
S Difficult sounds for Spanish speakers

VOWELS
P Difficult sounds for Portugueses speakers
S P S P
ï: I y U:
S S
« − 3r .
S P S S
æ ⋀ a
/i:/ three, tree, eat , receive, believe, key, me, happy, people, ski /−/ bananas, pajamas, confuse, minute, teacher, cousin, jealous,
/I/ six, mix it, ear, beer, England, women, here, busy, marriage, does
typical, pier, weird /3r/ shirt,skirt, work, turn, learn, verb, journey
/y/ book, cook, put, could, tour, woman /./ door, four, talk, author, law, board, boring, ball, bought, taught
/u:/ two, shoe, food, new, soup, true, suit, super, too, who, June, /æ/ man, fan, bad, apple, salmon, aunt, laugh
Jose /⋀/ sun, run, cut, umbrella, country, love, flood, other
/«/ pen, ten, heavy, pair, area, their, care, friend, said, else, prayer, /a/ sock, clock, car, heart, on, sergeant, guard
leopard
117
PRONUNCIATION
SOUNDS AND USUAL SPELLINGS.

2 To listen to these words and sounds, and practice them, go to the pronunciation section on the portal.
S Difficult sounds for Spanish speakers

DIPHTHONGS
P Difficult sounds for Portugueses speakers
er ar ay
.I oy
/er/ plane, train, made, stay, they, steak, eight, straight /.I/ toys, boys, oil, coin
/ar/ nine, wine, night, my, pie, buy, eyes, height / oy/ nose, rose, home, know, toe, road, though
/ay/ house, mouse, town, cloud
118
IRREGULAR VERBS
Infinitive Simple past Past participle Infinitive Simple past Past participle
be was, were been make made made
become became become meet met met
begin began begun pay paid paid
bite bit bitten put put put
break broke broken read (/rid/) read (/red/) read (/red/)
bring brought brought ride rode ridden
build built built ring rang rung
buy bought bought rise rose risen
choose chose chosen run ran run
come came come say said said
cost cost cost see saw seen
do did done sell sold sold
dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt send sent sent
forbid forbade forbidden sleep slept slept
forget forgot forgotten speak spoke spoken
forgive forgave forgiven spend spent spent
get got gotten stand stood stood
give gave given steal stole stolen
go went gone stick stuck stuck
grow grew grown swim swam swum
have had had take took taken
hear heard heard teach taught taught
hide hid hidden tell told told
hold held held think thought thought
keep kept kept throw threw thrown
know knew known understand understood understood
learn learned learned wake woke woken
leave left left wear wore worn
let let let win won won
lose lost lost write wrote written
119
American
English
Personal
Best
Workbook
Level 3
Series Editor
Jim Scrivener
Authors
Elizabeth Walter
and Kate Woodford
1 Mind and body p 122
2 Risks and experiences p 128
3 City living p 134
4 Food for thought p 140
5 Money and shopping p 146
6 Sports and fitness p 152
7 At home p 158
8 People and relationships p 164
WRITING PRACTICE p 170

UNIT
51 Mind and body

1A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: should/shouldn’t VOCABULARY: Health and medicine

1 Match problems 1–8 with the best advice and circle 3 Choose the correct options to complete the
should or shouldn’t in a–h. sentences.
1 My car keeps breaking down. 1 He had to carry a heavy box and now he has a .
2 I feel so tired all the time. a flu b backache c sore throat
3 I’m extremely stressed at work. 2 I can’t play tennis for weeks because my arm is .
a stressed b sore c broken
4 I never have enough money to go on vacation.
3 Feel Mila’s face to see if she has .
5 I have a lot of problems with my teeth.
a a temperature b a cold c an earache.
6 I’m bored with going to the same restaurant.
4 I have a painful , so I can only eat soup!
7 I sometimes feel very lonely. a headache b earache c sore throat
8 I never get good grades on my homework. 5 Felipe has a bad ; we could hear it during the
night.
a You should / shouldn’t spend so much on clothes.
a headache b cough c toothache
b You should / shouldn’t ask your teacher’s advice.
6 Charlie is because he has too much work to do.
c You should / shouldn’t stay up late. a stressed b sore c broken
d You should / shouldn’t try the one that just
opened. 4 Complete the words. The first letters are given.
e You should / shouldn’t make some new friends.
1 I touched the hot oven and b my hand.
f You should / shouldn’t buy a better one.
2 I have a t so I’m going to see the
g You should / shouldn’t eat candy every day. dentist.
h You should / shouldn’t speak to your boss. 3 Don’t play with that knife, Henry, or you’ll
c yourself!
2 Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t 4 Daniel’s daughter ate too much ice cream and got a
and the verbs in the box. sto .
pay let feel give up ask 5 The ball hit Luisa in the face and gave her a
visit apologize do noseb .
6 He h his leg badly and couldn’t walk
1 I couldn’t believe how rude Paul was. You for days.
him speak to you like that!
2 I can’t afford to pay my rent. What do you think I PRONUNCIATION: should/shouldn’t
?
3 We didn’t do anything wrong, so we 5 1.1 Listen to the sentences and write should or
guilty. shouldn’t. Listen, check, and repeat.
4 It wasn’t your fault, so I don’t think you .
1 Do you think I tell Rob the news?
5 Boris broke the chair, so I think he for a
2 Gloria spend so much money on
new one.
clothes.
6 Your piano classes are going well. You definitely
3 You talk during class.
!
4 I agree that David get a new job.
7 My friend Beatriz is in the hospital. I her
later. 5 Maybe Maria spend more time
studying.
8 Do you think Ryan Helen to go out
with him? 6 You really eat so much before
exercising!
7 I don’t think you worry about that.
8 He put less sugar in his coffee.
122
SKILLS 1B
LISTENING: Listening in detail
3 1.3 Read these sentences from Rebecca’s phone
call. Mark the links between consonant sounds and
vowel sounds. Listen and check.
1 I suppose you’re in bed taking a nap.
2 … you’re not feeling very well again.
3 She said you had a bad cough and a sore throat.
4 I’m just a little worried about your health.
5 You seemed a little stressed about work when we got
together in Dallas.
6 I don’t think that job is good for you.
4 Choose the correct verb collocations.

1 When do you usually make / do / take your
homework?
2 Make / Have / Take a deep breath and try to relax.
3 If you make / do / have a mistake, draw a line through it.
4 When we make / have / do an argument, Sophie
always wins!
5 It’s a difficult exam, so just make / do / take your best.
1 1.2 Listen to Rebecca calling Joey on the phone.
Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? 6 We have to make / do / have a decision about where
to go on vacation.
1 Joey is Rebecca’s brother. 7 If you’re tired, why don’t you take / make / do a little
2 Joey is at work. nap?
3 Joey wasn’t feeling well in June. 8 Let’s make / take / have a good talk over coffee.
4 Rebecca tells Joey to see a doctor.
5 Joey doesn’t have a job at the moment.
6 Rebecca wants to see Joey.
2 1.2 Listen again. Choose the best options to

complete the sentences.
1 Rebecca thinks Joey is
a at the doctor’s.
b in bed.
c with his mother.
2 Rebecca’s mother said that Joey had
a a cough.
b a sore throat.
c a cough and a sore throat.
3 In Dallas, Rebecca tried to persuade Joey to
a see a doctor.
b get a different job.
c work fewer hours.
4 Rebecca has a
a cold.
b cough.
c sore throat.
5 Rebecca talks about
a visiting Joey.
b cooking a meal for Joey.
c taking Joey to the doctor’s.
123
1C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: First conditional VOCABULARY: Emotions and feelings

1 Order the words to make first conditional
sentences. Add commas where necessary.
1 the party / if / have / rains we’ll / inside / it
.
2 miss / the / you don’t / hurry / bus if / you’ll
.
3 Luis I / can give / if I / the message / him / see
. 3 Match definitions 1–6 with adjectives a–f.
4 have / problems just / if you / any / call me
1 feeling worried about something
.
2 unhappy or sad
5 the movies / tired I / if / might not / I’m /
3 extremely happy about something
go to
4 not worried or anxious
.
5 sad because you’re alone
6 be disappointed / if he / get the / there / job
he’ll / doesn’t 6 sure of your own abilities
. a delighted
7 I have / from / call you / the airport if / b confident
enough time / I’ll c calm
. d nervous
8 if Ellen / her I’ll / be home / soon / I’ll / calls tell e upset
. f lonely
2 Complete the first conditional sentences with 4 Complete the adjectives.

the verbs in parentheses in the correct form.
1 Her husband was very j and didn’t like her
1 If Mike (agree), we talking to other men.
(go) on the subway.
2 Victor was p of his new sneakers and showed
2 We (not have) a picnic if the them to all his friends.
weather (not be) good.
3 You’re very c this morning! What’s making
3 Mom (be) angry if we you smile so much?
(get) home late. 4 When I realized how badly I’d upset her, I felt
4 If you (not take) any medicine, g .
you (not feel) better. 5 She was crying all the time and was extremely
5 If the machine (stop), m .
(press) this button. 6 I’m e of your beautiful coat! I wish I had one.
6 I (call) you if I
(need) a ride home.
PRONUNCIATION: ’ll contraction
7 Leonardo (be) upset if we
(forget) his birthday.
5 1.4 Listen to the sentences. Is will contracted? Circle
8 You (hurt) yourself if you the correct answer.
(not be) careful!
1 contracted / not contracted
124
SKILLS 1D
WRITING: Writing an informal e-mail
1 Read Izzie’s e-mail asking for advice about making 2 Write the contracted forms of these verbs. Which
friends. Number a–i in the order they appear. The first six are in Izzie’s e-mail?
answer is given.
1 you are
a asking about the person you are writing to 2 she has
b mentioning a completely different subject 3 I am
c the ending 4 it is
d the reason for writing
5 they have
e the greeting
6 do not
f making an arrangement
7 there is
g the request for a response
8 did not
h the subject of the email 1
9 are not
i the details of the problem
3 Complete the sentences with extremely, not very,
very, or a little. Use each one once.
To: annabrown67@quickmail.com 1 I want to get more exercise but I’m a
nervous about going to a gym.
RE: Advice, please!
2 It’s healthy to eat so much junk
food.
Hi Anna! 3 My friend goes running every day, so she’s in
good shape.
How’s it going? Hope you’re enjoying your new job! Did I tell
you I left home last month? I’m living in an amazing apartment 4 These dance classes are easy.
in Antofagasta now. Anyone can take them.
That’s why I’m writing. I’m having a really bad time, and I 4 Read the problem below, then write an e-mail to
wanted to ask you for some advice. a friend, asking for their advice.
My new apartment’s big, and it’s nice, but I’m very lonely! I’m
a little shy (as you know!), so I’m finding it hard to make new
friends. I miss my family so much now that I don’t see them
very often, especially my mom (I know, I’m such a baby!).
Your doctor says you are very
What do you think I should do? How did you make friends unhealthy.
when you left home? And when will I stop feeling so bad?!
Anyway, the good news is that my brother’s getting married in You need to get in shape and improve
June! I’m really looking forward to the wedding.
your diet, but you don’t know how to.
Do you feel like going out for a pizza the next time I’m home,
if you aren’t too busy? There’s a new pizza restaurant. It's kind
of expensive, but not too bad. Let me know!
You don’t play any sports and you love
pizza and ice cream.
See you later,
Izzie, x
• Structure the e-mail with a subject, greeting,

reason for writing, details, request for response
and an ending.
• Use contractions like I’m and don’t.
• Use informal words like Hi, How’s it going? and
anyway.
• Use modifiers like extremely and a little to make
adjectives and adverbs stronger or weaker.
125
1 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE
HOME BLOG PODCASTS ABOUT CONTACT
Tom and Sam talk about

dealing with headaches.
LISTENING READING
1 1.5 Listen to the podcast. Does the speaker say 1 Read the blog about how to live to be 100. Match
these things? Circle Yes or No. headings A–D with paragraphs 1–4.
1 Headaches are the most common Yes No A A difficult choice
health problem in the U.S. B Don’t forget to brush your teeth!
2 Tension headaches are ones that Yes No C Look at the data
most people get occasionally.
D Healthy mind, healthy body
3 Many headaches are caused by Yes No
people’s lifestyles.
2 Choose the correct options to complete the
4 Sleeping too much can cause Yes No sentences.
headaches.
1 Most / Few / Hardly any people born after 2000 will
5 Yoga may help to prevent Yes No
live to 100.
headaches.
2 From 1900–2000 life expectancy increased more
than / less than / the same amount as in previous
2 1.5 Listen again. Complete the sentences with
centuries.
a maximum of three words.
3 People born before 2000 can / can’t / are likely to
1 In the U.S., more than live to be 100.
people have headaches regularly.
4 All / Some / None of the men who took part in the
2 Bad headaches can make work or functioning in Swedish study were slim and active.
your life difficult. 5 To live a long life, it’s important to take medicine /
3 You should see a doctor if you have other have children / enjoy yourself.
symptoms such as a high . 6 If your father lives to 100, you are more likely / less
4 Tension headaches last for about likely / about as likely to live to 100 yourself.
. 7 For a long life, it is better / is worse / makes no
5 You can treat most headaches with difference if you have a young mother.
from the pharmacy. 8 A woman who has a child after 44 has more chance
6 The doctor advises drinking / less chance / about the same chance of dying
glasses of water daily. young compared to a woman who has children
7 It’s a good idea to sleep when she’s younger.
hours every night. 9 To live to 100, what’s best for the child is the same
8 Too much work or studying can cause as / different from / more important than what’s
, which leads to headaches. best for the mother.
10 People with poor teeth are likely to die before / later
than / at the same time as people with healthy teeth.
126
REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE 1
Guest blogger Taylor explains how to live longer.
How to get to 100 ... and beyond!
T he great news for anyone born after the year 2000 is that they’re likely to live to
be 100. In fact, life expectancy went up by 30 years between 1900 and 2000–the
fastest increase ever! But people born before 2000 shouldn’t be too jealous since many
scientists say it’s possible for them to live longer, too. But health advice seems to change
from year to year, so how do we know what we should do if we want to live to 100?
1
Scientists in Sweden followed the lives of 855
men, all born before 1931. Ten of them lived to
100, and they all had certain things in common:
they were slim and active, they exercised, they
didn’t smoke, and they kept themselves busy
and cheerful.
2 Iwe
t seems that if we want to live a long life,
should make sure we have a good time!
Research shows that having interests and a
feeling of purpose in life often does more to
keep us young than pills and medicines. And
numerous studies have proven how important it
is to have a circle of friends, so you definitely shouldn’t spend too
much time by yourself.
3 The Swedish study showed that men, whose moms lived into
their 80s or 90s, were much more likely to live to an old age
themselves. But interestingly, the age of their dads had little
effect. Scientists from the University of Chicago found that having
a young mom increases your chances of a long life because
her eggs were still strong and healthy when she had you. On
the other hand, getting pregnant naturally over the age of 44
is a good sign for a woman. According to research from the
University of Utah, if you do that, you’ll be significantly less likely
to die young than a woman who has children at a
younger age. If you’re a woman, that’s a tough
decision to make!
4 Tyou
hat’s what your parents always told you when
were a child, and it turns out to be very
good advice! Scientists have discovered that the
bacteria that grow in a dirty mouth can cause
heart problems, which may even lead to early
death. So, strange as it may seem, if you brush
carefully, you can prevent heart attacks as well
as a toothache!
127
UNIT
2 Risks and experiences

2A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Present perfect with ever 4 Complete the phrasal verbs.

and never
1 I’ll borrow your jacket and give it
on Saturday.
1 Choose the correct options to complete the conversation.
2 Should I go writing my essay or
1Have finish it later?
Gabriela / Did you ever been skiing, Juliana?
3 There should be plenty of gasoline; I filled
Juliana No, I 2didn’t / haven’t, but I’d like to. How about
you? the tank yesterday.
Gabriela Yes, I 3have been / went once when I was in 4 It started as a small project, but turned
high school. I loved it. a huge job.
Juliana Actually, my brother just 4gone / left for Vail on 5 Could you help me clean ,
a skiing trip. He’ll be there until Saturday. please?
Gabriela Lucky him! 5Have / Has he ever been there before? 6 You need to fill this application
6went form.
Juliana Yes, he’s / been there a few times,
although this time he went with his girlfriend, 7 I’ll be ready in a minute if you just hold
and she’s 7never / ever tried skiing before. .
8 Felipe has given eating meat
because of environmental reasons.
2 Complete the conversations. Write one or two words in
each space. 9 Shall we keep these magazines or throw them
?
1 A you seen a tiger in the wild?
10 I had to take care my younger
B Yes, I one in India last year; it was amazing! brother while my parents were gone.
2 A Have you been to New York?
B Yes, I there several times. PRONUNCIATION: Irregular past
3 A Have you ever tried snowboarding? participles
B No, I have done that.
4 A Matt ever to Turkey? 5 2.1 Practice saying the sentences. Pay
attention to the pronunciation of -en. Listen,
B Yes, he went there last summer.
check, and repeat.
5 A Has your sister ever been engaged?
1 I’ve never driven in the snow.
B No, she .
2 Have you ever written a poem?
3 She’s never given a speech before.
VOCABULARY: Phrasal verbs 4 Has he ever spoken to her?
3 Match the two parts of the sentences. 5 I’ve never forgotten my parents’ birthdays.
6 We have never eaten at that café.
1 Poor Belinda! Her car broke
7 Have you chosen your dessert yet?
2 I really want to find
8 Has she taken her driving test?
3 He wants to get in shape and has decided to take up
4 Could you buy some coffee? We’ve run
5 It’s very hot in here. Could you turn
6 I didn’t know the word, so I looked it
out who took my phone.
a
on the air-conditioning, please?
b
up in the dictionary.
c
out of it.
d
riding his bike in the evenings.
e
down on the way to work.
f
128
SKILLS 2B
READING: Guessing the meaning of words from
the context
2 Find the words in bold in the text, then choose
the correct definitions.
1 If someone is clinging to something, they are
a lying on it.
b sliding off it.
c holding it tightly.
2 Something that is terrifying is extremely
a scary.
b exciting.
c strange.
3 A thrill-seeker is someone who likes
a doing exciting and dangerous activities.
b getting a lot of exercise.
c traveling to new places.
4 A participant is someone who
Cool or Crazy?
a has not done something before.
b trains people to do something.
c takes part in something.
T he idea of speeding down the side of a volcano, while clinging 5 If something is spectacular, it is
with all your strength to a little piece of wood, might strike a amazing to look at.
b extremely dangerous.
most of us as terrifying. But some people travel thousands of miles
c very unusual.
to do just that. Every year, huge groups of thrill-seekers travel to
western Nicaragua's Cerro Negro mountain to take part in the new 6 An activity that is exhilarating makes you feel
a stressed and worried.
extreme sport of volcano boarding.
b happy and excited.
Participants, dressed from head to foot in protective clothing, reach c relaxed.
speeds of 80 km. per hour on their specially adapted surfboards. 7 Something that is unique is
They hike up one side of the volcano, take a training class, and a different from anything else.
then “surf” down the other side, after having paused to admire b exactly like something else.
the spectacular view from the top. Some stand as they race down, c very ordinary.
surfer-style, while others sit. All agree that it’s exhilarating, though 8 To steer something is to
not everyone who does it is in a hurry to repeat it. a make it go faster.
b make it go slower.
“I’ve never experienced anything like it!” says Jamie White from c control its direction.
London. “It’s completely unique. But although it’s great to be able
9 If you get the hang of something, you
to say I’ve done it, I’m in no rush to do it again! To steer, you hold
a learn how to do it.
onto a rope that’s attached to the front of the board and pull it one b fail to do it well.
way or the other, but I’m not sure I did it right because I ended up c start to learn how to do it.
crashing into some rocks. You can slow yourself down by keeping
your feet in contact with the ground as you go. But again, I didn’t 3 Complete the sentences about volcano
quite get the hang of it, and I reached a really scary speed on the boarding with the linkers and, also, as well,
way down!” and too.
1 He found volcano boarding very frightening
1 Read the article about a new sport. Are the sentences and he found it difficult.
true (T), false (F), or isn’t there enough information to 2 Participants experience the thrill of speed and
decide (N)? get to see fantastic views, .
1 Nicaragua’s Cerro Negro mountain is the only place 3 The mountain side is very steep
to do this sport. it’s also extremely long.
2 You can use an ordinary surfboard for this activity. 4 People who take part wear special suits.
They wear helmets .
3 Volcano boarders have to walk up one side of
the mountain. 5 The side of the volcano is hot. It’s very hard
.
4 Jamie White is anxious to take part in this sport again.
6 It’s a demanding sport it also
5 He hurt himself on the way down.
requires a degree of training.
6 He was scared by how fast he moved.
129
2C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Second conditional VOCABULARY: The natural world

sentences.
1 If you could live anywhere in the world, ?
a where would you live
b where do you live
c where will you live
2 You’d be less tired .
a if you are going to bed earlier
b if you went to bed earlier
c if you go to bed earlier
3 If you spoke to Luis, .
a you can explain the situation
b you could explain the situation
c you will be able to explain the situation
4

You would lose weight
a if you ate less
. 3 Order the letters to make words that match the definitions.
b if you were eating less 1 a small river MASTER
c if you eat less 2 animals and plants in their natural
5 If you had more money, ? environment LIDWEFIL
a what did you buy 3 the land along the edge of the ocean
b what would you buy HERSO
c what are you buying
4 when it gets light in the morning SIRENUS
6 If you left now, .
5 a low area of land, often with a river
a you could take the bus
b you can take the bus
through it LAY VEL
c you will be able to take the bus 6 a huge area of water, like the Atlantic
7 I would take the job . NOACE
a if they offer it to me
b if they are offering it to me 4 Complete the words. The first letters are given.
c if they offered it to me 1 Those w are huge; they’d be great for
surfing.
2 Complete the second conditional sentences 2 There are some fantastic underground c that
with the verbs in parentheses in the you can explore.
correct order.
3 The r of these trees go several meters deep.
1 If Manuel to save enough 4 There was a fantastic s this evening; the
money, he a new motorcycle. sky was pink and orange.
(buy, manage)
5 I picked some apples from the tree’s lower
2 If I you, I Henry b .
for advice. (be, ask)
6 From his room he could see the mountain’s snow-covered
3 If she more time, she p s.
a foreign language. (have, study)
4 Amanda better grades if she
harder. (study, get)
PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
5 If you closer to me, we 5 2.2 Underline the words you think will be stressed.
each other more. (live, see) Listen, check, and repeat.
6 If I rich, I my job.
1 If I were you, I’d be annoyed.
(give up, become)
2 She’d go back to college if she could afford it.
3 If you could play any instrument, what would it be?
4 If she was taller, she could be a model.
5 If Larissa came to the party, Alex would be happy.
6 I’d join you at the restaurant if I could leave work earlier.
7 Fatima would be happier if she had more friends.
8 If I didn’t have to work, I’d go to the movies.
130
SKILLS 2D
SPEAKING: Agreeing and disagreeing
1 2.3 Listen to Antonio and Carrie discussing 3 2.4 Complete the phrases for taking turns. Listen
vacation plans. Are the statements true (T) again and check.
or false (F)? 1 I want to do something exciting, something that’s a
1 Carrie likes Antonio’s suggestions for what physical challenge. What ?
to do on vacation. 2 Sorry, Antonio, you …
2 Antonio wants to do lots of different activities. 3 It would be nice to get away from the rest of the
3 Antonio likes places that are popular with world, think so?
tourists. 4 Go , Carrie.
4 They decide not to go on vacation together.
4 2.5 Read the opinions. Then listen and respond
2 2.3 Listen again. Match phrases 1–8 with Antonio using the phrases from exercise 2 and your own
or Carrie’s reasons for using them a–h. reasons.
1 Absolutely! 1 It’s best to go on vacation by yourself because you’re
2 I don’t know. more likely to meet interesting people.
3 Exactly! 2 Everyone should travel as much as possible. You can’t
understand the world if you haven’t seen it!
4 Oh, come on!
3 Sports like sailing and mountain climbing aren’t
5 I don’t think so.
dangerous if you use the right equipment.
6 I suppose so.
4 All students should take a year off from studying to go
7 I’m not sure about that. traveling.
8 You’re right.
Carrie doesn’t want fresh air and exercise.
a
Antonio admits that they are both tourists.
b
Carrie agrees that they should decide on a vacation.
c
Antonio agrees with Carrie’s suggestion for a
d
vacation.
Carrie disagrees that being alone would be good.
e
Carrie isn’t crazy about going on a physically active
f
vacation.
Antonio prefers not to have Wi-Fi or comfortable
g
beds.
Antonio doesn’t want to stay in a comfortable
h
hotel.
131
2 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

survival courses.
LISTENING READING
1 2.6 Listen to the podcast. Number these things 1 Read the blog about traveling alone. Check ( ) the
1–5 in the order the speaker mentions them. things the writer talks about.
a how to find drinking water a safety advice for women
b figuring out where you are b the laws in different countries
c the kind of people who take survival courses c choosing the best restaurants
d how to create smoke signals d finding the cheapest flights
e how to make a fire e organizing accommodations
f meeting the local people
2 2.6 Listen again. Choose the correct options
to complete the sentences. 2 Are the statements true (T) or false (F), according
1 Sofia’s course taught people how to to the blog?
a become a soldier. 1 Other travelers can often give you useful tips.
b survive in the wild.
2 The writer had an enjoyable vacation traveling
c deal with danger in Canada.
around Turkey.
2 Sofia took the course because she
3 When traveling with friends, you sometimes
a knew someone whose plane had crashed.
have to do things you don’t enjoy.
b wanted to meet people with different jobs.
c wanted to learn skills for dangerous situations. 4 It’s good to be able to change your mind
about what you want to do on a vacation.
3 The most important thing Sofia learned was how to
a get water to drink. 5 Women are always in more danger than men
b find food in the wild. when traveling alone.
c make a shelter. 6 Drinks are usually more expensive in other
4 Sofia doesn’t want to hunt animals because countries.
a it’s too difficult. 7 It’s sometimes better to find out about a
b she doesn’t eat meat. country when you arrive, not before.
c they frighten her. 8 People who try traveling by themselves may
5 Sofia learned how to use the sun to find they prefer it.
a walk in a straight line.
b cross rivers safely.
c see where she was walking.
6 Sofia learned how to get help by
a being prepared.
b waving to people.
c lighting a fire.
132
REVIEW
Guest blogger Ethan gives some tips on traveling by yourself.
Vacationing alone
Have you ever taken a vacation alone? For many people, it’s a terrifying thought. They
worry about being lonely, that accommodations will cost more, and that it might be
dangerous. But it doesn’t have to be that way!
If you go with a friend, you’ll probably spend the whole time talking to him/her, but if you go by
yourself, you’re more likely to meet local people. Some of my most sociable trips have been to places
without many tourists. Talk to taxi drivers, waiters, store owners; you’ll get a lot of advice you can’t
find in the guidebooks! On the whole, people are remarkably friendly and generous. One of the best
trips I’ve ever taken was to a remote area of Turkey, where several people invited me for meals in
their own homes.
And just imagine, no more boring art galleries when you’d rather be white-water rafting, instead.
And no more hanging around stores while your friend tries on fifteen different hats. Or if you just feel
like spending the day under a tree with a book, there’s nobody to complain!
It’s worth giving yourself the flexibility to change your mind. If you plan everything before you go,
you can end up missing out on unexpected opportunities. You might get an invitation to somewhere
wonderful, or you might decide you love a place and don’t want to move on. But if you know you’re
going to arrive somewhere late in the evening, make sure you reserve a hotel in advance. You don’t
want to be wandering around strange streets at night with nowhere to go.
And what about women travelers? Well, they can and do have equally good experiences as men. That
doesn’t mean there aren’t some risks. Obviously you shouldn’t get in a car with someone you just met,
for example, but that’s just common sense, isn’t it? It’s worth putting the number for the police on
your phone. And be careful in cafés and bars to make sure nobody puts anything in your drink. Some
unlucky travelers have woken up several hours later with no money or passport.
Finally, do your research before you go. Find out about the local culture and social attitudes. How
should you dress to avoid negative attention? Are there any typical tricks that thieves use on tourists?
So should we all be brave and try it? I definitely think so. The only danger I can see is that you may
never want to go on vacation with your friends or family again!
133
UNIT
3 City living
3A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Present perfect with yet and VOCABULARY: City features

already
3 Are the following sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Order the words to make sentences. There may 1 You usually find bridges under the ground.
be more than one correct answer.
2 You can make statues out of stone.
1 the / for / already / I’ve / tickets / paid 3 Traffic lights control the movement of cars.
. 4 Fountains send water into the air.
2 you / have / finished / essay / yet / your 5 Apartment buildings are always low buildings.
? 6 At an intersection, one street meets another.
3 it’s / I’ve / 7 a.m. and / the house / cleaned /
already 4 Complete the words. The first letters are given.
.
4 already / spoken / the phone / I’ve /
to Carolina on
.
5 dinner / you / had / have / your / yet
?
6 gotten / home / she / from work / hasn’t / yet
.
7 already / done it / have to / you don’t / 1 In towns and cities, it’s safer to walk on the
go shopping / because I’ve s .
. 2 You can cross the street at the
8 you / Pedro’s girlfriend / yet / met / have c .
3 Is there a t c I can put this empty
?
bottle in?
2 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box. 4 The street was very dark because there were no
Use the present perfect or simple past and the s .
words in parentheses. 5 We drove through a long t under the
river.
eat not open spend not make 6 Let’s sit on this b to eat our sandwiches.
not take (x2)
1 The bread’s not ready. I it out

PRONUNCIATION: just and yet
of the oven. (yet) 5 3.1 Listen to the sentences. Which sound do the
2 I was going to have some chocolate, but you’ve underlined words start with? Write numbers 1–7 in the
it. (already) correct columns. Listen again and repeat.
3 Camila any friends at her new
school . (yet) /ǰ/ /y/
4 This morning I gave both children $20 and they
it. (already)
5 I’m hot and sweaty because I 1 Is Alfonso here yet?
a shower . (yet)
2 Have you already been to the gym?
6 They built the new sports stadium, but they
3 Just leave it there!
it . (yet)
4 Vini usually has dinner with us on Fridays.
5 He applied for a new job.
6 Hi! How are you?
7 They look so young!
134
SKILLS 3B
LISTENING: Listening for facts and figures
1 Read the sentences from the audio about bike riding. 3 3.3 Look at the example. Listen to these
What type of information is missing? Match the sentences. Mark where the /t/ sound links with the
blanks with a–f. next word and where it is not pronounced.
1 It’s cheap, it’s and, 1 Matt and I have already walk(ed) ten miles!
more than anything, it’s fast.
2 Bret went to Bermuda on vacation.
2 Of course, I love to walk, too, but if I go 3 She missed the bus so she went on the train instead.
anywhere on foot, it 4 I don’t eat meat!
too long.
5 He picked up his bag and crossed the street.
3 There are only about
people living here. 4 Order the letters to make words to complete the
4 I can ride my bike from one end of town to sentences.
the other in . 1 He drove around the parking lot twice, trying to find a
5 If I drive to work at KRAGNIP CASPE .
in the morning, it takes me half an hour. 2 We stood on the FLAMTROP
6 If I ride my bike, I can get to the office at , waiting for the train to arrive.
. 3 If we RTAST TOU at nine
7 When I arrive somewhere, I don’t have to o’clock, we should arrive at noon.
look for a . 4 I’m driving to Maria’s house, so I could give you a FILT
8 All in all, I probably ride my bike for about .
a week. 5 I usually ride my bike there. It takes too long to go
time
a NO TOFO .
verb
b 6 We were stuck in a RACFFIT MAJ
noun
c for almost an hour.
adjective
d 7 My favorite form of BUPCLI PARTNORTSANOT
duration of time
e is the bus.
number
f 8 HURS HURO starts just
before seven every morning.
2 3.2 Listen and fill in the blanks in exercise 1.
9 The train was full of MOCMETURS
on their way to work.
10 If we leave now, we should get there
NO MEIT .
135
3C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Present perfect with for and

since
1 Complete the sentences with for or since.
1 We’ve known Maria over ten years.
2 I’ve been a member of this gym 2014.
3 My parents haven’t heard from Ben
March.
4 Have you seen Jack you arrived?
5 I’ve been waiting here ages!
6 Aline has been sick over three weeks
now.
7 I haven’t driven I passed my test.
8 They’ve lived in the same apartment
years.
9 Pablo hasn’t eaten meat he was a child.
10 Have you two known each other a
long time?
3 Use the prompts to write questions and answers.
Use the present perfect form of the verbs with for or
2 Complete the questions and answers. since.
1 A how long / you / live / in Madrid
?
I / be / here / three years
B
.
2 A how long / she / be / asleep
?
she / be / asleep / 5:30
B
.
3 A how long / Luis / have / a cough
?
he / have / it / the weekend
B
.
1 A How many years was she a teacher?
4 A how long / your cousins / work / in France
B She a teacher three
years. ?
2 A How long were you in the hospital? they / work there / over ten months
B
B I there two months. .
3 A How long Gabriela a
vegetarian? PRONUNCIATION: for and since
B For ten years.
4 A How many years you and Peter
4 3.4 Practice saying the sentences. Are for and
since stressed (S) or unstressed (U)? Listen, check,
married?
and repeat.
B For nearly five.
1 I’ve been here for three hours. S U
5 A How long your father in the army?
2 She’s been sick since Wednesday. S U
B From 1990 to 2005.
3 We’ve known about it since noon. S U
6 A How long you study medicine?
4 Livia has lived in Paris for six months. S U
B I studied eight years, until 2014.
5 They haven’t heard from her since April. S U
6 I haven’t eaten since breakfast. S U
7 We haven’t seen Maria for years. S U
8 She’s been away since 2014. S U
136
SKILLS 3D
WRITING: Writing an essay 2 Find these phrases in Otto’s essay. Then write
sentences with your own ideas about whether
1 Read Otto’s essay and complete it with these linking words or not cars should be banned from the
and phrases. downtown area.
a The second reason c First 1 Personally, .
b In conclusion d Finally 2 In my opinion .
3 I don’t believe that .
4 I’m worried that .
Should cars be banned from 5 I would say that .
the downtown area? 3 Use the words in the box to complete the
arguments against Otto’s opinion.
I live in a beautiful, historic city, but everyone agrees that
there is a problem with traffic. Every day, over 60,000 people fresh air pollution healthier safe
drive downtown to work or study, and pollution levels are public transportation permission
rising. Our local council has suggested banning all cars from
the downtown area. Personally, I think this is a very bad idea. 1 In my opinion, banning cars would reduce
1 , how would people get to work? Houses in the city .
are very expensive, and people who live in the suburbs 2 I don’t believe that it’s for cars
or outside the city already have long trips to work. In my and bicycles to share the streets.
opinion, it is unreasonable that they should have to wait 3 I think that getting some by
for a bus to get downtown. walking or riding a bike to work is a good idea.
2 is that I don’t believe it’s possible for everyone to use 4 People who need to carry heavy equipment
public transportation, walk, or ride their bikes to work. could get from the council to
For example, people in wheelchairs need special vehicles, drive.
and many people have to carry heavy tools or equipment 5 Personally, I feel that people who can’t walk or
for their work. ride a bike should use .
6 I wouldn’t say that riding a bike is difficult
3 , I’m worried that local stores and businesses will
for most people, and it makes them
suffer. If people can’t drive to the stores, they won’t go at
.
all. Most people don’t want to carry bags full of shopping
on a bus.
4 Write an essay giving the opposite opinion to
4 , I feel that banning cars from downtown is a bad Otto’s.
idea. I would say that we should be looking at different
• Use ideas from exercise 3 or your own ideas.
ways of reducing pollution—ways that don’t involve
making life difficult for people! For example, we should • Organize your ideas into five paragraphs:
develop better electric cars, improve public transportation, introduction, reasons 1–3, conclusion.
and make better bike lanes. • Give examples or evidence to support your
opinion.
• Use some of the phrases from exercises 2 and 3.
137
3 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

unusual ways to commute.
LISTENING READING
1 3.5 Listen to the podcast. What does the 1 Read the blog about car-free cities. Match 1–4 with
speaker say is the main advantage of how he paragraphs A–D.
commutes?
1 places where little is being done to reduce
a It’s a healthy way to get to work. the use of cars
b His trip is quicker than other people’s. 2 how some cities have encouraged people
c He can still wear a suit when he’s traveling. not to drive
3 how technology can help people manage
2 3.5 Listen again. Complete the sentences with without cars
one or two words. 4 a new city where people won’t need to drive
1 It takes Louie about to get
to work. 2 Are the sentences true (T), false (F), or is there not
enough information to decide (N)?
2 He rides his skateboard on the .
1 People often need to drive to other places on
3 He has been skateboarding for
their way to and from work.
years.
2 Most people who work in cities drive to work.
4 He thinks other people are
of his trip to work. 3 In Milan, most people travel by public
transportation once or twice a week.
5 He says the best thing about not using
is not waiting for buses. 4 London is a safe place to ride a bike to work.
6 He thinks skateboarding is less 5 In the new town near Chengdu, it will be
than riding a bike. easy for most people to walk everywhere.
7 He also uses his skateboard to go to 6 Planners want people who work in Chengdu
. to drive there very quickly in their own cars.
7 It is easy for people in Helsinki to get
information to help them travel without cars.
8 Most people in Helsinki already use public
transportation.
9 Currently people in some U.S. cities prefer
to ride their bikes around town.
10 In Sydney, town planning makes it easy for
people to use cars rather than public
transportation.
138
REVIEW
Guest blogger Penny writes about how cities are designed.
Car-free cities: dream or reality?
W hat's the number one thing you hate about cities? It’s probably the traffic. Who wants to breathe
in dirty air all day, or spend hours stuck in a traffic jam on their daily commute? On the other hand,
we’ve had cars for over 100 years now and we rely on them, especially with our busy lives–rushing to
drop the kids off at school before we go to work, or going to the supermarket on the way home. So how
can town planners persuade us to leave our cars at home? Here are some different ideas from around
the world.
A Since 2014, Milan has had a really interesting system: for every day that residents leave their car
at home, they get a voucher for the value of a ticket on the train or bus! And in Copenhagen,
around half of all workers commute by bike on a huge, safe network of bike lanes. Perhaps
London should try to do the same. Traffic there moves more slowly than the average bike rider,
but the streets are far more dangerous on two wheels!
B In some countries, town planners working on new towns and cities are trying to reduce the use
of cars to a bare minimum before they’ve even been built. For example, one new town in China,
with a planned population of 80,000, is being designed so that all its stores, entertainment
venues, work places, etc. are within a fifteen-minute walk from where residents live. And there’ll
be fast public transportation connections to the nearest big city of Chengdu.
C In Helsinki, local authorities are using phone apps to reduce car numbers. The city has several
schemes for people to share the use of bikes and cars. The app allows anyone to quickly
find the nearest shared bike, car, or taxi, or tells them the best and fastest bus or train route.
Planners there hope that within ten years no one will need to drive in the city at all.
D Sadly, not all cities are encouraging car-free trips. It’s true that 60% of people living in Paris don’t
own a car, but many U.S. towns and cities are designed specifically for the use of cars. And
there aren’t any alternatives yet. And in car-loving Sydney, things seem to be going backward.
There are plans to get rid of pedestrian space to make room for even more cars!
139
UNIT
4 Food for thought

4A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Too, too many, too much, and 4 Complete the crossword puzzle. The first letters
(not) enough and total number of letters are given.
1 Match the pairs of sentences. 1P 2C
3T
1 She needs a vacation. a She works too hard.
4L
2 I can’t wear this sweater b It’s too hot in here.
on a warm day. c It’s not thick
3 She felt uncomfortable enough. 5C 6L
after the meal. d She doesn’t work
4 Can you open the hard enough. 7F 8S
window? e She didn’t eat
5 Let’s turn the central enough.
heating on. 9C
f It isn’t warm
6 This coat’s no good for enough in here.
winter. g It’s too thick. 10
B
7 She won’t pass the exam. h She ate too much.
Across
8 She was hungry when she
went to bed. 4 meat from a sheep (4)
5 lots of people eat this for breakfast with milk (6)
2 Complete the conversation with too, too many, too 8 a soft red fruit—you can make jam with it (10)
much, or (not) enough.
9 a fruit with a hard brown outside and a white part
A I’m so worried about my final grades. I haven’t done and liquid inside (7)
1 work. 10 meat from a cow (4)
B I feel the same! I think I’m taking 2 classes. Down
I work late every evening, but then I’m 3
1 a round fruit that is yellow and pink (5)
tired to concentrate in class.
2 a vegetable with lots of green leaves; we usually
A I’m especially worried about French. Our teacher doesn’t
cook it (7)
explain things clearly 4 , and he doesn’t give
us 5 time to write things down. 3 meat from a large bird (6)
6 a green salad vegetable (7)
B My problem is history. There’s 6
information to write and there’s 7 time. I 7 we use this powder to make bread, cakes, etc. (5)
want to study history in college, and if my exam results
aren’t good 8 , I won’t be able to. PRONUNCIATION: too much sugar
A Well, try not to worry about it 9 !
B You’re right. Getting 10 stressed won’t help! 5 4.1 Look at the underlined words. Listen
and circle the vowel sound that you hear. Listen,
check, and repeat.
VOCABULARY: Food and drink
1 What should I do now? /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
3 Order the letters to complete the words.
2 There aren’t enough
1 s MONAL /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
strawberries.
2 e LPGAGNT 3 I’m going to cook dinner. /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
3 p CHAE
4 May I use your pen? /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
4 a p EPPL EI
5 p PPSREE 5 Would you like a cup of coffee? /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
6 f j TIUR CIUE 6 I hate tomato soup! /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
7 p EAINLEPP
7 There wasn’t any food left. /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
8 t s MOOTA UACE
9 c UUMCREB 8 You should put a jacket on. /u/ /ə/ /ʊ/
140 10 s PRMIH
SKILLS 4B
READING: Scanning for specific information
1 Underline the key words in these questions. Then
Food stories
scan the text about an unusual food and choose the
best answer.
ABOUT US RECIPES INGREDIENTS SHOP 1 What did the blogger’s friend invite her over for?
a dessert
b dinner
c a dish containing eggs
2 What do vegans avoid eating?
Aquafaba (“Aqua what?!”) a milk and eggs
b honey and cream
c all animal products
3 What was the blogger expecting to be given to eat?
a beans
b vegan ice cream
c a dessert
4 What, according to the blogger, is the key to many
good vegan desserts?
a beans
b bean water
c cream
5 In vegan cooking, aquafaba is used to replace
a cream.
b egg whites.
c dairy products.
As regular readers of this blog will know, I know my 2 Look at the sentences. Are they true (T), false (F), or
food! I always say, give me a dish from pretty much isn’t there enough information to decide (N)?
anywhere in the world and, within two minutes, I’ll tell
you what’s in it. However, this weekend, I discovered 1 The blogger is a vegetarian, not a vegan.
that maybe I don’t know quite as much as I thought I 2 The blogger’s vegan friend has never eaten
did. A vegan friend of mine invited me over for dinner. animal products.
(He turned vegan five years ago after seeing a really 3 The main course of the meal included beans.
shocking movie on the dairy industry.) Just to remind 4 This was the first time the blogger had eaten
you, vegans avoid all animal products, including honey. vegan ice cream.
So I was expecting beans to be on the menu (and they 5 The blogger says that aquafaba is usually
were—lots of them—for the main course). But it was the thrown away.
dessert that took me by surprise—vegan ice cream. And 6 Aquafaba is much healthier than egg white.
how do you make ice cream, I hear you ask, without
7 She says the smell of this vegan ice cream is
milk, cream or eggs? (I should say, how do you make
especially nice.
nice, creamy ice cream without dairy products, because
8 She has now tried making vegan ice cream with
I’ve had some fairly unpleasant vegan ice creams in my
aquafaba herself.
time!) Well, it turns out that the key to good vegan ice
cream, and a whole load of other desserts, is bean water. 3 Choose the correct linkers to complete the sentences.
Yes, you read that correctly, bean water, i.e., the water There may be more than one correct answer.
that beans have been boiled in. (You know, the stuff you
usually throw down the drain.) Bean water, my friend 1 I liked the vegan ice cream, however / but / although
tells me, is called “aquafaba” by the vegan community. I found the idea of bean water a little strange at first.
It’s increasingly used to replace egg whites in savory 2 Although / However / But I’d tried lots of vegan ice
and sweet vegan dishes, such as vegan butter, cheese, creams, I’d never especially enjoyed them.
cookies, and cakes. And I can honestly say it works, 3 I don’t have a recipe for the ice cream,
although it does give the ice cream a slightly odd smell. however / although / but I’m going to follow my
It’s so good, in fact, that the morning after my dinner friend’s instructions.
date, I went straight to the supermarket for a can of 4 I usually know what’s in a dish. But / Although /
beans. As I write, my first batch of aquafaba ice cream is However, I have no idea what’s in this.
firming up nicely in the freezer! 5 I don’t usually cook vegan food. However /
Although / But, I feel inspired to try now.
141
4C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Have to, not have to, VOCABULARY: Adjectives to describe food
and can't
sentences.
1 You finish that pie if you don’t want it.
a don’t have to b have to c can’t
2 To pass this exam, you get over 75% right.
a can’t b don’t have to c have to
3 Complete the sentences with the adjectives in the box.
3 You talk to Peter because he has a lot of creamy salty sour healthy sweet
work to do. crunchy bitter delicious
a have to b don’t have to c can’t
4 This is Ben’s medicine. He take it three 1 A diet should include plenty of fresh
times a day. vegetables and fruit.
a can’t b have to c has to
2 Alex is such a good cook. He made an absolutely
5 Do we bring our own food? curry last week.
3 You shouldn’t eat too many foods like potato
6 I have an important meeting. I be late. chips and olives.
a don’t have to b can’t c have to
4 Someone left the cookies out all night and they’re not
7 My new job is close to my house, so I take any more.
the subway.
5 The coffee was much too strong and had a pretty
taste.
8 If you hear the fire alarm, you leave the
building immediately. 6 Maria loves foods like chocolate and cakes.
a don’t have to b can’t c have to 7 She served the apple pie with a lovely, sauce.
9 Why are you going home? Do you get up 8 Add sugar to the lemon juice, otherwise it will taste too
early tomorrow? .
a have to b don’t have to c can’t
10 It’s Gina’s birthday next week. I forget to
4 Complete the adjectives. Some of the letters are given.
send her a card. 1 Laura put a lot of chilli peppers in the soup and it was too
a don’t have to b can’t c have to s .
2 Rob forgot to take the potatoes out of the oven and they
2 Complete the sentences with can't, or the were b .
correct form of (not) have to. There may be 3 You haven’t cooked this chicken long enough; it’s still
more than one correct answer. r in the middle!
1 We’re going for a walk, but you 4 Paul loves un y foods like pizza and
come if you’re too tired. burgers.
2 There are thieves in the area, so you 5 You can make a t y soup with chicken bones.
make sure your car is locked. 6 Does the restaurant use f vegetables from
3 Does Harry wear his uniform on their own garden?
the school trip? 7 Bean ice cream? It sounds d ing!
4 We swim here; it’s too 8 I don’t eat meat. Are there any
dangerous. v ian dishes?
5 Marta is very rich, so she work.
6 Larry is in a hurry because he PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
leave in five minutes.
7 Do the children’s parents sign 5 4.2 Practice saying the sentences, putting the main
these forms? stress on the underlined modal verb. Listen, check, and
8 We can leave the classroom at any time. We repeat.
ask for permission. 1 You have to bring your passport with you.
2 Do we have to leave tomorrow morning?
3 She can’t take the hotel towels to the beach.
4 You don’t have to wait if you don’t want to.
5 Parents can’t help their children with this homework.
6 She has to arrive there before 9 a.m.
142
SKILLS 4D
SPEAKING: Making and responding to invitations
1 4.3 Listen to the conversation between 3 4.4 Listen to four people refusing invitations. Check ( )
Karen and Brigit. Complete the phrases. the things each speaker does.
1 Do trying out that new
Japanese restaurant tonight? Speaker Speaker Speaker Speaker
2 I’m I already have 1 2 3 4
. Uses a pleasant intonation
3 But would you be the
Apologizes before saying
Japanese place another evening?
something negative
4 OK then, do you go on
Saturday instead? Gives explanations
5 Oh , I think
that evening. 4 4.5 Read the conversation then complete what B says.
6 Yeah. That would be , There is more than one possible answer for each blank.
except I’ll have to leave early. Then listen and say B’s part aloud during the pauses.
7 Would to stay over at
my place? A Would you be interested in going to the movies on
8 That’s of you, thanks. Saturday? There’s a new action movie that’s supposed to
be really good.
2 Are phrases 1–8 in exercise 1 used for inviting B 1 . My parents are having a party.
(I), accepting (A) or refusing (R)? It’s been planned for a long time, and I can’t miss it.
A Oh sure, I understand. The movie’s playing all week
1
though. Do you feel like going another night?
2 B 2 . I read an online review and it
3 sounds really exciting. Sunday’s good for me.
A Great. Would you like to come over to my place for a quick
4
dinner before we go?
5
B 3 . Why don’t I bring something
6 for dessert?
7 A Excellent! See you then. Bye for now.
143
4 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

healthy eating.
LISTENING READING
1 4.6 Listen to the podcast. Choose the best 1 Read the blog about cooking. What does it suggest?
summary.
a Everyone can learn to cook well with the right
a Luca’s diet is healthy now, but it wasn’t when he was instructions.
younger. b There are lots of things that can go wrong when
b Luca and his brother have unhealthy diets now. cooking.
c Luca’s diet has always been very unhealthy. c You need lots of equipment in order to cook
successfully.
2 4.6 Listen again. Are the sentences true (T) or
false (F)? 2 Choose the correct options, according to the
information in the blog.
1 Luca’s mother still tells him to eat more fish.
2 When he was younger, Luca ate a lot 1 What is the advantage of cooking a vegetable soup?
of vegetables. a It is healthy.
b It is easy.
3 Luca didn’t use to like green vegetables.
c It is vegetarian.
4 Luca’s mother made him eat everything
2 Before you start cooking, what should you read?
on his plate.
a the first line of the recipe
5 Luca’s brother doesn’t like vegetables. b the first half of the recipe
6 Luca eats uncooked vegetables. c the whole recipe
7 Luca avoids food with a lot of salt. 3 Which of these things should you check before
8 Luca eats unhealthy food while watching starting to cook?
movies. a that you have the right equipment
b what time it is
9 Luca really dislikes fish.
c how many vegetables you need
10 Luca’s favorite sauces contain a lot of cream.
4 What will a recipe not tell you?
a which vegetables to use
b what kind of knife you need
c exactly how to prepare an onion
5 What does the word concentrate in line 20 mean?
a to do something quickly
b to focus on one activity
c to be very careful
6 Why should you add stock to the soup?
a to make it smell nice
b to make it less hot
c to improve the taste
7 What does the last line of the blog suggest?
a You probably won’t eat the soup.
b You will really enjoy the soup.
c You will definitely make the soup again.
144
REVIEW
Guest blogger Jack tells us how to stay calm in the kitchen.
Keep calm and go on cooking!
I f you’re new to cooking and want some basic tips, here’s a great recipe for a simple, but
delicious soup. I’ll take you step by step through what to do and what not to do!
1 The first piece of advice is, always read

the instructions to the end before you
start cooking. You don’t want to find out
halfway through that you don’t have all
5 the ingredients (What if you’ve run out
of noodles?), or some of the equipment
(What if your neighbor doesn’t own an
ice cream maker either?), or enough time
to cook it (Oh no, my girlfriend/boyfriend
10 will be here in five minutes and all I have is
a lot of raw vegetables!)
So, after you’ve read all the instructions, re-read the first line: “Peel and slice the onion.” Take
a sharp kitchen knife, and remove the first brown layer from the onion, and then the second
(brownish) layer and then a third. Now, of course the recipe won’t tell you when to stop and you
15 don’t want to end up with a really tiny onion. Make sure you have plenty of other vegetables: a red
pepper, a couple of carrots, and a potato (even if slightly green). Chop them into small pieces (and
don’t worry about the green potato, no one will know once it’s cooked).
Next, heat some oil in a pan. But how much oil? And what kind of pan? Pour in just enough to
cover the bottom of a medium-sized saucepan. Then add the vegetables. At this point, whatever
20 you do, concentrate! Do not attempt to do anything else! Do not answer your phone! Ignore the
doorbell (unless it’s the firefighters!) It’s so easy to forget to keep an eye on things. Turn the heat
down and let the vegetables cook gently for a few minutes. (Don’t they smell good?) Then add a
liter of water, plus two big spoons of stock (you know, that mysterious salty brown powder at the
back of the cupboard. It may not look much, but without it, your soup won’t taste ... anything like
25 soup). Put a lid on the pan, and leave it for half an hour.
Of course, at this point, you’ll forget the instruction not to answer your phone, and will end up
talking to a friend for an hour. The final step (nearly) is to taste the “soup.” And when you discover
that even your dog won’t eat it ... order takeout.
29 And that’s why you should always read the instructions first!
145
UNIT
5 Money and shopping

5A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: used to VOCABULARY: Money verbs

1 Complete the sentences with the words and phrases 3 Order the letters to make money verbs.
in the box. You will need to use two of them twice.
1 We aren’t rich. We can’t fardof to stay
in that hotel.
usually use to went did used to go
2 This café’s so expensive. They ceragh
$10 for a cup of coffee!
1 David looks different now. He didn’t
have long hair. 3 She has a good job and searn more
than her husband.
2 On my sixth birthday, I horseback
riding for the first time. 4 Don’t forget to apy kabc the money
Daniel gave you.
3 you use to visit your cousins when you
were younger? 5 Jack’s going shopping because he tog apid
yesterday.
4 I used to to the park on Saturdays.
6 Don’t awest your salary on things that
5 Yuri takes the bus to college.
you don’t need!
6 She ate lots of ice cream as a child. She
love it! 4 Complete the sentences with money verbs in the
7 Did Daniel be so thin? correct form.
8 Lara doesn’t go skiing in the summer. 1 Can I some money to buy a ticket to
the concert, please?
2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of 2 How much did you on that new jacket?
used to and the verb in parentheses.
3 I my best friend $10 yesterday to buy
1 I never ate olives as a child. I lunch.
them. (hate)
4 Their house is huge. It must be a
2 Did Steve so hard-working when fortune.
he was younger? (be)
5 Which more, the blue shirt or the green
3 She tennis in her teens, but one?
doesn’t now. (play)
6 I’m trying to a little money each month
4 My grandfather a cell phone. (not to buy a new car.
have)
5 Did your parents you bedtime
stories? (read)
PRONUNCIATION: used to/use to
6 I
wear)
bright colors in the past. (not
5 5.1 Practice saying the sentences. Pay attention
to used to and use to. Listen, check, and repeat.
7 Did you the train to New York?
(take) 1 She didn’t use to play tennis.
8 Alice so much before she went to 2 They used to love going to festivals.
college. (not go out) 3 Did you use to walk to school together?
4 We used to work out at the same gym.
5 He didn’t use to like classical music.
6 I remember that you used to enjoy dancing.
146
SKILLS 5B
LISTENING: Identifying attitude and opinion
1 5.2 Listen to Tom and Natalie talking about 4 5.2 Listen again and complete these sentences
shopping. Are these sentences true (T) or false (F)? and phrases with fillers from exercise 3.
1 Tom likes to shop online. 1 Sure, , it’s so convenient.
2 Natalie prefers online shopping. 2 , you just return it, don’t you?
3 Tom thinks online shopping is easy. 3 It’s convenient because you don’t have
4 Natalie doesn’t like department stores. to leave your home.
4 You can get everything you want under
2 Are the underlined phrases from the conversation one roof.
opinion (A), feeling (B), or attitude (C)? 5 And, , you can pick things up and see
1 Yeah, I do most of my shopping online. them and feel them.
I much prefer it.
2 Sure, you see it’s so convenient to shop online. 5 Complete the sentences with shopping words.
3 I mean, to be honest, shopping for clothes 1 That jacket was only thirty dollars? Wow! That’s an
online is the opposite of convenient. absolute b !
4 I wouldn’t say that’s a big problem. 2 I bought this bag on s for half the usual
5 I get really fed up waiting! price!
6 I guess I just like stores, especially department 3 Students get a 20% d in
stores. all our stores.
7 I enjoy wandering from the clothes section 4 The pants didn’t fit, so I sent them back and got a
to kitchen appliances. r .
8 I just remember the crowds and the lines: 5 I asked the salesperson if I could
it was really boring! e the jacket for a
larger size.
3 5.2 Listen again and number the fillers 1–8 in the 6 Are you paying with cash or by c
order you hear them. card?
a like 7 I need to try this suit on. Where’s the nearest
d room?
b I mean
c kind of 8 Sometimes I used to go w
shopping with no money in my pocket. I just looked
d Uh at all the beautiful things.
e Well
9 There was such a long l to pay that I
f you see decided not to wait.
g sort of 10 I paid for the items and the cashier gave me a
h So r .
147
5C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: The passive 3 Complete the sentences with the passive form of the
verbs in the box. Use the tense in parentheses.
sentences.
1 The wallet was yesterday by a member of the
public.
a turn in b turned in c to turn in
2 This park by many people.
a isn’t used b isn’t using c doesn’t use
3 When was the problem ?
a discovering b discovered c discover
4 In the summer, dinner on the terrace.
a served b is served c serving
5 A number of mistakes during the investigation.
a was made b made c were made
6 Over 300 people to the party.
a were invited b invited c was invited
2 Complete the text about the history of money. Use discover eat write invent

the present or past passive form of the verbs in wash bake steal paint
parentheses.
1 The planet Uranus by Sir William
It 1 (say) by many people Herschel in 1781. (simple past)
today that “money makes the world go around.” 2 Bread every morning in our own
It’s certainly hard to imagine life without it, but bakery. (simple present)
money 2 (not invent) until 3 I don’t have a bike now. It last
several thousand years ago in China. Tiny models of week from outside the school. (simple past)
weapons and tools 3 (use) 4 The picture by Pablo Picasso in
there as money. Before that, full-size tools and 1933. (simple past)
weapons 4 (exchange) 5 His car always looks perfect because it
for goods and services in a system called “barter.” every week. (simple present)
The first coins 5 (produce)
6 This song by John Grant.
2,500 years ago in Lydia, in what is now Turkey. (simple past)
They 6 (make) from
7 Lunch in the main dining room.
“electrum,” a mixture of gold and silver. The first (simple present)
paper bills 7 (print) by the
8 The first electric train by a
Chinese at around the same time. Fast forward German in 1879. (simple past)
in time, and today most goods and services
8 (buy) with credit and
PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
debit cards, or even using smartphone “wallets.”
Huge sums 9 (send) 4 5.3 Underline the three words that you think
from bank to bank without anyone touching a will be stressed in each sentence. Listen, check, and
single paper bill. Virtual currencies like Bitcoin repeat.
10 (accept) in some stores
1 This soup is made with peppers.
and online. Will bills and coins disappear completely
2 The children are taught by their parents.
during our lifetime?
3 These plants are grown by my father.
4 The message was posted on Facebook.
5 Those houses were built in 1975.
6 That race was won by her cousin.
148
SKILLS 5D
WRITING: Writing a formal e-mail
1 Read Elisabeth’s e-mail complaining about a flat-screen TV 2 Match the correct options 1–10 from exercise 1
she bought. Choose the correct words and phrases. with these features of formal e-mails.
a full forms, not contractions
b formal words and expressions
c passives to avoid being personal
To: info@tvs2go.com d a formal greeting
RE: Recent order (H23 100-A) e a formal ending
3 Complete the sentences with nouns made

1Dear Sir/Madam: / Hello, from these verbs.
I am writing 2to tell you about / with regard to the refund argue increase deliver

flat-screen TV that 3a man installed / was installed in my improve discover discuss
house last Thursday. decide organize inform
First, 4someone delivered the TV / the TV was delivered
at 3 p.m., not at 10 a.m., as agreed. Second, as the man 1 Last week I made the to
left, I noticed that some wires were hanging down at the purchase several items from your website.
back of the TV. When I 5pointed this out / told him about 2 The on your website was not
it, he was extremely rude. Although he agreed to fix the correct.
wires, he 6did not / didn’t check to make sure the TV was 3 I was not aware of the price
working correctly. when I ordered the product.
7I’m 4 I was shocked by the that
/ I am sure you will agree that this level of service
several parts were broken.
is 8terrible / unacceptable, and that a full refund of the
5 After a with one of your staff, I
delivery charge would be appropriate. Could you please
am still not satisfied.
arrange 9to pay the money / for the money to be paid
6 I did not expect to become involved in an
within a week?
with one of your sales team.
I look forward to hearing from you soon. 7 Poor service will damage the reputation of
10Regards, your .
/ Bye for now,
8 Your company needs to make a big
Elisabeth Miller in the quality of its goods.
9 I will expect of a replacement
within a week.
10 Please send me a for the full
amount of my order.
4 Write a formal e-mail complaining about a

product you have bought recently.
• Include paragraphs giving the reason for
writing, explaining the situation and saying
what action you want taken.
• Remember to use the features in exercise 2.
• Use the sentences in exercise 3 for ideas.
149
5 REVIEW
REVIEW and PRACTICE

living with your parents.
LISTENING READING
1 5.4 Listen to the podcast. Check ( ) the 1 Read the blog about money and relationships.
correct statement. Choose the best summary.
a Sonia moved out of her parents’ house a Couples often break up because they can’t agree
because there were too many rules. about money. You should talk about money with
b Sonia’s parents gave her money to help your partner and, if you have very different attitudes,
with her college tuition. it’s best not to get married.
c Sonia went to live with her parents because b It’s hard to change people’s attitudes toward money,
she wasn’t earning enough money. but if you understand how your partner feels, you
won’t feel so angry if he or she wastes money you
d Sonia couldn’t afford to go to college so she
wanted to save.
got a job instead.
c Attitudes toward money are very important. You
2 5.4 Listen again. Complete the sentences with should try to understand how your partner feels
and, if you have different attitudes, you should try to
one or two words.
find ways to stop them from causing arguments.
1 One of the in Sonia’s life
was when she graduated from college. 2 Check ( ) the correct sentences, according to the
2 Sonia was scared that she might trip and information in the blog.
.
1 Things that happen in our lives can affect
3 Sonia didn’t know how she was going to how we feel about money.
her student loan.
2 Attitudes toward money are more important
4 Sonia owed a total of than someone’s personality.
dollars.
3 People from poor families may not feel
5 It took Sonia to get a good happy about borrowing money.
job.
4 Attitudes toward money can change if a
6 Sonia gave her parents money for relationship lasts a long time.
and .
5 Couples should be honest with each other
7 When she was , Sonia didn’t when they talk about money.
like her parents’ rules.
6 We should discuss the emotional reasons
why money is important to us.
7 People with very different attitudes toward
money can’t have a successful relationship.
8 Each person in a couple should pay the same
amount of the bills.
9 Philip and Christa wanted to buy a home
together.
10 When Philip saw Christa spending a lot of
money, he thought their relationship
wouldn’t work.
150
150
REVIEW
Tom writes about money and relationships.
Money: how to stop it from

ruining your relationship
E xperts say that the main reason

long-term couples break up is
money—and the arguments it causes. Our
attitudes toward money often come from
our life experiences, and that makes them
difficult to change. Someone brought up in a
poor family may become very anxious about
owing money, and be horrified at the idea
of “wasting” it on things they don’t think are
necessary. So what can we do to stop money
from ruining a relationship?
“We all have a money personality,” says life

coach Jo Handslip. “If we’re thinking of a long-term relationship with someone, we need to
get to know that side of them just as well as the other parts of their character. And whatever
we may hope, we also need to understand that their money personality isn’t likely to change.”
The most important thing a couple can do is talk about money openly. “This isn’t about
money simply as a means of buying things,” says Jo. “It’s about what money represents to
us.” She says that couples should start by trying to identify what each of them associates with
money, like success, security, independence, power, fun, or being free from stress.
Once they understand this, they can try to make their different attitudes work together. So, if
one of you loves the freedom and excitement of spending money, and the other one wants the
security of having savings, maybe you should agree to share the cost of bills, but keep the rest
of your money separate. That way, the “spender” can only spend their own money, and the
“saver” can feel secure. Or you could agree a maximum amount you can spend without asking
your partner.
Philip Walker knows all about the problems money can cause. He and his girlfriend Christa
broke up just two weeks before their wedding! “We were saving up for an apartment, so we
agreed that the ceremony should be fairly small. But then I found out that instead of spending
our savings on the wedding, Christa was going out to expensive nightclubs, celebrating with
her friends, and buying lots of new clothes when she already had more than she needed.
She’d buy the same dress or pairs of shoes in three different colors because she couldn’t
decide which she liked best! We ended up having a huge argument. In the end, seeing her
throw our money away made me feel that she didn’t see a future for us together.”
151
151
UNIT
6 Sports and fitness

6A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Past perfect VOCABULARY: Sports and competitions

1 Choose the correct tenses to complete the sentences. 3 Order the letters to make words that match the
definitions.
1 That evening, I was tired because I ten kilometers
in the afternoon. 1 to behave dishonestly in order to
a had run b ran c was running achieve something THEAC
2 We hungry because we’d already eaten. 2 someone who watches people
a weren’t being b hadn’t been c weren’t playing sports TRAPECOTS
3 By the time we arrived at the theater, the play . 3 to win a point CROSE
a had already started b already started
4 someone who practices
c was already starting
a sport very well THELATE
4 When I met Lara I was sure I her somewhere before.
5 the person who controls the
a saw b was seeing c had seen
game FREEREE
5 I’d put on a thick jacket and I too warm later.
6 a prize for winning a competition
a was being b had been c was
HOTPRY
6 I how the movie would end because I had read
the book.
a had known b knew c know
4 Complete the words. Some of the letters are
given.
7 He had cut his finger while he the meat.
a was preparing b preparing c had prepared 1 She hopes to win a gold m at the
next Olympics.
8 We arrived late to the party, so most of the food .
a was gone b went c was going 2 Our team needs another goal to t the
score.
9 I didn’t have any money with me; I my wallet.
a forget b forgot c was forgetting 3 There was a huge c watching last
night’s game.
10 Camilla said she had met Igor while she around
Europe. 4 Don’t forget to w u before you go
a traveled b was traveling c had traveled running.
5 Would you like to t p in
2 Complete the sentences with the verb pairs. Write one our swimming competition?
simple past and one past perfect form in each sentence. 6 You can’t g u now. You’re nearly
at the finishing line!
say / go live / move know / be meet / know
pass / study be / lose finish / leave be / leave
PRONUNCIATION: ’d/hadn’t
1 After we our dinner, we the
restaurant. 5 6.1 Practice saying the sentences. Pay
attention to the pronunciation of ’d and hadn’t.
2 The teacher angry because I
my work at home. Listen, check, and repeat.
3 He feeling stressed because he 1 She’d already won the match.
his phone. 2 He hadn’t taken part in the competition.
4 Jorge all his exams because he 3 We’d lost both games.
hard all year. 4 They certainly hadn’t cheated.
5 I Javier once at Laura’s house, so I 5 We hadn’t scored yet.
who he was. 6 They’d tied in the semifinal.
6 She in Italy for three years before she
to France.
7 Eduardo most of the people at the club
because he there before.
8 After I good night, I to bed.
152
SKILLS 6B
10
READING: Finding information in a text
1 Read the text about gadgets that measure your
WEARABLE News fitness, then match paragraphs A–C with three
Reviews of summaries 1–6.
FITNESS Fitness trackers
DEVICES Watches
1 A disadvantage of wearable fitness
devices.
Forum
2 What do fitness trackers do?
Fitness trackers 3 The companies that make these
fitness devices.
4 The enjoyment factor of wearable
fitness devices.
5 The author’s experience of these
fitness devices.
6 Why wearable fitness devices are useful.
2 Read the questions and match them to

paragraphs A–C. Then write short answers.
There are two questions for each paragraph.
1 What part of the body do you wear
some of these devices on?
A Wearable fitness is everywhere you look. There 2 What do we all know we should
are now hundreds of types of fitness trackers on do less of?
the market, the simplest of which simply count 3 How many different kinds of
the number of steps you take in a day. The more device are available?
sophisticated models record your heartbeat, your food
4 Where can you look at the information
intake, your skin temperature, even how often you these devices collect?
snore in your sleep! They allow you to observe and
5 What activity do we know we
measure details about your own body that previously
should do more often?
only doctors were able to see. Which, of course, is
6 What can some devices count
fascinating. But apart from providing interest in our
while you are in bed?
lives, are these (often expensive) gadgets worth it? Do
they serve any real purpose, other than making a nice
profit for a number of companies?
3 Complete the sentences with example, for,
like, or such.
B Well, it turns out that in a lot of cases they probably
1 We can all get more exercise,
do. Not because fitness trackers provide 100% instance, by walking rather than driving.
accurate data. (If you try out two different brands
2 With this device daily routines,
of fitness trackers, it’s very likely that you’ll get two
going upstairs and walking home from the
very different step counts over the course of the
station, can be fun.
day.) But because they’re always there, often on
3 Everyone can now monitor aspects of their
your wrist, reminding you that you haven’t moved
body’s behavior, as their
or slept enough recently. Turn on your phone and a
heartbeat and temperature.
figure will pop up, telling you how well you’re doing.
4 We can find out, for , how
(Some models will even tell you how well your friends
deeply we’re sleeping.
are doing!) And that’s just what most of us need, a
constant reminder that we need to do better.
C And let’s not forget that they’re fun. Without a

fitness tracker, we may know that we should use
our legs more and our wheels less, but we may
not actually do anything about it. When we wear a
device that rewards us with a “ping” every time we
reach our target step count, we are more likely to
get off the bus two stops away from work and walk.
Daily routines become a sort of game we play with
ourselves, and who wouldn’t that appeal to?
153
6C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Reported speech VOCABULARY: Parts of the body

1 Complete the sentences with said or told. 3 Match parts of the body a–j with the definitions 1–8.
1 She she would call me on the 1 This is in your head and controls how you think.
weekend. 2 This helps your arm bend.
2 Nora and Lucia me they had seen you 3 These are the soft edges of the mouth.
at the gym.
4 This helps your leg bend.
3 She me that Gabriel had gone to the 5 This part of the body contains the heart.
meeting.
6 This is the soft part of the front of the body,
4 He that Yolanda would take Lola to the above your legs.
airport.
7 These are the two parts of your body at the
5 Isaac he would talk to Miguel about the tops of your arms.
problem.
8 This is just above your foot at the bottom of
6 He that Sophia liked her colleagues. your leg.
7 Paula me she had met you at the
a shoulders f lips
wedding.
b thumb g forehead
8 He me that Lily wasn’t coming.
c chest h ankle
2 Use the prompts to rewrite the sentences in reported d brain i elbow
speech. e stomach j knee
1 “I’ll call you from the station.”
4 Complete the words. The first letters are given.
My sister / tell me / she call me / from the station
1 After running, the m in my
.
legs were tired.
2 “Dad can cook dinner for you and Laura.”
2 She’d broken a b in her foot and couldn’t
My mom / say / Dad cook / dinner for us walk.
. 3 Anna was wearing a pretty scarf around her
3 “I didn’t see Luke in town on Saturday.” n .
He / tell me / he / not see / Luke in town on Saturday 4 A healthy diet and regular exercise are good for your
. h .
4 “I just bought a new computer.” 5 He was wearing sandals, so I could see his
t .
Maria / say / she buy / a new computer
6 After a few days in the sun, her s was
.
really brown.
5 “We’re going to move to France.”
7 Why is she pointing a f at me?
He / tell me / they going to move / to France
8 Victor has an expensive-looking watch on his left
. w .
6 “I haven’t made up my mind.”
She / say / she / not make up / her mind PRONUNCIATION: Weak form of that
.
7 “I’m meeting David on Friday.” 5 6.2 Listen to the sentences. Is that strong (S) or
Victor / tell me / he meet David / on Friday weak (W)? Listen, check, and repeat.
. 1 Monica said that she was leaving.
8 “Alba loves going for walks.” 2 Is that your cousin over there?
He / say / Alba love / going for walks 3 That’s not what I said!
. 4 Kevin told me that I was wrong.
5 Pam said that the party started at eight.
6 Could you give me that book, please?
7 Beatriz told Clara that she was angry.
8 Sara likes the blue bike, but I like that one.
154
SKILLS 6D
SPEAKING: Making inquiries
1 6.3 Gabriella is a guest at an expensive hotel. 4 6.4 Use the phrases in exercise 2 to complete
Listen to her conversation with the receptionist. Are these conversations. There may be more than one
the statements true (T) or false (F)? possible answer. Then listen and say the missing part
aloud.
1 Gabriella didn’t know that the hotel had
a fitness center. 1 In a sports store
2 The exercise room has a lot of equipment A Good morning. Can I help you?
that guests can use.
B Hello. 1 sneakers, please?
3 Gabriella wants someone to show her
I’m looking for a pair for long-distance running.
the gym.
4 Guests don’t have to pay to use the A Yes, we have several running shoes. Can I bring some
swimming pool. for you to try on?
5 The swimming pool closes at night. B That would be great, thanks.
6 The receptionist will send an extra towel 2 waterproof jackets.
to Gabriella’s room.
A We don’t have any available at the moment, but
here’s a catalog. You can order them online. Does
2 6.3 Listen again. You will hear seven of these
that sound OK?
phrases. Write G (Gabriella) or R (receptionist).
a Can I help you?
2 At the gym
b Could you give me some information
about …, please? A Excuse me, can I take Pilates classes here?
c Just one more thing. B Yes, we have several teachers.
d Excuse me, could you tell me …? 3 give you a list?
e I’d also like to ask about …
A Great, thanks.
f Does that sound OK?
B You can call them to arrange a time.
g I was told ... Is that true? … 4 ?
h Is there anything else... ?
A Yes, perfect, thanks.
i Should I …?
j Can I just double check? Do you …? B Here’s the list. 5 ?
k Would you like me to …? A No, that’s everything. Thanks for your help.
l Could I speak to someone about …?
m I was hoping you could help me.
3 Put the phrases from exercise 2 into the correct

categories.
1 starting an inquiry politely
2 asking for additional information
3 being helpful
155
6 REVIEW and PRACTICE

joining a gym.
LISTENING READING
1 6.5 Listen to the podcast. Check ( ) the parts 1 Read the blog about sports injuries. Choose the best
of the body that are mentioned. summary.
a foot a Peter didn’t prepare enough for his run and, because
b neck of his injury, he will never be able to run again.
c muscle b Peter hadn’t realized there was a problem with
his ankle and made things worse by getting more
d ankle
exercise.
e wrist
c Peter wasn’t used to getting much exercise, and
f stomach hurt his ankle badly soon after starting his run.
g shoulder
h bone 2 Choose the correct options to complete the
i heart sentences.
j knee 1 According to Peter, after a sports injury you feel
a upset and annoyed.
2 6.5 Listen again. Choose the correct options b surprised and frightened.
to complete the sentences. c tired and embarrassed.
2 Peter hurt his ankle
1 How long has Harry been going to the sports
a when he got up one day.
center?
b while he was running.
a about one year
c when he was preparing to run.
b about two years
c about five years 3 Peter’s doctor told him
a to stop running for a few weeks.
2 For his height, Harry
b to run shorter distances.
a weighs too little.
c to stop running completely.
b weighs the right amount.
c weighs too much. 4 Peter had
a had a few injuries in the past.
3 Harry wants a workout that’s good for his
b never injured himself before.
a stomach.
c only recently started running.
b muscles.
c heart. 5 Peter says that stress
a makes it take longer to recover from injury.
4 Harry says that he
b is hard for most people to control.
a has always been active.
c can make it difficult for him to run.
b has never gotten much exercise.
c has never injured himself. 6 Peter says that he
a thought his ankle would never get better.
5 Harry had to have an operation when he was
b was impatient to recover as quickly as possible.
a eight.
c did what his doctor had told him to do.
b eleven.
c twenty.
6 What happened while Harry was skiing?
a He injured his leg.
b He damaged part of his arm.
c He caused a serious accident.
156
156
Guest blogger Kate gets some advice on recovering from sports injuries.
How I got back on track
W e all know we should get plenty of exercise and many of us have a favorite sport or activity. But
what happens if you suffer an injury and can’t practice the sport you love? How do you cope
with it, and how do you recover from it? Peter Jackson, sports coach and runner, told us about his
experience of being injured.
It’s tough. You feel so many negative emotions. You’re angry

because you can’t practice your sport. You feel disappointed
because your body has failed you. And you’re bored because
you can’t do what you want to do!
One morning last year I got up and noticed a problem with my

right ankle. It was a slight pain at first and I thought it would
go away. I’d done a long run the day before—a few miles
more than usual—and thought maybe that was the reason.
Anyway, I went running, as usual. I’d done everything correctly
to prepare. I’d put a bandage on for support and, of course, I’d
warmed up before starting.
But as I ran, the pain got worse and worse and, after three
miles, I had to give up and go home. The next day, I saw my
doctor who told me that I’d injured my ankle badly and that
I would have to rest it for four to six weeks; that meant no
running at all! It was kind of a shock. Until that point, I’d run
every day for the previous four or five years, with no problems.
Suddenly, I had to learn new habits. Most importantly, I had to
start listening to my body, and it was telling me to rest.
Of course, at first I was very stressed by not being able to

run, but I learned to manage that. It’s often said that stress is
caused by the feeling that we can’t control a situation, and
stress stops the body from getting better. So the first thing
I had to understand was that I was in control because I was
helping myself get better. I couldn’t take part in running any
more, but by resting my ankle and doing the exercises that
the doctor had shown me, I was taking part in my recovery. I
learned to be patient, to accept that it takes time to get better
and, above all, I learned to be positive and to believe that I
would recover.
157
157
UNIT
7 At home
7A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: -ing/infinitive verb VOCABULARY: Household items

patterns
3 Order the letters to make words that match the descriptions.
1 Choose the correct options to complete the 1 It keeps you warm in bed. FMCOETRRO
sentences.
2 You turn it on and water comes out. TFUACE
1 I have arranged Rita this evening.
3 You put dirty clothes in it. GASWNHI CHANMIE
a meeting b to meet
4 You keep your clothes in it.
2 Did you finish your bedroom yet?
THESC FO REWARDS
a decorating b to decorate
5 They are made of thin material and go on
3 Frankie can’t stand early.
a bed. THESES
a getting up b to get up
6 It keeps your house warm.
4 The company is planning its factory in Ohio.
a closing b to close ANCTLER THIGANE
5 Oh no! I forgot my passport! 4 Complete the crossword puzzle.

a bringing b to bring 1 2
6 Would you mind dinner tonight? 3
a cooking b to cook
7 Gary hopes a place on the team. 4
a getting b to get 5 6 7
8 Do you feel like to the beach today?

a going b to go 8
9
9 I can’t imagine a marathon!
a running b to run
10 Unfortunately, I can’t afford a vacation
this year.
Across
a taking b to take
3 Put the on the sofa.
2 Complete the text with the correct form of the 5 I sleep best with a soft under my head.
verbs in the box. 8 Pia had a full of beautiful clothes.
9 I washed my hands in the bathroom .
get move tell play Down
visit stay hang out pay 1A is a small carpet.
2 All the dirty dishes need to go in the .
4 It was cold, so we put an extra on the bed.
Last year, I decided 1 to
another city. I was bored with my job, and I 6 Is the hot enough yet to do my shirt?
wanted a change. I’m the kind of person that 7 The cake must be done, so take it out of the .
hates 2 in the same place for
too long. Luckily, I managed 3 PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
a new job fairly quickly. My new company
even offered 4 my rent for 5 7.1 Listen to these sentences and repeat them. Pay
three months while I looked for a place to attention to the way to is pronounced.
buy. The only problem was my great friend, 1 Gary can’t afford to buy a new laptop.
Stan. He kept 5 me that I would
2 The children enjoy playing in the park.
be lonely and that I’d miss 6
with him and our other friends. I did feel 3 We plan to meet our friends at eight.
sorry about leaving Stan, but I knew I’d make 4 I don’t feel like going to the movies.
new friends quickly. I love 7 5 I forgot to lock the door.
soccer and joining a team is always a good
6 Silvia doesn’t want to come with us.
way to meet people. However, I promised
8 Stan as often as I could, and
I’ve kept my promise.
158
SKILLS 7B
10
LISTENING: Understanding and interpreting information
3 Read the short conversations. Write the words that

the speakers don’t say.
1 A She was angry.
B No, she wasn’t.
2 A Do you think Maria’s happy at work?
B Not so sure about that!
3 A What’s wrong?
B Computer’s not working!
4 A You look really stressed.
B Yes! Big problem with the plans for
Saturday!
5 A Sara doesn’t like cooking, I’m guessing?
B No, hates it!
1 7.2 Read the sentences and look at the

4 Match a–e with missing words 1–5 in exercise 3.
underlined words. Think about other words the a pronouns
speakers might use. Then listen to the conversation. b articles
Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)? c be and auxiliary verbs
1 Johnny is extremely tired after doing d There is/are
the housework. e avoid repeating words
2 Johnny has cleaned the kitchen floor.
3 Marta says Johnny’s roommates will be 5 Match the two parts of the sentences.
very pleased with him. 1 We’ll need to set
4 As part of Marta and Sara’s agreement, 2 Tom said he was mopping
Marta cleans the house.
3 Could you hang out
5 Marta tells Johnny she hates cleaning.
4 I completely forgot to water
6 Marta’s roommate, Sara, really likes food.
5 After we finished eating, we loaded
7 Marta says the meals she cooks are
6 Ella got up and had breakfast, then made
very good.
7 He dropped some food and had to vacuum
8 Marta says she spends a lot of time
deciding what to cook. 8 Don’t forget to take out
a the plants in the garden.
2 7.2 Listen again and check and write the actual
these clothes to dry, please?
b
words the speakers use.
the trash, please.
c
1 extremely tired
the carpet.
d
2 cleaned
the dishwasher.
e
3 very pleased the bathroom floor when I called.
f
4 agreement her bed.
g
5 hates the dinner table for six people.
h
6 really likes
7 very good
8 a lot of time
159
7C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Articles VOCABULARY: Words to describe materials

and clothes
1 Match the two parts of the sentences.
4 Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
1 I would really love a
2 Paul said he would like an silk fur casual wood wool metal
3 I think I will enjoy the
4 We could have 1 I’m an animal lover, so I don’t wear
5 Esther talked a lot about coats.
6 Laura explained how 2 You need to polish jewelry to make it
7 Rick told me about an shine.
8 Maria described a 3 It’s best to wash shirts by hand.
a book you told us about. 4 We gave Helga an unusual ring for her
b to get to Bill’s house. birthday.
c drink. 5 In winter, I wear a sweater to keep
d village in China. warm.
e old friend who was a musician. 6 Joe packed some clothes for his
f orange. vacation.
g politics.
h breakfast before we go. 5 Complete the words.
1 My sister is a vegetarian and won’t even buy
2 Complete the sentences with the correct article or – l shoes.
(no article).
2 You should wear f clothes for an
1 Vivian sees the doctor twice year. interview.
2 We went to amazing concert last night. 3 In summer Felipe prefers short-sleeved
3 I’m a little scared of dogs. c shirts.
4 She gave taxi driver a big tip. 4 We aren’t allowed to wear d jeans
to work.
5 Patsy has to go to hospital tomorrow.
5 Are these pants too t ? I think
6 I usually have sandwiches for lunch. I need a larger size.
7 Monday is the first day of the working 6 She didn’t buy the skirt with flowers on it because
week. she wanted something p .
8 They have to go to bank before it
closes.
PRONUNCIATION: the
9 What’s name of Pete’s girlfriend?
10 My sister is engineer. 6 7.3 Listen and circle the pronunciation of the
that you hear. Listen, check, and repeat.
3 Read the review and choose the correct sequence of
articles, A, B, or C. 1 We need to take the early train. /ðə/ /ði/
2 Where are all the other people? /ðə/ /ði/
“Spectacles” review ***** 3 What time does the concert start? /ðə/ /ði/
This week we’re reviewing Spectacles, 1pair 4 Should we meet at the usual place? /ðə/ /ði/
of sunglasses that can take 2 videos. 3
product is made by 4 video and messaging 5 Don’t forget to bring the tickets. /ðə/ /ði/
app, Snapchat. 5 videos are 6 unusual 6 His house is painted pink on the
/ðə/ /ði/
shape: they’re round, similar to human vision. outside.
Spectacles’ 10-second video clips are sent via 7 How did you do on the exam? /ðə/ /ði/
Bluetooth to users’ smartphones.
8 I spilled juice on the carpet. /ðə/ /ði/
A 1 – 2– 3 – 4 the 5 – 6a
B 1 a 2– 3 The 4 the 5 The 6 an
C 1 a 2 the 3 The 4 – 5 The 6 the
160
SKILLS 7D
WRITING: Making writing interesting
1 Read David’s description of his friend’s house and complete it with the words in the box.
so (x 2) because but although however and also as well
Michael's house
My friend Michael lives with his parents in a big modern
house just outside the city. I think it’s an excellent place to
live 1 it’s really peaceful there, 2
it’s still easy to get to the city on the bus.
Michael’s mom is an excellent gardener, and they have a

gorgeous yard with lots of flowers. It 3 has
a large swimming pool, where we often hang out on the
weekends.
4 the rooms in Michael’s house are spacious,
they’re still very comfortable. In Michael’s room, there’s
an old leather sofa 5 lots of soft red velvet
cushions. There’s a lovely thick rug, 6 .
All the rooms have big windows 7 they’re bright

and airy. 8 , most of them have thick, black
blinds, 9 you can make the rooms dark if you
want to. That’s especially useful in the living room, where we
often watch movies.
2 Order the adjectives to complete the sentences. 4 Find two examples in the text of where and an
example of what you can do there. Then complete
1 He owns a(n) bed.
1–4 with your own ideas.
(huge/amazing/square)
2 Her bedroom has curtains. 1 Greg’s house has a gorgeous long yard, where
(pale green/silk/fashionable) .
3 My house contains a living area. 2 Anna’s cottage has an an old red living room, where
(spacious/modern) .
4 Their home is full of furniture. 3 Peter’s apartment has an enormous square balcony,
(old/oak/beautiful) where
.
5 She uses sheets on the beds.
(Egyptian/white/cotton) 4 There is a wonderful modern kitchen, where
.
6 I don’t like the window frames.
(horrible/plastic/modern)
5 Write a description of a home you like.
7 On the table there is a vase.
(Chinese/large/round) • Use adjectives in the correct order.
8 The dining room has a carpet. • Use synonyms to avoid repeating words.
(blue/gorgeous) • Use linkers to give reasons and results (so, because,
that’s why), to contrast information (but, although,
3 Find these words in the text and match them with however) or add information (and, also, too, as well).
synonyms a–d. • Include a sentence with where and what you can do
1 spacious a spend time in a particular place.
2 gorgeous b reach
3 hang out c large
4 get to d beautiful
161
Tom and Sam talk about Tom's

new apartment.
LISTENING READING
1 7.4 Listen to the podcast. Number these 1 Read the blog about house-sharing. Check ( ) the
things in the order Tom mentions them. correct sentences, according to the information in
the blog.
a closet
b sofa 1 Real estate prices are rising, so more people
share houses today than ever before.
c freezer
2 People often need to share houses or
d central heating
apartments, but there can be problems.
e kitchen
3 You need to make sure your new roommate
f comforter can afford to live there.
g refrigerator 4 Feelings are important, but you can take
h chest of drawers practical steps to make sharing a house or
apartment successful.
2 7.4 Listen again. Is each statement correct 5 If you can’t share with someone you know,
(Yes) or incorrect (No)? you should at least meet the person before
you move in together.
Yes No 6 You should make a list of important things
about where you are going to live.
1 Tom has been in his new home
⬜ ⬜
for less than a month.
2 Tom moved in on the coldest day
2 Are the sentences true (T), false (F), or isn’t there
⬜ ⬜ enough information to decide (N)?
of the year.
3 Tom had to go to bed early to 1 Many people have bad experiences with
⬜ ⬜ roommates.
keep warm.
4 Tom was pleased the central 2 Mollie’s roommate didn’t know how to
⬜ ⬜ use their washing machine.
heating was soon fixed.
5 Tom hasn’t had time to put his 3 Jamie liked his roommate’s snake.
⬜ ⬜
clothes in the closet. 4 A lot of people move into houses or
6 At the moment, Tom doesn’t apartments they can’t really afford.
⬜ ⬜
mind not having a freezer. 5 Becky’s roommate was often late paying
7 Tom would prefer different her rent.
⬜ ⬜
wallpaper in his new home. 6 It doesn’t matter why someone left the
8 Tom is confident that Sam will last place they lived.
⬜ ⬜
really like his apartment. 7 Daniel didn’t like the type of music his
roommates played.
8 If you don’t feel comfortable with someone,
you should find out where they lived before.
9 Websites can be a good place to find
house-sharing opportunities.
10 At a speed housemating event, you can
immediately find out basic information about
people.
162
162
Guest blogger Penny explains how to find the perfect housemate.
The highs and lows of house-sharing
Y ou want to leave home, but you can’t afford your own apartment or house. What do you do?
Sharing accommodations with other people in the same situation is the obvious answer.
But how do you find those people, and how do you know you will get along with them? The
Internet is full of horror stories, and here are a few of them!
“One of my roommates never changed his sheets,” says 21-year-old Mollie Goodman. “Eventually
the whole house started to smell!” 23-year-old Jamie King also had bad experiences. “In one place
I lived, this guy moved in and brought a huge snake with him. Even worse, he filled the freezer with
dead mice to feed it!”
Of course, money’s another issue. You might be embarrassed to ask someone how they plan to pay
the rent, but you don’t want to end up like Becky. Her roommate claimed to be an actor, but the
truth was that she was usually out of work. Not only did she rarely pay her rent on time, she also
thought it was OK to use Becky’s shampoo, drink her milk, and even “borrow” her clothes (without
asking, of course!)
If you’re the person moving into a house or apartment, find out why the last person left. Maybe, like
Daniel Mills, 24, it was because the others were all in a band together, and rehearsed at home! “I
never got a moment’s peace; it was terrible!" he says. “If you’re the one with a spare room, always
ask for references from the people they lived with before. And listen to your heart. If you have a
bad feeling about someone, just walk away. But listen to your head as well. Even if someone seems
great, get an agreement in writing.”
Most of us would prefer to live with someone we know, but that’s not always possible, especially
when you move to a new city. Online house-sharing sites are a good place to start. But one thing
everyone agrees on is that you must meet the people you’re going to live with face to face before
you move in. Because this can take a lot of time, “speed housemating” events are becoming more
and more popular. At these events people with rooms can meet people who want to rent. Everyone
wears a sticker showing their budget and where they want to live. It’s like speed dating, but with a
front door key thrown in!
163
163
UNIT
8 People and relationships

8A LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Defining relative clauses VOCABULARY: Relationships

1 Choose the correct options to complete the 3 Order the letters to make words that match the definitions.
sentences.
1 someone who you share a house or
1 Did you see the photo who / that or - / where I apartment with OOMRETAM
posted yesterday? 2 a person or organization that gives
2 Is that the neighbor who / - / where bake the people work REPLOYME
cake for your birthday? 3 someone who hates another person
3 That building on the left is the office that / who and tries to harm them MEENY
/ where I used to work. 4 someone that you work with
4 The woman where / who / - usually cuts my GLOECLEAU
hair has left. 5 someone that you live near to
5 He loves playing sports where / that or - / who HENIGROB
he hasn’t tried before.
6 a man who is getting married or just
6 She told me about a restaurant that / where / got married MOROG
who they make really good vegetarian food.
7 someone who you own a company
7 We could meet at that French café–the one with SUBISSEN TRAPERN
that or - / where / who you mentioned earlier.
8 the brother of your husband or wife, or your
8 For people - / who / where prefer peace and sister’s husband ROBERTH-NI-WAL
quiet, this hotel is perfect.
9 Is she the girl that or - / where / what you were 4 Complete the words. Some letters are given.
telling me about?
1 My father left when we were little, so my mother was a
1 0 This is the room that / who / where most of the
s parent.
meetings take place.
2 My mother remarried and had a daughter, so I have a
2 Combine the two sentences using a relative s .
pronoun. 3 She has one cousin living near her, but no other
r .
1 That’s the hotel. We stayed there in May.
4 I don’t have brothers or sisters; I’m an o child.
.
5 Sarah doesn’t get along with her husband’s parents, but I
2 I lost the necklace. Marta gave it to me for my love my i -l .
birthday.
6 My aunts and uncles all have children, so I have lots of
. c .
3 Did you hear the joke? Alan told it earlier. 7 I didn’t like the last guy I worked for, but my new
. b is great.
4 She shouted to the boy. He had dropped his 8 Ted’s g came to the
phone. nightclub; they’ve been going out for six months.
.
5 This is the bus. It goes to Chicago. PRONUNCIATION: Sentence stress
.
6 Are they going to the restaurant? It opened last 5 8.1 Look at the relative pronouns who, which, and
month. where. Are they stressed (S) or unstressed (U)? Listen,
check, and repeat.
.
1 Who did you speak to? S U
2 That’s the town where he grew up. S U
3 She must be the woman who works here. S U
4 Where are the instructions? S U
5 Did she say which flight she was taking? S U
6 Which jacket looks better with these pants? S U
164
SKILLS 8B
10
READING: Interpreting data
A 1 Match the information in Graphs A–C with
United Kingdom three of 1–6.
United States of America 1 World population by continent.
2 Average temperatures by continent.
age
3 Male and female life expectancy.
85
4 Average age of first marriage.
5 U.K. and U.S. population change.
80 6 Life expectancy in the U.S. and U.K.
75
2 According to Graphs A–C, are these
statements true (T) or false (F)?
1 Life expectancy in the U.S. rose by more
70
than five years from 1990 to 2010.
2 In 1980, life expectancy for both U.K. and
65 U.S. citizens was still less than 75.
1970-79
1970 1980-89
1980 1990-99
1990 2000-09
2000 2010-19
2010 3 The difference between life expectancy
in the U.K. and the U.S. increased from
B 1990 to 2010.
4 The average age difference between men
age
Man Woman and women for their first marriage is two
40 years everywhere except Canada.
39
38 5 Chilean people are older at the time of
37 their first marriage than other nationalities
36
35
on this chart.
34 6 Brazilian women are the same age as
33
women from the U.S. when they get
32
31 married for the first time.
30
7 Asia has the highest population of any
29
28 continent.
27 8 The population of Africa is about 3% larger
26
25
than that of North and South America.
24 9 Fewer people live in North and South
23
22
America than in Europe.
21
20 3 Choose the correct options to complete this
Brazil Canada Chile Mexico U.S.A summary of Graph A.
C Graph A shows that from 1970 to 2012,
U.K. citizens almost always lived slightly
Africa
1longer / shorter lives than U.S. citizens.
14.57%
Oceania
Both groups have 2increased / decreased
0.53% their life expectancy by 3around / at least 10
years during the period shown. From 1970
to 1979, life expectancy for U.S. citizens
increased by 4at least / nearly five years.
From 1975 to 1995, data for the U.K. and
the U.S. were 5not at all / roughly similar.
North and However, for a brief time around 1980, the
South America Asia
life expectancy of U.S. citizens was just
13.41% 60.67% 6over / under that of people in the U.K. By
1982, life expectancy in both the U.S. and

Europe the U.K. had reached 7at least / almost 75.
10.82% By 2012, the average person in the U.K.
could expect to live to 8at least / nearly 80.
165
8C LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR: Uses of the -ing form and VOCABULARY: Relationship verbs

the infinitive
1 Choose the correct options to complete the sentences.
sentences. 1 I met a really nice girl on Saturday and thought I
1 I was disappointed about the exam. might her out.
a to fail b failing a keep b ask c go
2 Before , maybe we should have something to eat. 2 Karla and Javier ended their relationship, but
a to leave b leaving back together last month.
3 She just left the office some lunch. a got b fell c broke
a getting b to get 3 Did you know that Bernie and Karen are married
4 is the best form of exercise. next year?
a To walk b Walking a making b getting c going
5 I agree there’s a problem, although I think it’s unfair 4 Joe and Eve used to go together, but they
Jim. broke up.
a blaming b to blame a on b in c out
6 It’s not expensive on a camping trip. 5 Connie is going on a tonight with a guy she met
a going b to go at work.
a date b marriage c break
7 It was impossible not her my secret!
a to tell b telling 6 I’ve known Pablo for ten years. We friends
when we lived in Mexico City.
8 time with friends is so important.
a became b got c went
a Spending b To spend
9 Not meat can be difficult in some countries. 4 Complete the sentences.
a to eat b eating
1 Although Laura and I live in different countries, we
2 Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box. manage to stay in .
Use each verb twice, once in the -ing form and once 2 They met and in love while they were
in the infinitive. in college.
3 We have similar interests and opinions. In general, we
earn see discuss eat speak a lot in common.
4 Nancy is single again. She broke with
1 She was too afraid to her boss about her boyfriend a week ago.
the situation.
5 Alejandro seems interesting. I’d like to
2 We were both hungry, so we went home to know him better.
.
6 Isabella’s great! I’ve always gotten
3 a lot of money is hard work. really well with her.
4 After the matter, we came to a
decision.
PRONUNCIATION: Word stress
5 Are you interested in a movie this
evening?
5 8.2 Match 1–8 with stress patterns a–e. Listen,
6 to a room of two hundred people is check and repeat.
terrifying.
1 important a Oo
7 I’d be interested her face when she
2 colleague b oO
hears the news!
3 impossible c oOo
8 I was delighted a little extra money.
4 except d Ooo
9 Fernando and I met the problem.
5 technology e oOoo
10 a lot of sugar is bad for your health.
6 better
7 afraid
8 probably
166
SKILLS 8D
SPEAKING: Saying thanks
3 8.4 Listen to five people speaking. Choose the

most appropriate response.
1 That’s very nice of you. / Thanks.
2 Thanks a lot. / I’m very grateful to you.
3 Thanks very much. / I really appreciate it.
4 Thanks a lot. / I can’t thank you enough.
5 I can’t thank you enough. / Thanks a million.
4 8.5 Listen to four people thanking,

congratulating or complimenting you. Use your own
ideas to respond modestly.
1 You’re welcome. .
2 I’m glad you think so, but .
3 No problem. .
1 8.3 Listen to the conversation between Anna 4 Thanks. .
and Tim. Which four of these phrases do they use?
Number them 1–4 in the order that you hear them. 5 8.6 Listen to some possible answers to
a Thanks a lot. exercise 4.
b That’s very nice of you.
c Thanks a million.
d Thanks.
e Thank you so much.
f Thanks very much.
g I can’t thank you enough.
h I really appreciate it.
i I’m very grateful to you.
2 Read the four phrases from the conversation. Match

them to the different ways of responding modestly.
1 Oh, I’m glad you like it. It’s a really
easy recipe.
2 Not at all. It would be a lot of fun.
3 It’s nothing, really!
4 Well, to be honest, not many other people
entered.
saying you are pleased
a
saying something isn’t difficult
b
saying something is not as good as the other
c
person thinks
saying you would enjoy doing something
d
saying something is only a small thing
e
167

friendship and romance.
LISTENING READING
1 8.7 Listen to the podcast. Are the statements 1 Read the blog about five people’s problems.
true (T) or false (F), according to the speaker? Complete 1–5 with the words in the box. There
are three extra words.
1 Sophie didn’t get along with Marco to
begin with.
classmate partners boss roommate
2 Friendships can become romantic
neighbors colleagues relative girlfriend
relationships.
3 What makes a good friend also makes
a good partner. 2 Match the advice in 1–8 with problems A–E.
2 8.7 Listen again. Choose the correct options 1 You should try to get to know the people
to complete the sentences. you work with.
2 It’s not a good idea to communicate
1 Sophie met Marco in
with this person.
a school.
b college. 3 You might meet someone special
c work. through your friends.
2 When they were in college, they 4 You have to remember that most people
a rarely spoke to each other. are busy.
b never spoke to each other. 5 There’s not much you can do to change
c were in contact with each other. this situation.
3 In New York, Sophie and Marco fell in love 6 Think of ways to start up a conversation
a over a period of time. with them.
b immediately. 7 Most people experience this at some point
c with other people. in their life.
4 Sophie says that when two people start going out 8 You’re unlikely to make friends at work
together, they if you’re the boss.
a can be too honest with each other.
b usually feel better about themselves.
c often try to appear better than they are.
5 When Sophie started going out with Marco, she
a already knew his personality.
b didn’t really like it.
c found out new things about him.
6 Sophie says that people often choose a partner
because
a they have lots in common.
b of their appearance.
c of their honesty.
7 She says that finding someone physically attractive
a may not be enough in a relationship.
b is often bad for a relationship.
c is usually good for a relationship.
168
168
Tom and Sam give some advice about readers' problems.
You have your say
W e’ve learned so much about other people through writing this blog. Since this is our
last one, we’ve invited our readers to write in with their problems to see if we can
give them some advice.
A We just moved to a new town. No one talks to us or shows any interest, and we feel we’re
not welcome. Can you help?
It’s not that your 1 dislike you–they’re just going on with their lives, going to
work, seeing their friends, etc., and that doesn’t leave much time for you! Why not invent
a reason to talk to them? Ask when the next garbage pick-up is, or which items you can
recycle. People generally like to be helpful and the conversation might lead to other things.
B I have a small company and my employees get along well. The problem is that they treat
me differently. They never talk to me during their breaks or ask me to go out with them.
To be honest, you probably just have to accept it. Your employees may respect you, even
like you, but you’re not their friend–you’re their 2 and you have a different
relationship with them. If you’re short of friends, you need to look in other places.
C I broke up with my 3 last week and it’s all I can think about. I’m OK at work,
but at home I don’t know what to do with myself. I feel so sad and lonely.
You probably won’t like this, but you have to stop thinking about her. The relationship’s
over—she’s made that clear. Get out and meet new people and you’ll stop thinking about
her.
D I’m a single parent. I have great friends, but they’re all getting married or have girlfriends
or boyfriends, and I’m always the lonely guy at the party. Any ideas?
So your friends all have 4 . It happens to everyone after a certain age. But why
aren’t they introducing you to their single friends? Why not suggest it? After all, if you get
along with them, there’s a good chance you’ll get along with their friends. One of them may
be your future partner!
E I moved here recently for a new job, and I don’t know anyone.
I’m single, and I’m spending all my time alone. I’d love to
make friends, but I’m shy.
Come on, don’t wait for people to come to you! What
about those new 5 ? Use your coffee breaks
to get to know them. You’ll soon find you have things in
common and the next thing you know, you’ll be watching
movies together!
169
169
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing an informal e-mail asking for advice

1 Read Michael’s e-mail asking for advice about a trip. Then number a–i in the order in which they appear in
the e-mail (1–9). The first answer is given.
To: robknight5@openmail.com
RE: Advice
Hi Rob!
1How’s it going? Are you still going running every day? 2I’m going climbing in the Himalayas in
the spring, but I’m a little worried about it. That’s why I’m writing. I know 3you’ve been to Nepal,
and I wanted to ask you for some advice.
I really love walking, as you know, but I’ve never done anything like this. It sounds extremely
tough and I’m scared 4it’ll be too difficult for me. I’m not in very good
shape right now. What do you think I should do? Can you give me some
ideas about how to prepare, and what I should take with me? 5What’s the
best way to get in better shape in three months? Can you send me some
tips?
Anyway, I guess 6it’s good to try new things. Seb told me you’ve taken up
painting. He says 7you’re pretty good at it!
Do you feel like going for coffee sometime soon? Then I can ask you some
more questions about my trip.
See you later,
Michael
a asking about the person you’re writing to f the request for a response
b the ending g mentioning a different subject
c the greeting h the subject 1
d making an arrangement i the details of the problem
e the reason for writing
2 Look at the underlined contractions in the e-mail (1–7) and write the full forms.
3 Complete these phrases from the e-mail with modifiers. Then number them 1–5, from the strongest
to the weakest.
1 I’m worried about it. 4 I’m not in good shape right now.
2 I love walking, as you 5 ... he says you’re good at it!
know ...
3 It sounds tough ...
4 Read the problem in the box, then write an e-mail to a friend, asking for advice.
You have decided to take up a sport or activity that involves a risk.
Your parents think it is too dangerous and they don’t want you to do it.
You want to do it, but you don’t want to hurt yourself.
• Structure the e-mail with a subject, greeting, reason for writing, details, request for response, and an ending.
• Use contractions like I’m and don’t.
• Use informal words and phrases like Hi, How’s it going?, and anyway.
• Use modifiers like extremely and a little to make adjectives and adverbs stronger or weaker.
170
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing an essay

1 Read the essay about eating meat and put paragraphs A–E in order. Use the linkers to help you
(First, The second reason, Finally, In conclusion).
A B C D E
Should humans stop eating meat?

A The second reason is the environment. Raising animals D First, there’s the question of the animals themselves.
for food produces gases that increase global warming. In We go to a supermarket and buy a piece of meat in a
addition, the animals need to be given huge amounts of package, but that meat was once a little lamb or a cute
water and grain. Also, some studies say that we would need calf. Personally, I love all animals and I don’t want to eat
twenty times less land to feed people instead of animals. them!
B People have been eating meat for thousands of years, E Finally, there is more and more evidence that eating
and they seem to love it. According to one report, the fruit and vegetables is healthy and eating too much meat
average American eats around 25 kilos of beef, 27 kilos is not. I’m worried that diseases such as diabetes and
of chicken and 22 kilos of pork in a year. But is it a good heart disease are becoming more common because many
idea to go on like this? I don’t believe that it is. people eat too much, and in particular too much meat.
C In conclusion, I realize that many people love eating
meat, but I would say that vegetarian food can be just as
tasty. In any case, our world is changing. We are facing
serious problems of climate change, obesity, and disease,
and, in my opinion, it’s time for us to change too—before
it’s too late.
2 The author talks about three main issues: protecting animals (A), the environment (E), and our health
(H). Write the correct letter next to the arguments she uses.
1 There would be more food for people if 4 Eating meat may be increasing diseases.
we didn’t eat meat. 5 The gas from keeping animals leads to
2 A vegetarian diet is better for people than global warming.
eating meat. 6 Obesity is a serious problem.
3 We don’t think about animals enough
when we eat them.
3 Read the opinions about “meat-free Monday”–the idea that you should have one day a week
without meat. Complete them with the words in the box, then say if each one is for (F) or against (A)
meat-free Monday.
think delighted worried say bad opinion personally good
1 In my , we need meat to stay 5 I’m farmers would suffer.

strong and healthy. 6 I would that vegetarian food can
2 , I feel much healthier when be as tasty as meat.
I don’t eat meat. 7 I’m more people are giving up meat
3 It’s always a idea to eat more because I love animals.
vegetables. 8 It’s a idea to stop eating meat
4 I our bodies and teeth are because it makes us stronger.
designed to eat meat.
4 Write an essay on the subject “Everyone should have a meat-free Monday.”

• You can use ideas from exercise 3 or your own ideas.
• Organize your ideas into five paragraphs: introduction, reasons 1–3, conclusion.
• Give examples and evidence to support your reasons.
• Use the linkers from exercise 1.
171
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Writing a formal e-mail

1 Read Ben’s formal e-mail complaining about his gym classes. What is the correct order of the paragraphs?
1 2 3
To: info@gymsforall.com
Subject: Exercise classes

1Dear Sir/Madam:
A
In recent weeks, a large number of classes 2have been canceled without notice. 3In addition to this,
several of the teachers appear to be extremely inexperienced, leading to a real risk of injury.
B
In my opinion, all exercise instructors should 4be checked regularly to 5ensure that 6they are teaching
to the highest standards. Would you please let me know as soon as possible how you intend to
improve this unsatisfactory situation.
C
7Iam writing 8with regard to the standard of the exercise classes at
your gym, which I believe has reached an 9unacceptable level.
10Regards,
Ben Southgate
2 Look at words and phrases 1–10 in the e-mail and write the
numbers next to the correct feature of formal e-mails.
Formal greeting
Using full forms, not contractions
Formal words and expressions
Passives to avoid being personal

Formal ending
3 Order the letters to form nouns to complete the sentences. What is the verb form of each noun?
1 The dressing rooms need a lot of i . NTPRMOEVME
2 Gym members need better instructions to avoid i . RUJNY
3 Prices are already high. An i is unreasonable. RENCASE
4 Changes to class schedules have caused c . NFUONOSI
5 The m should run the gym more efficiently. NTNAGAEME
6 We are not given enough i about how to use the equipment safely. NFROAMITNO
7 The d that we were being given dirty towels was shocking. COVISERY
8 I have made the d to cancel my membership. ISCENOI
9 Your plan to raise the price came as an unwelcome s . REURPSI
4 You have received an e-mail telling you that the cost of your gym membership is going up. You feel this is
unreasonable because of the poor quality of the gym. Write a formal e-mail of complaint.
• Include three paragraphs: say why you are writing, explain the situation, and say what you want to be done.
• Use the features of formal e-mails in exercise 2.
• Use the sentences in exercise 3 for ideas.
172
WRITING PRACTICE
WRITING: Making writing interesting

1 Read Eva’s description of her first meeting with her neighbor. Choose the correct words to complete the text.
T he first time I met Davina, I was very

scared of her! It was only the second
day in my apartment when she knocked
I felt really bad. 6Although / That’s why /
However, the next day a card was slid
under my door, inviting me for coffee on
on my door to complain that I was being the weekend. That’s when I discovered
too noisy. 1However / As well / Although it that Davina is really a lovely person when
was two o’clock in the afternoon, she was she’s not tired!
wearing a pair of pajamas with a huge
Now we get along really well. We
old black coat on top. Her long blonde
sometimes go out together, and I 7also /
hair was sticking up all over the place.
as well / too take care of her friendly little
She looked really sleepy, and really angry,
2too / also / however.
brown and white cat
when she goes
She told me she was a nurse and she out of town. Of
was trying to sleep 3because / so / that’s course, I’m not
why she had been working all night. frightened
4But / That’s why / And she was wearing
of her any
pajamas. Of course, I apologized. I more, 8but /
suddenly realized how loud my music was because / also
5because / too / so I wasn’t surprised she
I never play
was annoyed. loud music
now!
2 Look at the underlined words in Eva’s description and make four

pairs of synonyms.
3 Look at the adjectives in these sentences. Write them in the correct columns.
1 My roommate is a lovely young Italian woman.
2 We sat at a big round wood table.
3 Milo had beautiful long brown hair.
4 Hannah was wearing a blue cotton shirt.
5 Chris has a fat old black dog.
6 Karl cooks delicious French food.
opinion size shape age colour nationality material
4 Write about the first time you met someone you have a relationship with now, for example, a
neighbor, friend, colleague, or roommate.
• Use interesting adjectives, in the correct order, to describe things.
• Use synonyms to avoid repeating words.
• Use linkers to give reasons and results (so, because, that’s why), to contrast information (but, although,
however) or add information (and, also, too, as well).
173
58 St Aldates
Oxford
OX1 1ST
United Kingdom
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, ISBN 978-9929-783-98-0
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any Printed in
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, By
or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the
Publisher.
Publishing Director: Deborah Tricker Rijksmuseum/ BNPS; CATERS NEWS AGENCY/ Caters News
Publisher: Simone Foster Agency; GETTY IMAGES SALES SPAIN/Lumi Images/Dario
Secen, Graham Monro/gm photographics, Jetta Productions,
Media Publisher: Sue Ashcroft Thomas_EyeDesign, Photos.com Plus, David M. Benett,
Content Developer: David Cole-Powney Astrid Stawiarz, Mark Metcalfe, CARL DE SOUZA, Alistair
Editors: Debra Emmett, Helen Ward, Ruth Cox, Berg, Toby Burrows, Sam Edwards, Dave Hogan, Barcroft,
Maskot, Bloomberg, Bettmann, Don Arnold, Kari Lehr, PETER
Emma Clarke, Fiona Hunt, Eleanor Clements
MACDIARMID, RENE SLAMA, Boston Globe, CHRISTOPHE
Proofreader: Peter Anderson ARCHAMBAULT, Caiaimage/Paul Bradbury, Image source, Paul
Design Manager: Lorna Heaslip Chesley, Thinkstock; HIGHRES PRESS STOCK/AbleStock.com;
ISTOCKPHOTO/SeanShot, Pali Rao, oztasbc, jojoo64, SondraP,
Cover Design: This Ain't Rock'n'Roll, London
MollyNZ, Geber86, xijian, vgajic, sturti, olaser, miralex, mergez,
Design & Layout: Lorna Heaslip, Oliver Hutton, Gabriela Alvarez alexsl, HASLOO, SolStock, DONOT6, Getty Images Sales Spain,
Photo Researcher: Magdalena Mayo Devasahayam Chandra Dhas, monkeybusinessimages, Osmany
Torres Martín, alessandroguerriero, AleksandarGeorgiev,
Learning Curve video: Mannic Media Tommaso Altamura, Nicolas McComber, warrengoldswain,
Audio production: Tom, Dick and Debbie travellinglight, stevecoleimages, Robyn Mackenzie, German-
App development: The Distance skydiver, digitalskillet, Wavebreakmedia, Petar Chernaev,
Jaroslav Frank, wundervisuals, Squaredpixels, LuckyBusiness,
Americanization: Diane Hermanson, Jennifer Wise Julia Nichols, Drazen Lovric, Dean Mitchell, elenaleonova,
PeopleImages, Elenathewise, Dieter Meyrl, Daniel Ernst, Cathy
We would also like to thank the following people for their Yeulet, ozgurdonmaz, mediaphotos, Yuri_Arcurs, Visiofutura,
valuable contribution to writing and developing the material: Jason Poole, David Sucsy, Bulent Ince, nataistock, bluehill75,
Alastair Lane, Bob McLarty, Claire Thacker, Louis Rogers, calvindexter, MartialRed, Juanmonino, FangXiaNuo, Joel
Rachael Roberts, Pamela Vittorio (Video Script Writer), Carillet, FSTOPLIGHT, DeluXe-PiX, DeanDrobot, g-stockstudio,
Belen Fernandez (App Project Manager), Rob Sved (App zhudifeng, pixdeluxe, milanfoto, dolgachov, cindygoff,
Content Creator) SteveTram, OcusFocus, robertcicchetti, Maxiphoto, Kaan
Ates, Huchen Lu, Anna Bryukhanova, Halfpoint, CactuSoup,
Illustrators: yipengge, mihailomilovanovic, urbancow, rcaucino, pepifoto,
Simon Clare; Dermot Flynn c/o Dutch Uncle; Guillaume Gennet, lucky336, kyoshino, denphumi; MAYANG MURNI ADNIN;
Julien Kern and Liav Zabari c/o Lemonade; Joanna Kerr c/o New NASA/ NASA; REX SHUTTERSTOCK/Jonathan Player, ABC Inc/
Division; Piers Sandford c/o Meiklejohn; The Boy FitzHammond Everett, Peter Brooker, Kippa Limited, Pixelformula, Newspix;
and Beverley Young, c/o NB Illustration SHUTTERSTOCK; SHUTTERSTOCK NETHERLANDS,B.V.;
Project Jacquard/Levi's Strauss; Library of Congress/wikipedia;
Photos: Carpigiani Gelato University; Niccolo Casas /EMBR labs;
J. Jaime; J. Lucas; 123RF/ lightpoet; ALAMY/IanDagnall Laptop Optomen Television Ltd.; courtesy of Alex Deans; Pauline Van
Computing, John Birdsall, Chuck Place, Granger Historical Dongen; Alastair Humphreys; freepic.com; Ringly Inc.; Jon
Picture Archve, All Canada Photos, Cofiant Images, ONOKY Barlow; Dave Homcy; ARCHIVO SANTILLANA; Images used
- Photononstop, Action Plus Sports Images, Arcaid Images, under licence from ©Shutterstock.com
Jasminko Ibrakovic, Image Source Salsa, Radius Images,
Pat Behnke, Ann Cutting, 360b, Heritage Image Partnership Cover Photo: Jon Barlow
Ltd, Roger Bamber, Cultura Creative (RF), Blend Images,
RosaIreneBetancourt 10, Nick Gregory, BSIP SA, Trinity Mirror We would like to thank the following reviewers for their
/ Mirrorpix, Wavebreak Media ltd, Torontonian, Joy Sunny, valuable feedback which has made Personal Best possible.
SWNS, TP, IanDagnall Computing, PhotoEdit, Ammentorp We extend our thanks to the many teachers and students not
Photography, Peter Barritt, Cliff Hide Stock, greenwales, caia mentioned here.
image, eye35.pix, Carlos Guerra, Janine Wiedel Photolibrary,
Peter Titmuss, Richard Heyes, Motoring Picture Library, Helen
Hotson, Cephas Picture Library, ACORN 1, tommaso altamura, Brad Bawtinheimer, Manuel Hidalgo, Paulo Dantas,
Steve Davey Photography, Image Source, Bill Cheyrou, Agencja Diana Bermúdez, Laura Gutiérrez, Hardy Griffin, Angi Conti,
Fotograficzna Caro, Kreative Photography, Imagedoc, Lou-Foto, Christopher Morabito, Hande Kokce, Jorge Lobato,
Julie g Woodhouse, allesalltag, Stefano Carvoretto, MAX EAREY, Leonardo Mercato, Mercilinda Ortiz, Wendy López
wareham.nl (sport), Duncan Snow, Wilawan Khasawong, Brian
Overcast, Design Pics Inc, Westend61 GmbH, Anton Stariskov, The Publisher has made every effort to trace the owner of
Elina Manninen, Aflo Co., Ltd., Alan Smith, Classic Image, Photos copyright material; however, the Publisher will correct any
12, D. Hurst, MBI, AF archive, PjrTravel, FineArt, moodboard, involuntary omission at the earliest opportunity.
DonSmith, Jeramey Lende, epa european pressphoto agency b.v.;
BNPS (BOURNEMOUTH NEWS & PICTURE SERVICE)/
58 St Aldates
Oxford
OX1 1ST
United Kingdom
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,
or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the
Publisher.
Publishing Director: Deborah Tricker Cover Photo: Jon Barlow

Publisher: Luke Baxter
We would like to thank the following reviewers for their
Editor: Helen Wendholt
valuable feedback which has made Personal Best possible.
Proofreaders: Jamie Bowman, Tas Cooper, Fiona Hunt, We extend our thanks to the many teachers and students not
Amanda Leigh mentioned here.
Design Manager: Lorna Heaslip Brad Bawtinheimer, Manuel Hidalgo, Paulo Dantas,
Cover Design: Richmond Diana Bermúdez, Laura Gutiérrez, Hardy Griffin, Angi Conti,
Christopher Morabito, Hande Kokce, Jorge Lobato,
Design & Layout: Lorna Heaslip, Oliver Hutton, Gabriela Álvarez
Leonardo Mercato, Mercilinda Ortiz, Wendy López
Photo Researcher: Magdalena Mayo
Audio production: TEFL Audio The Publisher has made every effort to trace the owner of
Americanization: Diane Hermanson copyright material; however, the Publisher will correct any
involuntary omission at the earliest opportunity.
Illustrators:
Liav Zabari, c/o Lemonade Illustration Agency
Photos:
ALAMY/Frances Roberts, Nick Baylis, REUTERS, David Taylor,
Paul Nichols, Mode Images, M L Pearson, Jeremey Richards,
Panther Media GmBH, Big Cheese Photo LLC, Digital Image
Library, Sabena Jane Blackbird, www.BibleLandPictures.
com, Purcell Team; GETTY IMAGES SALES SPAIN/
Thinkstock; ISTOCKPHOTO/Getty Images Sales Spain; REX
SHUTTERSTOCK/Solent News; ARCHIVO SANTILLANA
Special Edition for Guatemala

Julio del Águila Ericka Iliana Estrada Álvarez
Richmond Director CAN Design Supervisor
Claudia Eleonora Noriega Castillo Luis Méndez

Editorial Director Layout
Silvia Lorena Lanza Galindo Sandy Franco

Editorial Coordinator Production Coordination
Melissa Bonilla Barillas Edgar Palacios

Adaptation Technical Review

PB Level 3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PB Level 3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Personal

Do your personal best with English!

Practice makes perfect! For students

Listening and speaking skills are

Common European Framework

1 Mind and body ▪▪ should/shouldn’t ▪▪ should/shouldn’t ▪▪ health and Learning

2D Would you take the risk? p18

1 and 2 REVIEW and PRACTICE p20

4D First dates p36 information (although, ▪▪ making plans to go

3 and 4 REVIEW and PRACTICE p38

5 Money and shopping ▪▪ used to ▪▪ used to/use to ▪▪ money verbs Learning

6C He said it had changed a text PERSONAL BEST

▪▪ giving examples ▪▪ asking for information

5 and 6 REVIEW and PRACTICE p56

7 At home ▪▪ -ing/infinitive ▪▪ sentence stress ▪▪ household Learning

7C Technology you can wear p62 describe ▪▪ understanding PERSONAL BEST

7 and 8 REVIEW and PRACTICE p74

Grammar practice p76 Vocabulary practice p92 Communication practice p106 Pronunciation p118

Irregular verbs p119 Workbook p121

1 Mind and body

Go to Vocabulary practice: health and medicine, page 92

Five strange health tips that you should know about

3 Discuss the questions in pairs.

do go put should (x2) shouldn’t

1 What should you do ? 3 You shouldn't go to a pharmacy.

Ask for advice: What should I do?

Go to Grammar practice: should/shouldn’t, page 76

Paul I’m really stressed. I can’t sleep. What 1 should I do?

B 1.4 Listen and check. Repeat the conversation in pairs.

Go to Communication practice: Student A, page 106; Student B, page 111

1B Modern life is stressful

interviews presentations exams traffic moving

The best ways to deal with

Skill listening in detail

It is often important to understand what someone says in detail.

Taylor Edward Maurice

6 Discuss the questions in pairs.

Listening builder linking consonants and vowels

8 1.9 Listen and complete the conversation.

Edward I don’t think I can more.

9 Discuss the questions in pairs.

1C How to be happy

Go to Vocabulary practice: emotions and feelings, page 94

3 A Complete the sentence. Check your answers in the text.

Grammar first conditional

Possible future action: Result of action:

Go to Grammar practice: first conditional, page 77

If I 1 to the movies, we 2 a scary movie. And if I

Go to Communication practice: Student A, page 106; Student B, page 111

How happy are you?

7 A In pairs, complete the sentences.

1D I need your advice

lazy colleagues mean boss

2 Look at the picture of Tom, who works at a busy health

3 Read the e-mail and check your answers to exercise 2.

Skill writing an informal e-mail

7 Read Duncan’s reply. Do you agree with him? Why/Why not?

1 extremely 2 3 fairly 5 3 not at all

Text builder modifiers

We use modifiers to make adjectives and adverbs stronger or weaker:

2 Risks and experiences

2A Try something new!

read a book in a foreign do an extreme sport

1 make reservations a few days before you go